patch 9.2.0498: potential heap buffer overflow in if_xcmdsrv.c

Problem:  potential heap buffer overflow in if_xcmdsrv.c
          server_parse_message() (Michael Bommarito)
Solution: Add strlen() call (Foxe Chen)

fixes:  #20235
closes: #20236

Signed-off-by: Foxe Chen <chen.foxe@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>

.github/MAINTAINERS

@@ -80,6 +80,7 @@ runtime/compiler/jjs.vim				@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/jq.vim					@vito-c
 runtime/compiler/jshint.vim				@dkearns
 runtime/compiler/jsonlint.vim				@dkearns
+runtime/compiler/just.vim				@Alarcritty
 runtime/compiler/make.vim				@Konfekt
 runtime/compiler/mypy.vim				@Konfekt
 runtime/compiler/pandoc.vim				@Konfekt
@@ -132,6 +133,7 @@ runtime/doc/xxd-ru.1					@RestorerZ
 runtime/doc/xxd-ru.UTF-8.1				@RestorerZ
 runtime/ftplugin/abaqus.vim				@costerwi
 runtime/ftplugin/abnf.vim				@A4-Tacks
+runtime/ftplugin/algol68.vim				@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/antlr4.vim				@jiangyinzuo
 runtime/ftplugin/apache.vim				@dubgeiser
 runtime/ftplugin/arduino.vim				@k-takata
@@ -349,6 +351,7 @@ runtime/ftplugin/vdf.vim				@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/vim.vim				@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/wget.vim				@dkearns
 runtime/ftplugin/wget2.vim				@dkearns
+runtime/ftplugin/wks.vim				@anakin4747
 runtime/ftplugin/xcompose.vim				@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/ftplugin/xml.vim				@chrisbra
 runtime/ftplugin/xs.vim					@petdance
@@ -470,6 +473,8 @@ runtime/syntax/shared/hgcommitDiff.vim			@vegerot
 runtime/syntax/abaqus.vim				@costerwi
 runtime/syntax/abnf.vim					@A4-Tacks
 runtime/syntax/aidl.vim					@dpelle
+runtime/syntax/algol68.vim				@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/amiga.vim				@sodero
 runtime/syntax/ant.vim					@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/antlr4.vim				@jiangyinzuo
 runtime/syntax/arduino.vim				@johshoff
@@ -709,6 +714,7 @@ runtime/syntax/vroom.vim				@dbarnett
 runtime/syntax/wdl.vim					@zenmatic
 runtime/syntax/wget.vim					@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/wget2.vim				@dkearns
+runtime/syntax/wks.vim					@anakin4747
 runtime/syntax/xbl.vim					@dkearns
 runtime/syntax/xcompose.vim				@ObserverOfTime
 runtime/syntax/xml.vim					@chrisbra

.github/actions/build_vim_on_linux/action.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@
+name: Build Vim on Linux
+description: Build Vim on Linux
+
+inputs:
+  features:
+    description: Vim features
+    required: true
+  compiler:
+    description: Compiler
+    required: true
+  architecture:
+    description: Architecture
+    required: false
+  extra:
+    description: Extra flags
+    required: true
+  shadow:
+    description: Shadow directory
+    required: false
+  interface:
+    description: Interface of language interpreter
+    required: false
+  lua_ver:
+    description: Lua version
+    required: false
+  python3:
+    description: Python3 ABI type
+    required: false
+  coverage:
+    description: Enable coverage
+    required: false
+
+runs:
+  using: "composite"
+  steps:
+    - name: Check Filelist (for packaging)
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Check Filelist (for packaging)'
+        # If any files in the repository are not listed in Filelist this will
+        # exit with an error code and list the missing entries.
+        make -f ci/unlisted.make
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Check hlgroups (are any new hlgroups added, but not handled in highlight.c)
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Check hlgroups (are any new hlgroups added, but not handled in highlight.c)'
+        # If any highlight groups have been documented, but not handled in
+        # highlight.c, nor listed as 'intentionally left out' in hlgroups.ignore,
+        # exit with an error code and list the missing entries.
+        make -C ci -f hlgroups.make
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Report executable syntax tests
+      if: contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'syn_test_execs')
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Report executable syntax tests'
+        # Search and list all found executable syntax tests, and exit with
+        # an error code.
+        make -C runtime/syntax executables
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Add i386 packages to dpkg
+      if: inputs.architecture == 'i386'
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Add i386 packages to dpkg'
+        sudo dpkg --add-architecture i386
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Uninstall snap
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Uninstall snap'
+        sudo bash ci/remove_snap.sh
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Enable debug packages
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Enable debug packages'
+        # Some of the ASAN suppressions are in libraries linked with dlopen
+        # and symbolization of them requires these debug packages.
+        sudo apt install ubuntu-dbgsym-keyring
+        sudo cp ci/ddebs.list /etc/apt/sources.list.d/ddebs.list
+        sudo cp ci/pinned-pkgs /etc/apt/preferences.d/pinned-pkgs
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Install packages
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Install packages'
+        # This is added by default, and it is often broken, but we don't need anything from it
+        sudo rm -f /etc/apt/sources.list.d/microsoft-prod.list
+        PKGS=( \
+          gettext \
+          x11-utils \
+          labwc \
+          wl-clipboard \
+          wayland-utils \
+          libgtk-3-dev:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libgtk-3-bin:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          desktop-file-utils \
+          libc6-dbgsym:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libtool-bin \
+          libncurses-dev:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libxt-dev:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libegl-mesa0:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libegl1:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libegl1-mesa-dev:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libepoxy-dev:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libwayland-egl1:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libwayland-client0:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libwayland-cursor0:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          locales-all \
+          software-properties-common \
+        )
+        if ${{ contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'asan') }} && ${{ contains(inputs.architecture, 'native') }}; then
+        PKGS+=( \
+          libepoxy0-dbgsym:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libxdamage1-dbgsym:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libxcb1-dbgsym:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libgtk-3-bin-dbgsym:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libgtk-3-0t64-dbgsym:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libglib2.0-0t64-dbgsym:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libglib2.0-bin-dbgsym:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+          libglib2.0-dev-bin-dbgsym:${{ inputs.architecture }} \
+        )
+        fi
+        if ${{ inputs.features == 'huge' }}; then
+          LUA_VER=${{ inputs.lua_ver || '5.4' }}
+          PKGS+=( \
+            autoconf \
+            gdb \
+            lcov \
+            libcanberra-dev \
+            libperl-dev \
+            python3-dev \
+            liblua${LUA_VER}-dev \
+            lua${LUA_VER} \
+            ruby-dev \
+            tcl-dev \
+            cscope \
+            libsodium-dev \
+            attr \
+            libattr1-dev
+          )
+        fi
+        if ${{ contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'proto') }}; then
+          PKGS+=( python3-clang )
+        fi
+        sudo apt-get update && sudo apt-get upgrade -y --allow-downgrades && sudo apt-get install -y --allow-downgrades "${PKGS[@]}"
+
+    - name: Install gcc-${{ env.GCC_VER }}
+      if: inputs.compiler == 'gcc'
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Install gcc-${{ env.GCC_VER }}'
+        # ubuntu-toolchain-r/test PPA for gcc-13 compiler
+        # disabled because the installation failed, causing test failures
+        # sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-toolchain-r/test -y
+        sudo apt-get update -y
+        sudo apt-get install -y gcc-${{ env.GCC_VER }}:${{ inputs.architecture }}
+        sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/gcc gcc /usr/bin/gcc-${{ env.GCC_VER }} 100
+        sudo update-alternatives --set gcc /usr/bin/gcc-${{ env.GCC_VER }}
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Install clang-${{ env.CLANG_VER }}
+      if: inputs.compiler == 'clang'
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Install clang-${{ env.CLANG_VER }}'
+        . /etc/lsb-release
+        curl -fsSL https://apt.llvm.org/llvm-snapshot.gpg.key | gpg --dearmor | sudo tee /usr/share/keyrings/llvm-archive-keyring.gpg > /dev/null
+        echo "Types: deb
+        URIs: https://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/
+        Suites: llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-${{ env.CLANG_VER }}
+        Components: main
+        Signed-By: /usr/share/keyrings/llvm-archive-keyring.gpg" | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/llvm-toolchain.sources > /dev/null
+        sudo apt-get update -y
+        sudo apt-get install -y clang-${{ env.CLANG_VER }} llvm-${{ env.CLANG_VER }}
+        sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-${{ env.CLANG_VER }} 100
+        sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-${{ env.CLANG_VER }}
+        sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-${{ env.CLANG_VER }} 100
+        sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-${{ env.CLANG_VER }} 100
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Set up environment
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Set up environment'
+        mkdir -p "${LOG_DIR}"
+        mkdir -p "${HOME}/bin"
+        echo "${HOME}/bin" >> $GITHUB_PATH
+        (
+        echo "LINUX_VERSION=$(uname -r)"
+        echo "NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)"
+        echo "TMPDIR=$(mktemp -d -p /tmp)"
+
+        case "${{ inputs.features }}" in
+        tiny)
+          echo "TEST=testtiny"
+          if ${{ contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'nogui') }}; then
+            CONFOPT="--disable-gui"
+          fi
+          ;;
+        normal)
+          ;;
+        huge)
+          echo "TEST=scripttests test_libvterm indenttest syntaxtest"
+          INTERFACE=${{ inputs.interface || 'yes' }}
+          if ${{ inputs.python3 == 'stable-abi' }}; then
+            PYTHON3_CONFOPT="--with-python3-stable-abi=3.8"
+          fi
+          # The ubuntu-24.04 CI runner does not provide a python2 package.
+          CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp=${INTERFACE} --enable-pythoninterp=no --enable-python3interp=${INTERFACE} --enable-rubyinterp=${INTERFACE} --enable-luainterp=${INTERFACE} --enable-tclinterp=${INTERFACE} ${PYTHON3_CONFOPT}"
+          ;;
+        esac
+
+        if ${{ contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'no_x11_wl') }}; then
+          CONFOPT="${CONFOPT} --without-x --disable-gui --without-wayland --enable-socketserver"
+        fi
+        if ${{ inputs.coverage == true }}; then
+          CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} --coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH"
+          echo "LDFLAGS=--coverage"
+        fi
+        if ${{ contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'uchar') }}; then
+          CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -funsigned-char"
+        fi
+        if ${{ contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'testgui') }}; then
+          echo "TEST=-C src testgui"
+        fi
+        if ${{ contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'unittests') }}; then
+          echo "TEST=unittests"
+        fi
+        if ${{ contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'asan') }}; then
+          echo "SANITIZER_CFLAGS=-g -O0 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize-recover=all -fsanitize=address -fsanitize=undefined -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
+          echo "ASAN_OPTIONS=print_stacktrace=1:log_path=${LOG_DIR}/asan"
+          echo "UBSAN_OPTIONS=print_stacktrace=1:log_path=${LOG_DIR}/ubsan"
+          echo "LSAN_OPTIONS=suppressions=${GITHUB_WORKSPACE}/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
+        fi
+        if ${{ contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'vimtags') }}; then
+          echo "TEST=-C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../${SRCDIR}/vim"
+        fi
+        if ${{ contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'proto') }}; then
+          echo "TEST=-C src protoclean proto"
+        fi
+        echo "CFLAGS=${CFLAGS}"
+        echo "CONFOPT=${CONFOPT}"
+        # Disables GTK attempt to integrate with the accessibility service that does run in CI.
+        echo "NO_AT_BRIDGE=1"
+        ) >> $GITHUB_ENV
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Set up system
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Set up system'
+        if [[ ${CC} = clang ]]; then
+          # Use llvm-cov instead of gcov when compiler is clang.
+          ln -fs /usr/bin/llvm-cov ${HOME}/bin/gcov
+        fi
+        sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.lo.disable_ipv6=0
+        sudo usermod -a -G audio "${USER}"
+        sudo bash ci/setup-xvfb.sh
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Check autoconf
+      if: contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'unittests')
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Check autoconf'
+        make -C src autoconf
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Set up shadow dir
+      if: inputs.shadow
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Set up shadow dir'
+        make -C src shadow
+        echo "SRCDIR=${{ inputs.shadow }}" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+        echo "SHADOWOPT=-C ${{ inputs.shadow }}" >> $GITHUB_ENV
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Configure
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Configure'
+        ./configure --with-features=${{ inputs.features }} ${CONFOPT} --enable-fail-if-missing
+        # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
+        sed -i -f ci/config.mk.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+        sed -i -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+        if [[ ${CC} = clang ]]; then
+          # Suppress some warnings produced by clang 12 and later.
+          sed -i -f ci/config.mk.clang-12.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
+        fi
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Build
+      if: (!contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'unittests'))
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Build'
+        make ${SHADOWOPT} -j${NPROC}
+        echo '::endgroup::'
+
+    - name: Check version
+      if: (!contains(fromJSON(inputs.extra), 'unittests'))
+      shell: bash
+      run: |
+        echo '::group::Check version'
+        "${SRCDIR}"/vim --version
+        "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-1.vim -c quit
+        "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-2.vim -c quit
+        if ${{ inputs.features == 'huge' }}; then
+          # Also check that optional and dynamic features are configured and working
+          "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 \
+            -c "let g:required=['gettext', 'sodium', 'sound', 'perl', 'python3', 'lua', 'ruby', 'tcl']" \
+            -S ci/if_feat_check.vim -c quit
+        fi
+        echo '::endgroup::'

.github/actions/test_artifacts/action.yml

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-name: 'test_artifacts'
+name: "test_artifacts"
 description: "Upload failed test artifacts"
 runs:
   using: "composite"
   steps:
     - name: Collect matrix properties for naming
-      uses: actions/github-script@v8
+      uses: actions/github-script@v9
       id: matrix-props
       env:
         MATRIX_PROPS: ${{ toJSON(matrix) }}
@@ -40,9 +40,10 @@ runs:
         # A file, directory or wildcard pattern that describes what
         # to upload.
         path: |
-         ${{ github.workspace }}/runtime/indent/testdir/*.fail
-         ${{ github.workspace }}/runtime/syntax/testdir/failed/*
-         ${{ github.workspace }}/src/testdir/failed/*
+          ${{ github.workspace }}/logs/**/*.symbolized
+          ${{ github.workspace }}/runtime/indent/testdir/*.fail
+          ${{ github.workspace }}/runtime/syntax/testdir/failed/*
+          ${{ github.workspace }}/src/testdir/failed/*
         # The desired behavior if no files are found using the
         # provided path.
         if-no-files-found: ignore

.github/workflows/ci.yml

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ name: GitHub CI
 
 on:
   push:
-    branches: ['**']
+    branches: ["**"]
   pull_request:
 
 # Cancels all previous workflow runs for pull requests that have not completed.
@@ -22,13 +22,13 @@ jobs:
     env:
       CC: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
       GCC_VER: 14
-      CLANG_VER: 21
+      CLANG_VER: 22
       TEST: test
       SRCDIR: ./src
       LEAK_CFLAGS: -DEXITFREE
       LOG_DIR: ${{ github.workspace }}/logs
       TERM: xterm
-      DISPLAY: ':99'
+      DISPLAY: ":99"
       DEBIAN_FRONTEND: noninteractive
 
     strategy:
@@ -67,12 +67,6 @@ jobs:
             coverage: true
             interface: dynamic
             extra: [uchar, testgui]
-          - features: huge
-            compiler: clang
-            # Lua5.1 is the most widely used version (since it's what LuaJIT is
-            # compatible with), so ensure it works
-            lua_ver: '5.1'
-            extra: [asan]
           - features: huge
             compiler: gcc
             coverage: true
@@ -90,254 +84,26 @@ jobs:
             extra: [no_x11_wl]
 
     steps:
-      - name: Checkout repository from github
+      - name: Checkout repository from GitHub
         uses: actions/checkout@v6
 
-      - name: Check Filelist (for packaging)
-        run: |
-          # If any files in the repository are not listed in Filelist this will
-          # exit with an error code and list the missing entries.
-          make -f ci/unlisted.make
-
-      - name: Check hlgroups (are any new hlgroups added, but not handled in highlight.c)
-        run: |
-          # If any highlight groups have been documented, but not handled in
-          # highlight.c, nor listed as 'intentionally left out' in hlgroups.ignore,
-          # exit with an error code and list the missing entries.
-          make -C ci -f hlgroups.make
-
-      - name: Report executable syntax tests
-        if: contains(matrix.extra, 'syn_test_execs')
-        run: |
-          # Search and list all found executable syntax tests, and exit with
-          # an error code.
-          make -C runtime/syntax executables
-
-      - run: sudo dpkg --add-architecture i386
-        if: matrix.architecture == 'i386'
-
-      - name: Uninstall snap
-        run: |
-          sudo bash ci/remove_snap.sh
-
-      - name: Enable debug packages
-        run: |
-          # Some of the ASAN suppressions are in libraries linked with dlopen
-          # and symbolization of them requires these debug packages.
-          sudo apt install ubuntu-dbgsym-keyring
-          sudo cp ci/ddebs.list /etc/apt/sources.list.d/ddebs.list
-          sudo cp ci/pinned-pkgs /etc/apt/preferences.d/pinned-pkgs
-
-      - name: Install packages
-        run: |
-          # This is added by default, and it is often broken, but we don't need anything from it
-          sudo rm -f /etc/apt/sources.list.d/microsoft-prod.list
-          PKGS=( \
-            gettext \
-            x11-utils \
-            labwc \
-            wl-clipboard \
-            wayland-utils \
-            libgtk-3-dev:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libgtk-3-bin:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            desktop-file-utils \
-            libc6-dbgsym:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libtool-bin \
-            libncurses-dev:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libxt-dev:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libegl-mesa0:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libegl1:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libegl1-mesa-dev:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libepoxy-dev:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libwayland-egl1:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libwayland-client0:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libwayland-cursor0:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            locales-all \
-            software-properties-common \
-          )
-          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'asan') }} && ${{ contains(matrix.architecture, 'native') }}; then
-          PKGS+=( \
-            libepoxy0-dbgsym:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libxdamage1-dbgsym:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libxcb1-dbgsym:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libgtk-3-bin-dbgsym:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libgtk-3-0t64-dbgsym:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libglib2.0-0t64-dbgsym:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libglib2.0-bin-dbgsym:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-            libglib2.0-dev-bin-dbgsym:${{ matrix.architecture }} \
-          )
-          fi
-          if ${{ matrix.features == 'huge' }}; then
-            LUA_VER=${{ matrix.lua_ver || '5.4' }}
-            PKGS+=( \
-              autoconf \
-              gdb \
-              lcov \
-              libcanberra-dev \
-              libperl-dev \
-              python3-dev \
-              liblua${LUA_VER}-dev \
-              lua${LUA_VER} \
-              ruby-dev \
-              tcl-dev \
-              cscope \
-              libsodium-dev \
-              attr \
-              libattr1-dev
-            )
-          fi
-          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'proto') }}; then
-            PKGS+=( python3-clang )
-          fi
-          sudo apt-get update && sudo apt-get upgrade -y --allow-downgrades && sudo apt-get install -y --allow-downgrades "${PKGS[@]}"
-
-      - name: Install gcc-${{ env.GCC_VER }}
-        if:  matrix.compiler == 'gcc'
-        run: |
-          # ubuntu-toolchain-r/test PPA for gcc-13 compiler
-          # disabled because the installation failed, causing test failures
-          # sudo add-apt-repository ppa:ubuntu-toolchain-r/test -y
-          sudo apt-get update -y
-          sudo apt-get install -y gcc-${{ env.GCC_VER }}:${{ matrix.architecture }}
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/gcc gcc /usr/bin/gcc-${{ env.GCC_VER }} 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --set gcc /usr/bin/gcc-${{ env.GCC_VER }}
-
-      - name: Install clang-${{ env.CLANG_VER }}
-        if: matrix.compiler == 'clang'
-        run: |
-          . /etc/lsb-release
-          curl -fsSL https://apt.llvm.org/llvm-snapshot.gpg.key | gpg --dearmor | sudo tee /usr/share/keyrings/llvm-archive-keyring.gpg > /dev/null
-          echo "Types: deb
-          URIs: https://apt.llvm.org/${DISTRIB_CODENAME}/
-          Suites: llvm-toolchain-${DISTRIB_CODENAME}-${{ env.CLANG_VER }}
-          Components: main
-          Signed-By: /usr/share/keyrings/llvm-archive-keyring.gpg" | sudo tee /etc/apt/sources.list.d/llvm-toolchain.sources > /dev/null
-          sudo apt-get update -y
-          sudo apt-get install -y clang-${{ env.CLANG_VER }} llvm-${{ env.CLANG_VER }}
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/clang clang /usr/bin/clang-${{ env.CLANG_VER }} 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --set clang /usr/bin/clang-${{ env.CLANG_VER }}
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/llvm-cov llvm-cov /usr/bin/llvm-cov-${{ env.CLANG_VER }} 100
-          sudo update-alternatives --install /usr/bin/asan_symbolize asan_symbolize /usr/bin/asan_symbolize-${{ env.CLANG_VER }} 100
-
-      - name: Set up environment
-        run: |
-          mkdir -p "${LOG_DIR}"
-          mkdir -p "${HOME}/bin"
-          echo "${HOME}/bin" >> $GITHUB_PATH
-          (
-          echo "LINUX_VERSION=$(uname -r)"
-          echo "NPROC=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)"
-          echo "TMPDIR=$(mktemp -d -p /tmp)"
-
-          case "${{ matrix.features }}" in
-          tiny)
-            echo "TEST=testtiny"
-            if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'nogui') }}; then
-              CONFOPT="--disable-gui"
-            fi
-            ;;
-          normal)
-            ;;
-          huge)
-            echo "TEST=scripttests test_libvterm indenttest syntaxtest"
-            INTERFACE=${{ matrix.interface || 'yes' }}
-            if ${{ matrix.python3 == 'stable-abi' }}; then
-              PYTHON3_CONFOPT="--with-python3-stable-abi=3.8"
-            fi
-            # The ubuntu-24.04 CI runner does not provide a python2 package.
-            CONFOPT="--enable-perlinterp=${INTERFACE} --enable-pythoninterp=no --enable-python3interp=${INTERFACE} --enable-rubyinterp=${INTERFACE} --enable-luainterp=${INTERFACE} --enable-tclinterp=${INTERFACE} ${PYTHON3_CONFOPT}"
-            ;;
-          esac
-
-          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'no_x11_wl') }}; then
-            CONFOPT="${CONFOPT} --without-x --disable-gui --without-wayland --enable-socketserver"
-          fi
-          if ${{ matrix.coverage == true }}; then
-            CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} --coverage -DUSE_GCOV_FLUSH"
-            echo "LDFLAGS=--coverage"
-          fi
-          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'uchar') }}; then
-            CFLAGS="${CFLAGS} -funsigned-char"
-          fi
-          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'testgui') }}; then
-            echo "TEST=-C src testgui"
-          fi
-          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'unittests') }}; then
-            echo "TEST=unittests"
-          fi
-          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'asan') }}; then
-            echo "SANITIZER_CFLAGS=-g -O0 -DABORT_ON_INTERNAL_ERROR -DEXITFREE -fsanitize-recover=all -fsanitize=address -fsanitize=undefined -fno-omit-frame-pointer"
-            echo "ASAN_OPTIONS=print_stacktrace=1:log_path=${LOG_DIR}/asan"
-            echo "UBSAN_OPTIONS=print_stacktrace=1:log_path=${LOG_DIR}/ubsan"
-            echo "LSAN_OPTIONS=suppressions=${GITHUB_WORKSPACE}/src/testdir/lsan-suppress.txt"
-          fi
-          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'vimtags') }}; then
-            echo "TEST=-C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../${SRCDIR}/vim"
-          fi
-          if ${{ contains(matrix.extra, 'proto') }}; then
-            echo "TEST=-C src protoclean proto"
-          fi
-          echo "CFLAGS=${CFLAGS}"
-          echo "CONFOPT=${CONFOPT}"
-          # Disables GTK attempt to integrate with the accessibility service that does run in CI.
-          echo "NO_AT_BRIDGE=1"
-          ) >> $GITHUB_ENV
-
-      - name: Set up system
-        run: |
-          if [[ ${CC} = clang ]]; then
-            # Use llvm-cov instead of gcov when compiler is clang.
-            ln -fs /usr/bin/llvm-cov ${HOME}/bin/gcov
-          fi
-          sudo sysctl -w net.ipv6.conf.lo.disable_ipv6=0
-          sudo usermod -a -G audio "${USER}"
-          sudo bash ci/setup-xvfb.sh
-
-      - name: Check autoconf
-        if: contains(matrix.extra, 'unittests')
-        run: |
-          make -C src autoconf
-
-      - name: Set up shadow dir
-        if: matrix.shadow
-        run: |
-          make -C src shadow
-          echo "SRCDIR=${{ matrix.shadow }}" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-          echo "SHADOWOPT=-C ${{ matrix.shadow }}" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-
-      - name: Configure
-        run: |
-          ./configure --with-features=${{ matrix.features }} ${CONFOPT} --enable-fail-if-missing
-          # Append various warning flags to CFLAGS.
-          sed -i -f ci/config.mk.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
-          sed -i -f ci/config.mk.${CC}.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
-          if [[ ${CC} = clang ]]; then
-            # Suppress some warnings produced by clang 12 and later.
-            sed -i -f ci/config.mk.clang-12.sed ${SRCDIR}/auto/config.mk
-          fi
-
       - name: Build
-        if: (!contains(matrix.extra, 'unittests'))
-        run: |
-          make ${SHADOWOPT} -j${NPROC}
-
-      - name: Check version
-        if: (!contains(matrix.extra, 'unittests'))
-        run: |
-          "${SRCDIR}"/vim --version
-          "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-1.vim -c quit
-          "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 -S ci/if_ver-2.vim -c quit
-          if ${{ matrix.features == 'huge' }}; then
-            # Also check that optional and dynamic features are configured and working
-            "${SRCDIR}"/vim -u NONE -i NONE --not-a-term -esNX -V1 \
-              -c "let g:required=['gettext', 'sodium', 'sound', 'perl', 'python3', 'lua', 'ruby', 'tcl']" \
-              -S ci/if_feat_check.vim -c quit
-          fi
+        timeout-minutes: 15
+        uses: ./.github/actions/build_vim_on_linux
+        with:
+          features: ${{ matrix.features }}
+          compiler: ${{ matrix.compiler }}
+          architecture: ${{ matrix.architecture }}
+          extra: ${{ toJSON(matrix.extra) }}
+          shadow: ${{ matrix.shadow }}
+          interface: ${{ matrix.interface }}
+          lua_ver: ${{ matrix.lua_ver }}
+          python3: ${{ matrix.python3 }}
+          coverage: ${{ matrix.coverage }}
 
       - name: Test
-        timeout-minutes: 45
-        run: |
-          make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST}
+        timeout-minutes: 20
+        run: make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST}
 
       # Enable to debug failing tests live and ssh into the CI runners
       # - name: Setup tmate session
@@ -346,7 +112,8 @@ jobs:
       #   with:
       #     limit-access-to-actor: true
 
-      - if: ${{ !cancelled() }}
+      - name: Upload failed test artifacts
+        if: ${{ !cancelled() }}
         uses: ./.github/actions/test_artifacts
 
       - name: Vim tags
@@ -405,20 +172,78 @@ jobs:
       - name: Codecov
         timeout-minutes: 20
         if: matrix.coverage
-        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v5
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v6
         with:
           flags: linux,${{ matrix.features }}-${{ matrix.compiler }}-${{ join(matrix.extra, '-') }}
           token: ${{ secrets.CODECOV_TOKEN }}
 
+  linux-asan:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
+
+    env:
+      CC: clang
+      CLANG_VER: 21
+      SRCDIR: ./src
+      LEAK_CFLAGS: -DEXITFREE
+      LOG_DIR: ${{ github.workspace }}/logs
+      TERM: xterm
+      DISPLAY: ":99"
+      DEBIAN_FRONTEND: noninteractive
+
+    strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
+      matrix:
+        testset:
+          - tinytests
+          - newtests.1
+          - newtests.2
+
+    steps:
+      - name: Checkout repository from GitHub
+        uses: actions/checkout@v6
+
+      - name: Build
+        timeout-minutes: 15
+        uses: ./.github/actions/build_vim_on_linux
+        with:
+          features: huge
+          compiler: clang
+          extra: '["asan"]'
+          # Lua5.1 is the most widely used version (since it's what LuaJIT is
+          # compatible with), so ensure it works
+          lua_ver: "5.1"
+
+      - name: Test (tinytests)
+        if: matrix.testset == 'tinytests'
+        timeout-minutes: 20
+        run: make ${TEST} NEW_TESTS_RES=
+
+      - name: Test (newtests)
+        if: startsWith(matrix.testset, 'newtests')
+        timeout-minutes: 20
+        env:
+          JOB_INDEX: ${{ strategy.job-index }}
+          JOB_TOTAL: ${{ strategy.job-total }}
+        run: |
+          set -x
+          make -C src/testdir SCRIPTS_TINY_OUT= \
+            NEW_TESTS_RES="$(python3 ci/gen_testset.py $((JOB_TOTAL-1)) | jq -r --argjson i $((JOB_INDEX-1)) '.[$i]|join(" ")')"
+
       - name: ASan logs
-        if: contains(matrix.extra, 'asan') && !cancelled()
+        if: ${{ !cancelled() }}
         run: |
           for f in $(grep -lR '#[[:digit:]]* *0x[[:xdigit:]]*' "${LOG_DIR}"); do
-            echo "$f"
-            asan_symbolize -l "$f"
+            (
+              echo "$f"
+              asan_symbolize -l "$f"
+            ) | tee "$f".symbolized
             false # in order to fail a job
           done
 
+      - name: Upload failed test artifacts
+        if: ${{ !cancelled() }}
+        uses: ./.github/actions/test_artifacts
+
   macos:
     runs-on: ${{ matrix.runner }}
 
@@ -436,7 +261,7 @@ jobs:
         runner: [macos-15-intel, macos-26]
 
     steps:
-      - name: Checkout repository from github
+      - name: Checkout repository from GitHub
         uses: actions/checkout@v6
 
       - name: Install packages
@@ -503,7 +328,8 @@ jobs:
         run: |
           make ${TEST}
 
-      - if: ${{ !cancelled() }}
+      - name: Upload failed test artifacts
+        if: ${{ !cancelled() }}
         uses: ./.github/actions/test_artifacts
 
   windows:
@@ -513,7 +339,7 @@ jobs:
       # Interfaces
       # Lua
       LUA_VER: 54
-      LUA_VER_DOT: '5.4'
+      LUA_VER_DOT: "5.4"
       LUA_RELEASE: 5.4.2
       LUA32_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win32_dllw6_lib.zip
       LUA64_URL: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/luabinaries/lua-%LUA_RELEASE%_Win64_dllw6_lib.zip
@@ -522,16 +348,16 @@ jobs:
       LUA_DIR_SLASH: D:/Lua
       # Python 2
       PYTHON_VER: 27
-      PYTHON_VER_DOT: '2.7'
+      PYTHON_VER_DOT: "2.7"
       PYTHON_DIR: 'C:\Python27'
       # Python 3
       PYTHON3_VER: 313
-      PYTHON3_VER_DOT: '3.13'
+      PYTHON3_VER_DOT: "3.13"
       # Other dependencies
       # winpty
       WINPTY_URL: https://github.com/rprichard/winpty/releases/download/0.4.3/winpty-0.4.3-msvc2015.zip
       # libsodium
-      SODIUM_VER: '1.0.20'
+      SODIUM_VER: "1.0.20"
       # SODIUM_MSVC_URL: https://download.libsodium.org/libsodium/releases/libsodium-%SODIUM_VER%-stable-msvc.zip
       SODIUM_MSVC_URL: https://github.com/jedisct1/libsodium/releases/download/%SODIUM_VER%-RELEASE/libsodium-%SODIUM_VER%-msvc.zip
       SODIUM_MSVC_VER: v143
@@ -609,7 +435,7 @@ jobs:
           echo "SODIUM_DIR=${SODIUM_DIR}" >> $GITHUB_ENV
           echo "GETTEXT_PATH=D:\gettext${{ matrix.arch == 'x64' && '64' || '32' }}" >> $GITHUB_ENV
 
-      - uses: msys2/setup-msys2@v2
+      - uses: msys2/setup-msys2@v2.31.1
         if: matrix.toolchain == 'mingw'
         with:
           update: true
@@ -619,7 +445,7 @@ jobs:
           msystem: ${{ env.MSYSTEM }}
           release: false
 
-      - name: Checkout repository from github
+      - name: Checkout repository from GitHub
         uses: actions/checkout@v6
 
       - name: Create a list of download URLs
@@ -633,7 +459,7 @@ jobs:
           echo %GETTEXT64_URL%>> urls.txt
 
       - name: Cache downloaded files
-        uses: actions/cache@v5
+        uses: actions/cache@v5.0.5
         with:
           path: downloads
           key: ${{ runner.os }}-${{ matrix.arch }}-${{ hashFiles('urls.txt') }}
@@ -833,7 +659,8 @@ jobs:
             nmake -nologo -f Make_mvc.mak tiny VIMPROG=..\vim  || exit 1
           )
 
-      - if: ${{ !cancelled() }}
+      - name: Upload failed test artifacts
+        if: ${{ !cancelled() }}
         uses: ./.github/actions/test_artifacts
 
       - name: Generate gcov files
@@ -846,7 +673,7 @@ jobs:
       - name: Codecov
         timeout-minutes: 20
         if: matrix.coverage
-        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v5
+        uses: codecov/codecov-action@v6
         with:
           directory: src
           flags: windows,${{ matrix.toolchain }}-${{ matrix.arch }}-${{ matrix.features }}

.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml

@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ jobs:
 
     # Initializes the CodeQL tools for scanning.
     - name: Initialize CodeQL
-      uses: github/codeql-action/init@v4
+      uses: github/codeql-action/init@v4.35.4
       with:
         languages: ${{ matrix.language }}
         # If you wish to specify custom queries, you can do so here or in a config file.
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ jobs:
     # Autobuild attempts to build any compiled languages  (C/C++, C#, or Java).
     # If this step fails, then you should remove it and run the build manually (see below)
     - name: Autobuild
-      uses: github/codeql-action/autobuild@v4
+      uses: github/codeql-action/autobuild@v4.35.4
 
     # ℹ️ Command-line programs to run using the OS shell.
     # 📚 https://git.io/JvXDl
@@ -73,4 +73,4 @@ jobs:
     #   make release
 
     - name: Perform CodeQL Analysis
-      uses: github/codeql-action/analyze@v4
+      uses: github/codeql-action/analyze@v4.35.4

.github/workflows/label.yml

@@ -17,6 +17,6 @@ jobs:
       pull-requests: write
 
     steps:
-    - uses: actions/labeler@v6
+    - uses: actions/labeler@v6.1.0
       with:
         repo-token: "${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}"

AGENTS.md

@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+# AGENTS.md
+
+Guidance for AI coding agents working in the Vim repository.
+
+## Project
+
+Vim is a text editor written in C. The canonical repository is
+https://github.com/vim/vim. The code is old and has grown organically over
+the past 30+ years. Some files are vendored from upstream projects
+(`src/xdiff`, `src/libvterm`); parts of the runtime are occasionally shared
+with forks like Neovim.
+
+Vim strives to be portable across several different operating systems and
+aims to be a stable, robust editor gradually developing new features while
+remaining backwards compatible as much as possible.
+
+At the same time, Vim can be compiled with different feature sets, from the
+POSIX compatible minimal vi to a full-fledged GUI editor which includes
+additional scripting interfaces.
+
+See `runtime/doc/develop.txt` for the high level design goals.
+
+## Build and test
+
+    # Full build on Unix/Linux (from src/):
+    make
+
+    # Run the full test suite:
+    make test
+
+    # Generate proto files
+    make proto
+
+    # Run a single test file:
+    cd src/testdir && make test_name.res
+
+Output is in testdir/messages and testdir/test.log
+
+Builds on Windows depend on the Environment, see `src/INSTALLpc.txt`
+for Cygwin/MSYS and MSVC ways to build Vim
+
+Before submitting any patch, at minimum:
+1. The build succeeds without new warnings.
+2. Relevant tests pass.
+3. The code matches the style of the file being edited.
+
+## Layout
+
+- `src/` - the C source. Subsystem names are usually obvious from filenames
+  (`buffer.c`, `window.c`, `search.c`, `vim9compile.c`, etc.).
+- `src/proto/` - function prototypes, one `.pro` file per source file.
+  Regenerated; do not hand-edit unless you know what you're doing.
+- `src/po` - Translations
+- `src/xxd` - for the xxd subproject
+- `src/xdiff` - for the xdiff library (imported from git)
+- `src/libvterm` - for the libvterm library
+- `src/testdir/` - tests. Vim-script files named `test_*.vim`.
+  Screendump expected output lives in `src/testdir/dumps/`.
+- `runtime/doc/` - user-facing documentation in Vim help format, when updating,
+  also update the Last Change header
+- `runtime/syntax/generator` - Syntax script for Vim Script, automatically generated
+  from Vims source
+- `runtime/`  - runtime files shipped with Vim, when updating, also update the
+  Last Change header and a short description if this file has no maintainer
+  If the file has a maintainer, changes should go via them (so make a merge
+  request against the upstream repo instead)
+- `src/version.c` - contains the `included_patches[]` list. Every
+  patch touching anything below `src/` (with the exception of `src/po`) needs a
+  new entry at the top, will be updated only when merging into
+  the master tree.
+
+## Commit format
+
+Vim uses a strict commit message format. The subject line is a
+one-sentence **problem statement**, not a description of the fix:
+
+    patch 9.2.NNNN: short description of the problem
+
+    Problem:  Restatement of the problem as a full sentence, possibly
+              with a reporter attribution in parentheses.
+    Solution: Short description of the fix, ending with the author's
+              name in parentheses.
+
+    optional longer description of the problem and solution goes here in prose.
+    Do not use bullet points.
+
+    fixes:   #NNNN
+    related: #NNNN
+    closes:  #NNNN
+
+    Co-authored-by: Name
+    Signed-off-by: Author Name <email>
+
+Rules:
+
+- **Subject line states the problem**, not the solution. "fix typo" is
+  wrong; "typo in foo() causes OOB read" is right.
+- **Problem line is a full sentence with a trailing period.** It mirrors
+  the subject.
+- **Solution line ends with `(Author Name)`** — parentheses, period
+  after them.
+- **Longer prose**, if any, goes after the Problem/Solution header
+- **`fixes:` references the issue** the patch fixes.
+  **`closes:` references the PR** that introduces the fix.
+  **`related:` references related issues**, including issues that caused this
+  one.
+  All can appear. Colon, aligned, no trailing period.
+- **`Signed-off-by:` is required** — DCO.
+- **`Co-Authored-By:` is allowed** and is the accepted way to
+  acknowledge AI assistance transparently. Human
+  coauthors should usually also have their own Signed-off-by.
+
+## C code conventions
+
+- **Indentation is 4 spaces per level.** Existing files use tabs with
+  `ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet` (set by the modeline in the file),
+  so tabs of width 8 appear where two levels of indent collapse. `sign.c`,
+  `sound.c`, and any new file must use spaces only and follow the style from
+  the .editorconfig file.
+- **Opening braces go on their own line (Allman style)** — for function
+  definitions and for control-flow constructs (`if`/`else`/`for`/`while`/
+  `do`) alike.
+- **Function definitions**: return type on its own indented line, with
+  the function name beginning on the next line.
+- Initialize locals where a reader cannot trivially see the first
+  assignment (common for pointers and return-value accumulators).
+  Don't add `= 0` initializers for values that are always assigned
+  before use — they can hide real uninitialized-read bugs from
+  the compiler.
+- `for (int i = 0; ...)` loop declarations are fine in files that
+  use them; older files may declare the counter at the top of the
+  block.
+- **Function-scope declarations at the top of a block** is the historical
+  style, but mid-block declarations are acceptable in files that have
+  adopted them. Match the surrounding code.
+- **Custom types end in `_T`** (e.g., `buf_T`, `linenr_T`, `pos_T`).
+  Never use `_t` — it collides with POSIX typedefs.
+- **C language is C95 plus specific C99 features**: `//` comments,
+  mixed declarations and statements, `__func__`, `bool`/`_Bool`,
+  variadic macros, compound literals, `static inline`, trailing enum
+  commas. Do not reach for later C standards — Vim still must build
+  with Compaq C on OpenVMS. See `*assumptions-C-compiler*` in
+  `develop.txt` for the full list.
+- **`bool` / `true` / `false` are acceptable.** Vim is transitioning
+  from `int` with `TRUE`/`FALSE` to C99 `bool`. Do not "fix" `bool`
+  back to `int`. Within a single patch, be consistent — don't mix
+  `true` and `TRUE` in new code.
+- **Do not mass-convert** `TRUE`/`FALSE` to `true`/`false` across files
+  unless that is the patch's explicit purpose. Opportunistic
+  conversions create noise in diffs.
+- **`STRLEN_LITERAL("...")`** should be used when the length of a
+  string literal is needed. Avoid `STRLEN()` on literals.
+- **`vim_snprintf_safelen()`** returns the written length; prefer it
+  over `vim_snprintf()` when the length is then needed.
+- **Prefer `dict_add_string_len()`** when the string length is already
+  known, over `dict_add_string()` which calls `STRLEN()`.
+- **String/buffer parameters go `(char_u *buf, size_t buflen)`** —
+  length alongside pointer, in bytes. Use `size_t` for byte counts,
+  `int` only where required by legacy APIs.
+- **Guards before divisions.** Check for divisor zero explicitly, even
+  when a composite earlier guard would prevent it. Relying on
+  transitive guards is fragile.
+- When introducing new allocations, verify the cleanup paths handle all exit
+  conditions (early return, error branches, etc).
+
+**Use Vim wrappers instead of libc where one exists:**
+
+| libc          | Vim                    | Why                         |
+|---------------|------------------------|-----------------------------|
+| `free()`      | `vim_free()`           | Tolerates NULL              |
+| `malloc()`    | `alloc()` / `lalloc()` | Checks for OOM              |
+| `strcpy()`    | `STRCPY()`             | Cast for `char_u *`         |
+| `strchr()`    | `vim_strchr()`         | Handles special characters  |
+| `strrchr()`   | `vim_strrchr()`        | Handles special characters  |
+| `memcpy()`    | `mch_memmove()`        | Handles overlapping copies  |
+| `bcopy()`     | `mch_memmove()`        | Handles overlapping copies  |
+| `memset()`    | `vim_memset()`         | Uniform across systems      |
+| `isspace()`   | `vim_isspace()`        | Handles bytes > 127         |
+| `iswhite()`   | `vim_iswhite()`        | TRUE only for tab and space |
+
+Further rules, not spelled out here, live in `runtime/doc/develop.txt`:
+
+- `*style-names*` — reserved name patterns (`is*`, `to*`, `str*`, `mem*`,
+  `wcs*`, `.*_t`, `__.*`), forbidden identifiers (`delete`, `this`, `new`,
+  `time`, `index`), and the 31-character function-name limit.
+- `*style-spaces*`, `*style-examples*` — spacing and one-statement-per-line.
+- `*style-various*` — `FEAT_` feature prefix, uppercase `#define`,
+  `#ifdef HAVE_X` rather than `#if HAVE_X`, no `'\"'`.
+- `*assumptions-makefiles*` — POSIX.1-2001 `make` only in the main
+  Makefiles (no `%` rules, `:=`, `.ONESHELL`, GNU conditionals).
+- Vim uses `char_u` instead of `char` type
+- Vim uses the macros `STRLEN`, `STRCPY`, `STRCMP`, `STRCAT` that work
+  with the `char_u` type.
+- `*style-clang-format*` — `sign.c` and `sound.c` are formatted with
+  `clang-format`; re-run it after editing those files.
+
+## Vim9 script conventions (in tests and runtime files)
+
+- Write modern Vim style (new files can use Vim9 script, but compatibility
+  with Neovim and other forks is a concern, so in doubt please ask!)
+- **Drop `l:` prefix from local variables** in Vim-script tests.
+- **Don't add `CheckFeature` inside individual tests** if it's already
+  at the top of the file.
+- If a test file doesn't gate features at the top, add CheckFeature to
+  individual tests that depend on specific build features.
+
+## Test conventions
+
+- Tests are in `src/testdir/test_*.vim`.
+- Reproducible tests beat "it doesn't crash" tests. If a patch fixes
+  a rendering bug, add a screendump test. If it fixes incorrect output,
+  assert the output.
+- Add comprehensive tests for newly added features and include them
+  in existing tests if possible
+- **Screendump tests** use `CheckScreendump`, `RunVimInTerminal`,
+  `VerifyScreenDump`, and live dumps in `src/testdir/dumps/`.
+- `v9.CheckScriptSuccess(lines)` / `v9.CheckScriptFailure(lines, error, lnum)`
+  are the standard way to test Vim9 script behavior at script-load time.
+- When fixing a bug reported as an issue, include a test that
+  reproduces the original report, not just a minimal synthetic case.
+- Tests for Syntax runtime are in `runtime/syntax/testdir`
+- Tests for Indent runtime are in `runtime/indent/testdir`
+
+## Common gotchas
+
+- **Distinguish what code enforces from what docs claim.** If a patch
+  changes documented behavior, say so in the Problem/Solution.
+- **Generated files** (`src/auto/configure`, generated Wayland protocol
+  C, etc.) should only be regenerated when their source changes.
+  Mixing unrelated regeneration into a functional patch creates noise.
+
+## Documentation
+
+- User-facing option or feature changes require a `runtime/doc/*.txt`
+  update in the same patch.
+- When editing an existing help file, bump the `Last change:` header
+  at the top.
+
+### Help file style
+
+See `runtime/doc/helphelp.txt` (`*help-writing*`) for the authoritative
+reference. Key conventions:
+
+- **File header**: first line is `*filename.txt*` then a tab then a
+  short description. That description appears under `LOCAL ADDITIONS`
+  in `help.txt`. The version and `Last change:` date go on the second
+  line, right aligned.
+- **Modeline**: every help file ends with a Vim modeline — typically
+  `vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:`.
+- **Layout**: `'textwidth'` 78, `'tabstop'` 8, indent and align with
+  tab characters. Two spaces between sentences. Run `:retab`
+  (not `:retab!`, and review the diff) after editing.
+- **Tags** are defined as `*tag-name*`, usually right-aligned on the
+  line where the thing they name is introduced. Tag names must be
+  unique across all of `runtime/doc/`; for plugin help, prefix with
+  the plugin name.
+- **Cross-references inside help text**:
+    - `|tag-name|` — hot-link to an existing tag.
+    - `` `:cmd` `` — Ex command, highlighted as a code block.
+    - `'option'` — option name, in single quotes.
+    - `<Key>` or `CTRL-X` — special keys.
+    - `{placeholder}` — user-supplied argument.
+- **Sections** are separated by a line of `=` starting in column 1.
+  Column or subsection headings end with `~` to trigger heading
+  highlighting.
+- **Code blocks** start with `>` at the end of the introducing line
+  and end with `<` as the first non-blank on a later line (any line
+  starting in column 1 also implicitly closes the block). Use `>vim`
+  (or another language name) to request syntax highlighting inside
+  the block.
+- **Notation** — `Note`, `Todo`, `Error` and a few similar words are
+  auto-highlighted; do not try to fake the highlighting by other means.
+- **Language**: gender-neutral language is preferred for new or updated
+  text; existing wording does not need to be rewritten for this alone.
+
+## Release policy
+
+Vim alternates between development cycles and stability periods — see
+`runtime/doc/develop.txt` `*design-policy*`.
+
+- **During a stability period** only clear bug fixes, security fixes,
+  documentation updates, translations, and runtime file updates are
+  accepted. No new features, no backwards-incompatible changes.
+- **Once released in a minor version**, C-core features must stay
+  backwards-compatible. Runtime files have a bit more flexibility so
+  their maintainers can correct old behavior.
+- **Deprecated features** stay reachable via config (do not hard-error),
+  are documented as deprecated, can be disabled at compile time, and
+  may be removed in a later cycle.
+
+## Security
+
+Before reporting a suspected security issue or submitting a patch
+that touches security-sensitive code, read `SECURITY.md`. Follow
+the disclosure process described there.
+
+## Before submitting
+
+1. Commit message follows the format above.
+2. All modified code compiles without new warnings.
+3. Tests pass, and new functionality has regression tests.
+4. Documentation is updated for user-visible changes.
+5. Signed-off-by is present.
+6. Diff contains only changes relevant to the stated problem —
+   no stray whitespace fixes, no unrelated refactors, no unrelated
+   regeneration of `auto/configure`.
+7. For multi-patch series: each commit compiles and passes its own
+   tests. A known-broken intermediate state that a later patch fixes
+   is not acceptable — squash instead.
+
+## When in doubt
+
+- Make the smallest possible change to achieve the goal. Do not rewrite
+  entire files or functions when a targeted edit suffices.
+- Read surrounding code and match its style rather than imposing an
+  "improvement."
+- Err toward smaller, more focused patches. A patch that does three
+  things is three patches.
+- If a patch fixes a symptom of a deeper bug, say so in the Problem
+  and acknowledge the scope limitation in the Solution.
+- Before claiming a bug exists, reproduce it. Before claiming code does X, read
+  the code. Do not rely on training-data memory of file contents.
+- Before running shell commands that modify files outside the working tree,
+  install packages, push branches, or invoke network operations, confirm with
+  the user.

Filelist

@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.github/workflows/codeql-analysis.yml \
 		.github/workflows/coverity.yml \
 		.github/workflows/link-check.yml \
+		.github/actions/build_vim_on_linux/action.yml \
 		.github/actions/test_artifacts/action.yml \
 		.github/dependabot.yml \
 		.gitignore \
@@ -23,6 +24,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		.editorconfig \
 		ci/appveyor.bat \
 		ci/config.mk*.sed \
+		ci/gen_testset.py \
 		ci/if_ver*.vim \
 		ci/if_feat_check.vim \
 		ci/lychee.toml \
@@ -151,6 +153,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/spellfile.c \
 		src/spellsuggest.c \
 		src/strings.c \
+		src/strptime.c \
 		src/structs.h \
 		src/syntax.c \
 		src/tabpanel.c \
@@ -440,6 +443,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/t/66screen_extent.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/67screen_dbl_wh.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/68screen_termprops.test \
+		src/libvterm/t/69screen_pushline.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/69screen_reflow.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-1.test \
 		src/libvterm/t/90vttest_01-movement-2.test \
@@ -678,6 +682,7 @@ SRC_AMI =	\
 		src/Make_ami.mak \
 		src/os_amiga.c \
 		src/os_amiga.h \
+		src/os_amiga_stubs.c \
 		src/proto/os_amiga.pro \
 		src/testdir/Make_amiga.mak \
 		src/testdir/util/amiga.vim \
@@ -1194,6 +1199,7 @@ IGNORE = \
 		.github/FUNDING.yml \
 		.github/labeler.yml \
 		.github/workflows/label.yml \
+		AGENTS.md \
 		SECURITY.md \
 		ci/unlisted.make \
 		ci/hlgroups.make \

SECURITY.md

@@ -2,9 +2,16 @@
 
 ## Reporting a vulnerability
 
-If you want to report a security issue, please privately disclose the issue to the vim-security mailing list
-vim-security@googlegroups.com
-
-This is a private list, read only by the maintainers, but anybody can post, after moderation.
+If you want to report a security issue, please privately disclose the issue either via:
+- The vim-security mailing list: vim-security@googlegroups.com  
+  This is a private list, read only by the maintainers, but anybody can post.
+- [GitHub Security Advisories](https://github.com/vim/vim/security/advisories/new)
 
 **Please don't publicly disclose the issue until it has been addressed by us.**
+
+## Guidelines for reporting
+- Clearly explain **why** the behaviour is a security issue, not just that a bug exists.
+- Keep reports concise and focused.
+- Do not flood us with a list of issues. Report them one by one to ensure to not overwhelm us with the work load.
+- Do **not** submit AI-generated reports without carefully reviewing them first. Low-quality or
+  speculative reports waste maintainer time and will be closed without action, and repeat offenders **will be banned**.

ci/gen_testset.py

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python3
+
+import argparse
+import itertools
+import json
+import re
+import subprocess
+
+
+def generate_testset(n):
+    cp = subprocess.run(["make", "-C", "src/testdir", "-npq"], capture_output=True)
+
+    tests = set()
+    for line in cp.stdout.decode().split("\n"):
+        if re.match(r"^(NEW_TESTS_RES|TEST_VIM9_RES) = ", line):
+            tests.update(re.findall(r"\btest\w+\.res\b", line))
+
+    tests = sorted(list(tests))
+    # move test_alot*.res to the end
+    tests = (
+        [t for t in tests if not t.startswith("test_alot")]
+        + [t for t in tests if t.startswith("test_alot_")]
+        + ["test_alot.res"]
+    )
+    targets = tests
+
+    if n > 1:
+        targets = [ts for ts in itertools.batched(tests, n)]
+        targets = [[t for t in ts if t] for ts in itertools.zip_longest(*targets)]
+
+    return targets
+
+
+def main():
+    parser = argparse.ArgumentParser()
+    parser.add_argument("n", type=int, nargs="?", default=1)
+    args = parser.parse_args()
+
+    print(json.dumps(generate_testset(args.n)))
+
+
+if __name__ == "__main__":
+    main()

ci/lychee.toml

@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ extensions = ["c", "h", "md", "html", "txt"]
 accept = ["100..=103", "200..=299", "429"]
 
 # Retry each request a few times on transient network errors
-retries = 2
+max_retries = 2
 retry_wait_time = 2
 
 # Timeout per request in seconds

lang/README.ru.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-README.ru.txt для версии 9.1 программы Vim — Vi IMproved.
+Краткое описание для версии 9.2 программы Vim — Vi IMproved.
 
 
 ЧТО ТАКОЕ РЕДАКТОР VIM?
@@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ README.ru.txt для версии 9.1 программы Vim — Vi IMproved.
 наименований файлов и команд, операции с произвольными блоками текста,
 встроенный язык программирования и т. д.  Также доступен графический интерфейс
 пользователя (GUI).  И при этом сохраняется совместимость с редактором Vi,
-и те, у кого Vi «в крови», будут чувствовать себя как дома.  Подробности о
-различиях с редактором Vi см. в файле "runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt".
+и те, у кого Vi «в крови», будут чувствовать себя как дома.  Подробности
+о различиях с редактором Vi см. в файле "runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt".
 
 Этот редактор очень удобен для работы с исходным кодом программ, а также
 разного рода других текстовых файлов.  Все команды вводятся набором обычных
@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@ README.ru.txt для версии 9.1 программы Vim — Vi IMproved.
 функционала (обычно называемый vim.tiny). Данная сборка чаще всего используется
 во многих дистрибутивах Linux в качестве предустановленного редактора vi.
 
-Редактор Vim работает в ОС MS Windows (7, 8, 10, 11), macOS, Haiku, VMS и
-практически во всех UNIX-подобных системах.  А перенос на другие платформы не
-должен представлять особой сложности.
+Редактор Vim работает в ОС MS Windows (7, 8, 10, 11), macOS, Haiku, VMS
+и практически во всех UNIX-подобных системах.  А перенос на другие платформы
+не должен представлять особой сложности.
 Предыдущие версии редактора Vim работают в операционных системах OS/2, MS-DOS,
 MS Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP/Vista, AmigaDOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS и RISC OS.
 Но поддержка этих версий больше не осуществляется.
@@ -45,11 +45,11 @@ MS Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2000/XP/Vista, AmigaDOS, Atari MiNT, BeOS и RISC OS.
 программы.  Этот архив включает в себя документацию, файлы подсветки синтаксиса
 и другие файлы, которые используются редактором во время работы.  Чтобы
 запустить программу Vim, вы должны получить либо архив с исполняемыми файлами,
-либо архив с исходным кодом.  Какой из них вам нужен, зависит от того, на какой
-системе вы хотите запустить редактор Vim, и есть ли для этой системы
+либо архив с исходным кодом.  Какой из них вам нужен, зависит от того,
+на какой системе вы хотите запустить редактор Vim, и есть ли для этой системы
 исполняемые файлы или вы должны компилировать программу самостоятельно.
-Чтобы узнать о доступных в настоящее время пакетах программы, посмотрите на
-веб‐странице https://www.vim.org/download.php.
+Чтобы узнать о доступных в настоящее время пакетах программы, посмотрите
+на веб‐странице https://www.vim.org/download.php.
 
 Несколько полезных мест, где можно получить последнюю версию редактора Vim:
 * Посмотрите в git-хранилище на GitHub: https://github.com/vim/vim.
@@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ https://github.com/vim/vim-win32-installer/releases.
 КОМПИЛЯЦИЯ РЕДАКТОРА Vim
 
 Если для вашей системы уже есть готовые исполняемые файлы, вам не нужно самому
-компилировать редактор Vim.  Если вы скачали архив с исходным кодом, то всё
-необходимое для компиляции программы Vim находится в каталоге "src".
+компилировать редактор Vim.  Если вы скачали архив с исходным кодом,
+то всё необходимое для компиляции программы Vim находится в каталоге "src".
 Инструкции смотрите в файле src/INSTALL.
 
 
@@ -85,12 +85,12 @@ README_vms.txt		VMS
 
 ДОКУМЕНТАЦИЯ ПО РЕДАКТОРУ Vim
 
-Учебник Vim — это часовой практический курс для начинающих.  Как правило, для
-работы с ним нужно набрать команду "vimtutor".  Чтобы получить дополнительную
-информацию, смотрите раздел документации ":help tutor".
+Учебник Vim — это часовой практический курс для начинающих.  Как правило,
+для работы с ним нужно набрать команду "vimtutor".  Чтобы получить
+дополнительную информацию, смотрите раздел документации ":help tutor".
 
-Лучше всего воспользоваться командой ":help" в редакторе Vim.  Если у вас ещё
-нет исполняемого файла программы, прочитайте файл "runtime/doc/help.txt".
+Лучше всего воспользоваться командой ":help" в редакторе Vim.  Если у вас
+ещё нет исполняемого файла программы, прочитайте файл "runtime/doc/help.txt".
 В нём содержатся отсылки на другие полезные файлы документации.  Руководство
 пользователя можно читать как книгу, и оно рекомендуется для обучения работе
 с редактором Vim.  Смотрите ":help user-manual".
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ README_vms.txt		VMS
 
 Редактор Vim является благотворительным программным обеспечением.
 Использование и копирование программы Vim не ограничено, однако рекомендуется
-сделать добровольное пожертвование для нуждающихся детей в Уганде.  Чтобы узнать
+сделать добровольное пожертвование для нуждающихся детей в Уганде. Чтобы узнать
 подробности, прочитайте, пожалуйста, файл "runtime/doc/uganda.txt" (введите
 команду ":help uganda" в редакторе Vim).
 
@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ README_vms.txt		VMS
 будет способствовать повышению заинтересованности команды разработчиков
 в продолжении работы над редактором Vim!
 
-Самая свежая информация об оказании финансовой поддержки публикуется на
-веб-сайте программы Vim:
+Самая свежая информация об оказании финансовой поддержки публикуется
+на веб-сайте программы Vim:
 	https://www.vim.org/sponsor/
 
 
@@ -137,13 +137,13 @@ README_vms.txt		VMS
 
 ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНАЯ ИНФОРМАЦИЯ
 
-Для системе macOS вы може использовать MacVim:  https://macvim.org
+Для системе macOS вы можете использовать MacVim:  https://macvim.org
 
 Последние новости о редакторе Vim можно найти на его домашней странице:
 	https://www.vim.org/
 
-Если у вас возникли вопросы, посмотрите полезные советы или документацию по
-редактору Vim:
+Если у вас возникли вопросы, посмотрите полезные советы или документацию
+по редактору Vim:
 	https://www.vim.org/docs.php
 	https://vim.fandom.com/wiki/Vim_Tips_Wiki
 

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Unicode true  ; !include defaults to UTF-8 after Unicode True since 3.0 Alpha 2
 # ----------- No configurable settings below this line -----------
 
 ##########################################################
-# Installer Attributes, Including headers, Plugins and etc. 
+# Installer Attributes, Including headers, Plugins and etc.
 
 CRCCheck force
 
@@ -638,21 +638,23 @@ SectionGroupEnd
 	!undef LIBRARY_X64
       ${EndIf}
 
-      # Install DLLs for 32-bit gvimext.dll into the GvimExt32 directory.
-      SetOutPath $0\GvimExt32
-      ClearErrors
-      !insertmacro InstallLib DLL NOTSHARED REBOOT_NOTPROTECTED \
-	  "${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libintl-8.dll" \
-	  "$0\GvimExt32\libintl-8.dll" "$0\GvimExt32"
-      !insertmacro InstallLib DLL NOTSHARED REBOOT_NOTPROTECTED \
-	  "${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libiconv-2.dll" \
-	  "$0\GvimExt32\libiconv-2.dll" "$0\GvimExt32"
-      # Install libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll only if it is needed.
-      !if ${INCLUDE_LIBGCC}
-	!if /FileExists "${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll"
-	    !insertmacro InstallLib DLL NOTSHARED REBOOT_NOTPROTECTED \
-		"${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll" \
-		"$0\GvimExt32\libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll" "$0\GvimExt32"
+      !if !${ARM64}
+	# Install DLLs for 32-bit gvimext.dll into the GvimExt32 directory.
+	SetOutPath $0\GvimExt32
+	ClearErrors
+	!insertmacro InstallLib DLL NOTSHARED REBOOT_NOTPROTECTED \
+	    "${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libintl-8.dll" \
+	    "$0\GvimExt32\libintl-8.dll" "$0\GvimExt32"
+	!insertmacro InstallLib DLL NOTSHARED REBOOT_NOTPROTECTED \
+	    "${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libiconv-2.dll" \
+	    "$0\GvimExt32\libiconv-2.dll" "$0\GvimExt32"
+	# Install libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll only if it is needed.
+	!if ${INCLUDE_LIBGCC}
+	  !if /FileExists "${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll"
+	      !insertmacro InstallLib DLL NOTSHARED REBOOT_NOTPROTECTED \
+		  "${GETTEXT}\gettext32\libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll" \
+		  "$0\GvimExt32\libgcc_s_sjlj-1.dll" "$0\GvimExt32"
+	  !endif
 	!endif
       !endif
     ${EndIf}

runtime/autoload/context.vim

@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@ vim9script
 # Maintainer:         Nicola Vitacolonna <nvitacolonna@gmail.com>
 # Former Maintainers: Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 # Latest Revision:    2026 Feb 03
+# Last Change:
+# 2026 Mar 30 by Vim project: Use fnameescape for the Log command
 
 # Typesetting {{{
 import autoload './typeset.vim'
@@ -33,7 +35,7 @@ export def Log(bufname: string)
   var logpath = typeset.LogPath(bufname)
 
   if filereadable(logpath)
-    execute 'edit' typeset.LogPath(bufname)
+    execute 'edit' .. fnameescape(typeset.LogPath(bufname))
     return
   endif
 

runtime/autoload/dist/ft.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script
 # Vim functions for file type detection
 #
 # Maintainer:		The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-# Last Change:		2026 Mar 13
+# Last Change:		2026 May 16
 # Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 # These functions are moved here from runtime/filetype.vim to make startup
@@ -11,6 +11,18 @@ vim9script
 
 var prolog_pattern = '^\s*\(:-\|%\+\(\s\|$\)\|\/\*\)\|\.\s*$'
 
+def IsObjectScriptRoutine(): bool
+  var line1 = getline(1)
+  line1 = substitute(line1, '^\ufeff', '', '')
+  if line1 =~? '^\s*routine\>'
+    return true
+  endif
+  if line1 =~? '\<iris\>'
+    return true
+  endif
+  return join(getline(1, 3), '') =~# '%RO'
+enddef
+
 export def Check_inp()
   if getline(1) =~ '%%'
     setf tex
@@ -75,6 +87,18 @@ export def FTasm()
   exe "setf " .. fnameescape(b:asmsyntax)
 enddef
 
+export def FTmac()
+  if exists("g:filetype_mac")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_mac
+  else
+    if IsObjectScriptRoutine()
+      setf objectscript_routine
+    else
+      FTasm()
+    endif
+  endif
+enddef
+
 export def FTasmsyntax()
   # see if the file contains any asmsyntax=foo overrides. If so, change
   # b:asmsyntax appropriately
@@ -774,9 +798,14 @@ export def FTnroff(): number
 enddef
 
 export def FTmm()
+  if exists("g:filetype_mm")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_mm
+    return
+  endif
+
   var n = 1
   while n < 20
-    if getline(n) =~ '^\s*\(#\s*\(include\|import\)\>\|@import\>\|/\*\)'
+    if getline(n) =~ '^\s*\(//\|#\s*\(include\|import\)\>\|@import\>\|/\*\)'
       setf objcpp
       return
     endif
@@ -871,6 +900,10 @@ export def FTinc()
   if exists("g:filetype_inc")
     exe "setf " .. g:filetype_inc
   else
+    if IsObjectScriptRoutine()
+      setf objectscript_routine
+      return
+    endif
     for lnum in range(1, min([line("$"), 20]))
       var line = getline(lnum)
       if line =~? "perlscript"
@@ -887,7 +920,7 @@ export def FTinc()
       elseif line =~ '^\s*\%({\|(\*\)' || line =~? ft_pascal_keywords
         setf pascal
         return
-      elseif line =~# '\<\%(require\|inherit\)\>' || line =~# '[A-Z][A-Za-z0-9_:${}/]*\s\+\%(??\|[?:+.]\)\?=.\? '
+      elseif line =~# '\<\%(require\|inherit\)\>' || line =~# '[A-Z][A-Za-z0-9_:${}/]*\(\[[A-Za-z0-9_:/]\+\]\)*\s\+\%(??\|[?:+.]\)\?=.\? '
         setf bitbake
         return
       endif
@@ -940,6 +973,16 @@ export def FTi()
   setf progress
 enddef
 
+export def FTint()
+  if exists("g:filetype_int")
+    exe "setf " .. g:filetype_int
+  elseif IsObjectScriptRoutine()
+    setf objectscript_routine
+  else
+    setf hex
+  endif
+enddef
+
 var ft_pascal_comments = '^\s*\%({\|(\*\|//\)'
 var ft_pascal_keywords = '^\s*\%(program\|unit\|library\|uses\|begin\|procedure\|function\|const\|type\|var\)\>'
 
@@ -1688,6 +1731,8 @@ const ft_from_ext = {
   "tdf": "ahdl",
   # AIDL
   "aidl": "aidl",
+  # Algol 68
+  "a68": "algol68",
   # AMPL
   "run": "ampl",
   # ANTLR / PCCTS
@@ -1760,6 +1805,7 @@ const ft_from_ext = {
   # BDF font
   "bdf": "bdf",
   # Beancount
+  "bean": "beancount",
   "beancount": "beancount",
   # BibTeX bibliography database file
   "bib": "bib",
@@ -1789,6 +1835,8 @@ const ft_from_ext = {
   "cairo": "cairo",
   # Cap'n Proto
   "capnp": "capnp",
+  # Common Package Specification
+  "cps": "json",
   # C#
   "cs": "cs",
   "csx": "cs",
@@ -1886,6 +1934,8 @@ const ft_from_ext = {
   "cr": "crystal",
   # CSV Files
   "csv": "csv",
+  # Concertor
+  "cto": "concerto",
   # CUDA Compute Unified Device Architecture
   "cu": "cuda",
   "cuh": "cuda",
@@ -2633,6 +2683,8 @@ const ft_from_ext = {
   "rst": "rst",
   # RTF
   "rtf": "rtf",
+  # ObjectScript Routine
+  "rtn": "objectscript_routine",
   # Ruby
   "rb": "ruby",
   "rbw": "ruby",
@@ -3069,7 +3121,9 @@ const ft_from_ext = {
   "bp": "bp",
   # Tiltfile
   "Tiltfile": "tiltfile",
-  "tiltfile": "tiltfile"
+  "tiltfile": "tiltfile",
+  # Ghostty
+  "ghostty": "ghostty",
 }
 # Key: file name (the final path component, excluding the drive and root)
 # Value: filetype

runtime/autoload/dist/script.vim

@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ vim9script
 # Invoked from "scripts.vim" in 'runtimepath'
 #
 # Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-# Last Change:	2025 Dec 22
+# Last Change:	2026 Apr 09
 # Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 export def DetectFiletype()
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ export def Exe2filetype(name: string, line1: string): string
     return 'php'
 
     # Python
-  elseif name =~ 'python'
+  elseif name =~ 'python' || (name == 'uv' && line1 =~ '\<uv run\>')
     return 'python'
 
     # Groovy

runtime/autoload/dist/vim9.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ vim9script
 # Vim runtime support library
 #
 # Maintainer:   The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-# Last Change:  2026 Mar 10
+# Last Change:  2026 May 06
 
 export def IsSafeExecutable(filetype: string, executable: string): bool
   if empty(exepath(executable))
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ if has('unix')
         execute $'silent !cmd /c start "" /b {args} {Redir()}' | redraw!
       enddef
     endif
-  elseif exists('$WSL_DISTRO_NAME') # use cmd.exe to start GUI apps in WSL
+  elseif exists('$WSL_DISTRO_NAME') && executable('cmd.exe') # use cmd.exe to start GUI apps in WSL
     export def Launch(args: string)
       const command = (args =~? '\v<\f+\.(exe|com|bat|cmd)>')
         ? $'cmd.exe /c start /b {args} {Redir()}'
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ if has('unix')
     export def Launch(args: string)
       # Use job_start, because using !xdg-open is known not to work with zsh
       # ignore signals on exit
-      job_start(split(args), {'stoponexit': ''})
+      job_start(['sh', '-c', args], {'stoponexit': '', 'in_io': 'null', 'out_io': 'null', 'err_io': 'null'})
     enddef
   endif
 elseif has('win32')
@@ -140,10 +140,8 @@ export def Open(file: string)
     defer setbufvar('%', '&shell', shell)
   endif
   if has('unix') && !has('win32unix') && !exists('$WSL_DISTRO_NAME')
-    # Linux: using job_start, so do not use shellescape.
-    Launch($"{Viewer()} {file}")
+    Launch($"{Viewer()} {shellescape(file)}")
   else
-    # Windows/WSL/Cygwin: NEEDS shellescape because Launch uses '!'
     Launch($"{Viewer()} {shellescape(file, 1)}")
   endif
 enddef

runtime/autoload/gzip.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for editing compressed files.
 " Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-" Last Change:	2024 Nov 25
+" Last Change:	2026 Apr 26
 " Former Maintainer: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 " These functions are used by the gzip plugin.
@@ -82,13 +82,8 @@ fun gzip#read(cmd)
   let empty = line("'[") == 1 && line("']") == line("$")
   let tmp = tempname()
   let tmpe = tmp . "." . expand("<afile>:e")
-  if exists('*fnameescape')
-    let tmp_esc = fnameescape(tmp)
-    let tmpe_esc = fnameescape(tmpe)
-  else
-    let tmp_esc = escape(tmp, ' ')
-    let tmpe_esc = escape(tmpe, ' ')
-  endif
+  let tmp_esc = fnameescape(tmp)
+  let tmpe_esc = fnameescape(tmpe)
   " write the just read lines to a temp file "'[,']w tmp.gz"
   execute "silent '[,']w " . tmpe_esc
   " uncompress the temp file: call system("gzip -dn tmp.gz")
@@ -101,22 +96,14 @@ fun gzip#read(cmd)
     let ok = 1
     " delete the compressed lines; remember the line number
     let l = line("'[") - 1
-    if exists(":lockmarks")
-      lockmarks '[,']d _
-    else
-      '[,']d _
-    endif
+    lockmarks '[,']d _
     " read in the uncompressed lines "'[-1r tmp"
     " Use ++edit if the buffer was empty, keep the 'ff' and 'fenc' options.
     setlocal nobin
-    if exists(":lockmarks")
-      if empty
-	execute "silent lockmarks " . l . "r ++edit " . tmp_esc
-      else
-	execute "silent lockmarks " . l . "r " . tmp_esc
-      endif
+    if empty
+      execute "silent lockmarks " . l . "r ++edit " . tmp_esc
     else
-      execute "silent " . l . "r " . tmp_esc
+      execute "silent lockmarks " . l . "r " . tmp_esc
     endif
 
     " if buffer became empty, delete trailing blank line
@@ -143,11 +130,7 @@ fun gzip#read(cmd)
 
   " When uncompressed the whole buffer, do autocommands
   if ok && empty
-    if exists('*fnameescape')
-      let fname = fnameescape(expand("%:r"))
-    else
-      let fname = escape(expand("%:r"), " \t\n*?[{`$\\%#'\"|!<")
-    endif
+    let fname = fnameescape(expand("%:r"))
     if filereadable(undofile(expand("%")))
       exe "sil rundo " . fnameescape(undofile(expand("%")))
     endif
@@ -191,8 +174,9 @@ fun gzip#appre(cmd)
       call s:set_compression(readfile(nm, "b", 1)[0])
     endif
 
-    " Rename to a weird name to avoid the risk of overwriting another file
-    let nmt = expand("<afile>:p:h") . "/X~=@l9q5"
+    " Rename to a unique name to avoid the risk of overwriting another file
+    " or being targeted by a symlink in a shared directory.
+    let nmt = s:samedir_tempname(nm)
     let nmte = nmt . "." . expand("<afile>:e")
     if rename(nm, nmte) == 0
       if &patchmode != "" && getfsize(nm . &patchmode) == -1
@@ -208,22 +192,27 @@ fun gzip#appre(cmd)
 endfun
 
 " find a file name for the file to be compressed.  Use "name" without an
-" extension if possible.  Otherwise use a weird name to avoid overwriting an
-" existing file.
+" extension if possible.  Otherwise use a unique name to avoid overwriting an
+" existing file or following a symlink set up by another user.
 fun s:tempname(name)
   let fn = fnamemodify(a:name, ":r")
   if !filereadable(fn) && !isdirectory(fn)
     return fn
   endif
-  return fnamemodify(a:name, ":p:h") . "/X~=@l9q5"
+  return s:samedir_tempname(a:name)
+endfun
+
+" Generate an unpredictable file name in the same directory as "name", using
+" the random component of tempname() to avoid symlink attacks in shared
+" directories (e.g. /tmp).
+fun s:samedir_tempname(name)
+  let tmp = tempname()
+  return fnamemodify(a:name, ":p:h") . "/" . fnamemodify(tmp, ":h:t") . fnamemodify(tmp, ":t")
 endfun
 
 fun s:escape(name)
   " shellescape() was added by patch 7.0.111
-  if exists("*shellescape")
-    return shellescape(a:name)
-  endif
-  return "'" . a:name . "'"
+  return shellescape(a:name)
 endfun
 
 " vim: set sw=2 :

runtime/autoload/rustfmt.vim

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 " Last Change:
 " 2025 Oct 27 by Vim project: don't use rustfmt as 'formatprg' by default
 " 2026 Jan 25 by Vim project: don't hide rustfmt errors, restore default var
-"
+" 2026 Mar 30 by Vim project: use fnameescape for :chdir commands
 "
 " Adapted from https://github.com/fatih/vim-go
 " For bugs, patches and license go to https://github.com/rust-lang/rust.vim
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ function! s:RunRustfmt(command, tmpname, from_writepre)
         " chdir to the directory of the file
         let l:has_lcd = haslocaldir()
         let l:prev_cd = getcwd()
-        execute 'lchdir! '.expand('%:h')
+        execute 'lchdir! ' . fnameescape(expand('%:h'))
 
         let l:buffer = getline(1, '$')
         if exists("*systemlist")
@@ -215,6 +215,7 @@ function! s:RunRustfmt(command, tmpname, from_writepre)
     endif
 
     " Restore the current directory if needed
+    let l:prev_cd = fnameescape(l:prev_cd)
     if a:tmpname ==# ''
         if l:has_lcd
             execute 'lchdir! '.l:prev_cd

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -20,6 +20,12 @@
 "   2025 Jul 16 by Vim Project: update minimum vim version
 "   2026 Feb 06 by Vim Project: consider 'nowrapscan' (#19333)
 "   2026 Feb 07 by Vim Project: make the path traversal detection more robust (#19341)
+"   2026 Apr 06 by Vim Project: fix bugs with lz4 support (#19925)
+"   2026 Apr 09 by Vim Project: fix bugs with zstd support (#19930)
+"   2026 Apr 09 by Vim Project: fix bug with dotted filename (#19930)
+"   2026 Apr 15 by Vim Project: fix more path traversal issues (#19981)
+"   2026 Apr 16 by Vim Project: use g:tar_secure in tar#Extract()
+"   2026 May 14 by Vim Project: use correct shellescape() call in Vimuntar()
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
@@ -609,114 +615,139 @@ fun! tar#Extract()
    let &report= repkeep
    return
   endif
-
-  let tarball = expand("%")
-  let tarbase = substitute(tarball,'\..*$','','')
+  if fname =~ '^[.]\?[.]/' || simplify(fname) =~ '\.\.[/\\]'
+   call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', "Path Traversal Attack detected, not extracting!")
+   let &report= repkeep
+   return
+  endif
+  if has("unix")
+   if fname =~ '^/'
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', "Path Traversal Attack detected, not extracting!")
+    let &report= repkeep
+    return
+   endif
+  else
+   if fname =~ '^\%(\a:[\\/]\|[\\/]\)'
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', "Path Traversal Attack detected, not extracting!")
+    let &report= repkeep
+    return
+   endif
+  endif
 
   let extractcmd= s:WinPath(g:tar_extractcmd)
-  if filereadable(tarbase.".tar")
-   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar ".shellescape(fname))
+  let tarball = expand("%")
+  if !filereadable(tarball)
+   let &report= repkeep
+   return
+  endif
+
+  if tarball =~# "\.tar$"
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarball)." ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar {fname}: failed!")
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarball} {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ". fname
    endif
 
-  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tgz")
+  elseif tarball =~# "\.tgz$"
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-z","")
-   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tgz ".shellescape(fname))
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarball)." ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tgz {fname}: failed!")
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarball} {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
 
-  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.gz")
+  elseif tarball =~# "\.tar\.gz$"
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-z","")
-   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.gz ".shellescape(fname))
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarball)." ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar.gz {fname}: failed!")
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarball} {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
 
-  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tbz")
+  elseif tarball =~# "\.tbz$"
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
-   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tbz ".shellescape(fname))
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarball)." ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tbz {fname}: failed!")
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarball} {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
 
-  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.bz2")
+  elseif tarball =~# "\.tar\.bz2$"
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
-   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.bz2 ".shellescape(fname))
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarball)." ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar.bz2 {fname}: failed!")
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarball} {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
 
-  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.bz3")
+  elseif tarball =~# "\.tar\.bz3$"
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-j","")
-   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.bz3 ".shellescape(fname))
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarball)." ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar.bz3 {fname}: failed!")
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarball} {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
 
-  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".txz")
+  elseif tarball =~# "\.txz$"
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-J","")
-   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".txz ".shellescape(fname))
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarball)." ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.txz {fname}: failed!")
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarball} {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
 
-  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.xz")
+  elseif tarball =~# "\.tar\.xz$"
    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-J","")
-   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.xz ".shellescape(fname))
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarball)." ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar.xz {fname}: failed!")
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarball} {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
 
-  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tzst")
-   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","--zstd","")
-   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tzst ".shellescape(fname))
+  elseif tarball =~# "\.tzst$"
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","--zstd -","")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarball)." ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tzst {fname}: failed!")
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarball} {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
 
-  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.zst")
-   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","--zstd","")
-   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.zst ".shellescape(fname))
+  elseif tarball =~# "\.tar\.zst$"
+   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","--zstd -","")
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarball)." ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar.zst {fname}: failed!")
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarball} {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
 
-  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tlz4")
-   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-I lz4","")
-   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tlz4 ".shellescape(fname))
+  elseif tarball =~# "\.tlz4$"
+   if has("linux")
+    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-I lz4 -","")
+   endif
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarball)." ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tlz4 {fname}: failed!")
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarball} {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
 
-  elseif filereadable(tarbase.".tar.lz4")
-   let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-I lz4","")
-   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarbase).".tar.lz4".shellescape(fname))
+  elseif tarball =~# "\.tar\.lz4$"
+   if has("linux")
+    let extractcmd= substitute(extractcmd,"-","-I lz4 -","")
+   endif
+   call system(extractcmd." ".shellescape(tarball)." ".g:tar_secure.shellescape(fname))
    if v:shell_error != 0
-    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarbase}.tar.lz4 {fname}: failed!")
+    call s:Msg('tar#Extract', 'error', $"{extractcmd} {tarball} {fname}: failed!")
    else
     echo "***note*** successfully extracted ".fname
    endif
@@ -802,9 +833,9 @@ fun! tar#Vimuntar(...)
   " if necessary, decompress the tarball; then, extract it
   if tartail =~ '\.tgz'
    if executable("gunzip")
-    silent exe "!gunzip ".shellescape(tartail)
+    silent exe "!gunzip ".shellescape(tartail, 1)
    elseif executable("gzip")
-    silent exe "!gzip -d ".shellescape(tartail)
+    silent exe "!gzip -d ".shellescape(tartail, 1)
    else
     echoerr "unable to decompress<".tartail."> on this system"
     if simplify(curdir) != simplify(tarhome)

runtime/autoload/typeset.vim

@@ -3,6 +3,8 @@ vim9script
 # Language:           Generic TeX typesetting engine
 # Maintainer:         Nicola Vitacolonna <nvitacolonna@gmail.com>
 # Latest Revision:    2026 Feb 19
+# Last Change:
+# 2026 Mar 30 by Vim project: Use fnameescape for the ProcessOutput command
 
 # Constants and helpers {{{
 const SLASH = !exists("+shellslash") || &shellslash ? '/' : '\'
@@ -60,7 +62,7 @@ def ProcessOutput(qfid: number, wd: string, efm: string, ch: channel, msg: strin
   endif
 
   # Make sure the working directory is correct
-  silent execute "lcd" wd
+  silent execute "lcd" .. fnameescape(wd)
   setqflist([], 'a', {'id': qfid, 'lines': [msg], 'efm': efm})
   silent lcd -
 enddef

runtime/autoload/vimball.vim

@@ -1,11 +1,10 @@
 " vimball.vim : construct a file containing both paths and files
 " Maintainer: This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
 " Original Author:	Charles E. Campbell
-" Date:			Apr 11, 2016
+" Date:			Apr 16, 2026
 " Version:	37 (with modifications from the Vim Project)
 " GetLatestVimScripts: 1502 1 :AutoInstall: vimball.vim
 "  Last Change:
-"   2025 Feb 28 by Vim Project: add support for bzip3 (#16755)
 " Copyright: (c) 2004-2011 by Charles E. Campbell
 "            The VIM LICENSE applies to Vimball.vim, and Vimball.txt
 "            (see |copyright|) except use "Vimball" instead of "Vim".
@@ -18,15 +17,14 @@ if &cp || exists("g:loaded_vimball")
  finish
 endif
 let g:loaded_vimball = "v37"
-if v:version < 702
+if v:version < 704
  echohl WarningMsg
- echo "***warning*** this version of vimball needs vim 7.2"
+ echo "***warning*** this version of vimball needs vim 7.4"
  echohl Normal
  finish
 endif
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
-"DechoTabOn
 
 " =====================================================================
 " Constants: {{{1
@@ -47,20 +45,6 @@ if !exists("s:USAGE")
    let g:netrw_cygwin= 0
   endif
  endif
-
- " set up g:vimball_mkdir if the mkdir() call isn't defined
- if !exists("*mkdir")
-  if exists("g:netrw_local_mkdir")
-   let g:vimball_mkdir= g:netrw_local_mkdir
-  elseif executable("mkdir")
-   let g:vimball_mkdir= "mkdir"
-  elseif executable("makedir")
-   let g:vimball_mkdir= "makedir"
-  endif
-  if !exists(g:vimball_mkdir)
-   call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball) g:vimball_mkdir undefined")
-  endif
- endif
 endif
 
 " =====================================================================
@@ -81,7 +65,6 @@ endif
 "     filesize
 "     [file]
 fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
-"  call Dfunc("MkVimball(line1=".a:line1." line2=".a:line2." writelevel=".a:writelevel." vimballname<".a:1.">) a:0=".a:0)
   if a:1 =~ '\.vim$' || a:1 =~ '\.txt$'
    let vbname= substitute(a:1,'\.\a\{3}$','.vmb','')
   else
@@ -90,15 +73,12 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
   if vbname !~ '\.vmb$'
    let vbname= vbname.'.vmb'
   endif
-"  call Decho("vbname<".vbname.">")
   if !a:writelevel && a:1 =~ '[\/]'
    call vimball#ShowMesg(s:ERROR,"(MkVimball) vimball name<".a:1."> should not include slashes; use ! to insist")
-"   call Dret("MkVimball : vimball name<".a:1."> should not include slashes")
    return
   endif
   if !a:writelevel && filereadable(vbname)
    call vimball#ShowMesg(s:ERROR,"(MkVimball) file<".vbname."> exists; use ! to insist")
-"   call Dret("MkVimball : file<".vbname."> already exists; use ! to insist")
    return
   endif
 
@@ -120,20 +100,17 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
   " record current tab, initialize while loop index
   let curtabnr = tabpagenr()
   let linenr   = a:line1
-"  call Decho("curtabnr=".curtabnr)
 
   while linenr <= a:line2
    let svfile  = getline(linenr)
-"   call Decho("svfile<".svfile.">")
- 
+
    if !filereadable(svfile)
     call vimball#ShowMesg(s:ERROR,"unable to read file<".svfile.">")
-	call s:ChgDir(curdir)
-	call vimball#RestoreSettings()
-"    call Dret("MkVimball")
+    call s:ChgDir(curdir)
+    call vimball#RestoreSettings()
     return
    endif
- 
+
    " create/switch to mkvimball tab
    if !exists("vbtabnr")
     tabnew
@@ -142,23 +119,21 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
    else
     exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
    endif
- 
+
    let lastline= line("$") + 1
    if lastline == 2 && getline("$") == ""
-	call setline(1,'" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell')
-	call setline(2,'UseVimball')
-	call setline(3,'finish')
-	let lastline= line("$") + 1
+    call setline(1,'" Vimball Archiver by Charles E. Campbell')
+    call setline(2,'UseVimball')
+    call setline(3,'finish')
+    let lastline= line("$") + 1
    endif
    call setline(lastline  ,substitute(svfile,'$','	[[[1',''))
    call setline(lastline+1,0)
 
    " write the file from the tab
-"   call Decho("exe $r ".fnameescape(svfile))
    exe "$r ".fnameescape(svfile)
 
    call setline(lastline+1,line("$") - lastline - 1)
-"   call Decho("lastline=".lastline." line$=".line("$"))
 
   " restore to normal tab
    exe "tabn ".curtabnr
@@ -170,13 +145,10 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
   call s:ChgDir(curdir)
   setlocal ff=unix
   if a:writelevel
-"   call Decho("exe w! ".fnameescape(vbname))
    exe "w! ".fnameescape(vbname)
   else
-"   call Decho("exe w ".fnameescape(vbname))
    exe "w ".fnameescape(vbname)
   endif
-"  call Decho("Vimball<".vbname."> created")
   echo "Vimball<".vbname."> created"
 
   " remove the evidence
@@ -187,25 +159,16 @@ fun! vimball#MkVimball(line1,line2,writelevel,...) range
   " restore options
   call vimball#RestoreSettings()
 
-"  call Dret("MkVimball")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " vimball#Vimball: extract and distribute contents from a vimball {{{2
-"                  (invoked the the UseVimball command embedded in 
+"                  (invoked the the UseVimball command embedded in
 "                  vimballs' prologue)
 fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
-"  call Dfunc("vimball#Vimball(really=".a:really.") a:0=".a:0)
-
-  if v:version < 701 || (v:version == 701 && !exists('*fnameescape'))
-   echoerr "your vim is missing the fnameescape() function (pls upgrade to vim 7.2 or later)"
-"   call Dret("vimball#Vimball : needs 7.1 with patch 299 or later")
-   return
-  endif
 
   if getline(1) !~ '^" Vimball Archiver'
    echoerr "(Vimball) The current file does not appear to be a Vimball!"
-"   call Dret("vimball#Vimball")
    return
   endif
 
@@ -215,7 +178,6 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   let vimballfile = expand("%:tr")
 
   " set up vimball tab
-"  call Decho("setting up vimball tab")
   tabnew
   sil! file Vimball
   let vbtabnr= tabpagenr()
@@ -227,21 +189,18 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
    " If, however, the user did not specify a full path, set the home to be below the current directory
    let home= expand(a:1)
    if has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
-	if home !~ '^\a:[/\\]'
-	 let home= getcwd().'/'.a:1
-	endif
+    if home !~ '^\a:[/\\]'
+      let home= getcwd().'/'.a:1
+    endif
    elseif home !~ '^/'
-	let home= getcwd().'/'.a:1
+    let home= getcwd().'/'.a:1
    endif
   else
    let home= vimball#VimballHome()
   endif
-"  call Decho("home<".home.">")
 
   " save current directory and remove older same-named vimball, if any
   let curdir = getcwd()
-"  call Decho("home<".home.">")
-"  call Decho("curdir<".curdir.">")
 
   call s:ChgDir(home)
   let s:ok_unablefind= 1
@@ -254,62 +213,67 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   " give title to listing of (extracted) files from Vimball Archive
   if a:really
    echohl Title     | echomsg "Vimball Archive"         | echohl None
-  else             
+  else
    echohl Title     | echomsg "Vimball Archive Listing" | echohl None
    echohl Statement | echomsg "files would be placed under: ".home | echohl None
   endif
 
   " apportion vimball contents to various files
-"  call Decho("exe tabn ".curtabnr)
   exe "tabn ".curtabnr
-"  call Decho("linenr=".linenr." line$=".line("$"))
   while 1 < linenr && linenr < line("$")
    let fname   = substitute(getline(linenr),'\t\[\[\[1$','','')
    let fname   = substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
+   let fname   = resolve(simplify(fname))
    let fsize   = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\(\d\+\).\{-}$','\1','')+0
    let fenc    = substitute(getline(linenr+1),'^\d\+\s*\(\S\{-}\)$','\1','')
    let filecnt = filecnt + 1
-"   call Decho("fname<".fname."> fsize=".fsize." filecnt=".filecnt. " fenc=".fenc)
+   " Do not allow a leading /, .. anywhere, or a Windows drive letter
+   " (e.g. C:/foo) in the file name.  Backslashes were already converted
+   " to forward slashes above, so this also catches \\server\share UNC
+   " paths via the leading-slash check.
+   if fname =~ '\.\.' || fname =~ '^/' || fname =~ '^\a:'
+     echomsg "(Vimball) Path Traversal Attack detected, aborting..."
+     exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+     bw! Vimball
+     call s:ChgDir(curdir)
+     return
+   " Also, disallow strange paths, that could lead to code execution from
+   " .VimballRecord
+   " Disallow: pipe, quotes and closing paren
+   elseif fname =~ '[|'')"]'
+     echomsg printf("(Vimball) Forbidding strange filename: '%s', aborting...", fname)
+     exe "tabn ".curtabnr
+     bw! Vimball
+     call s:ChgDir(curdir)
+     return
+   endif
 
    if a:really
     echomsg "extracted <".fname.">: ".fsize." lines"
    else
     echomsg "would extract <".fname.">: ".fsize." lines"
    endif
-"   call Decho("using L#".linenr.": will extract file<".fname.">")
-"   call Decho("using L#".(linenr+1).": fsize=".fsize)
 
    " Allow AsNeeded/ directory to take place of plugin/ directory
    " when AsNeeded/filename is filereadable or was present in VimballRecord
    if fname =~ '\<plugin/'
-   	let anfname= substitute(fname,'\<plugin/','AsNeeded/','')
-	if filereadable(anfname) || (exists("s:VBRstring") && s:VBRstring =~# anfname)
-"	 call Decho("using anfname<".anfname."> instead of <".fname.">")
-	 let fname= anfname
-	endif
+     let anfname= substitute(fname,'\<plugin/','AsNeeded/','')
+     if filereadable(anfname) || (exists("s:VBRstring") && s:VBRstring =~# anfname)
+       let fname= anfname
+     endif
    endif
 
    " make directories if they don't exist yet
    if a:really
-"    call Decho("making directories if they don't exist yet (fname<".fname.">)")
     let fnamebuf= substitute(fname,'\\','/','g')
-	let dirpath = substitute(home,'\\','/','g')
-"	call Decho("init: fnamebuf<".fnamebuf.">")
-"	call Decho("init: dirpath <".dirpath.">")
+    let dirpath = substitute(home,'\\','/','g')
     while fnamebuf =~ '/'
      let dirname  = dirpath."/".substitute(fnamebuf,'/.*$','','')
-	 let dirpath  = dirname
+     let dirpath  = dirname
      let fnamebuf = substitute(fnamebuf,'^.\{-}/\(.*\)$','\1','')
-"	 call Decho("dirname<".dirname.">")
-"	 call Decho("dirpath<".dirpath.">")
      if !isdirectory(dirname)
-"      call Decho("making <".dirname.">")
-      if exists("g:vimball_mkdir")
-	   call system(g:vimball_mkdir." ".shellescape(dirname))
-      else
-       call mkdir(dirname)
-      endif
-	  call s:RecordInVar(home,"rmdir('".dirname."')")
+      call mkdir(dirname)
+      call s:RecordInVar(home,"rmdir('".dirname."')")
      endif
     endwhile
    endif
@@ -319,13 +283,11 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
    " (skip over path/filename and qty-lines)
    let linenr   = linenr + 2
    let lastline = linenr + fsize - 1
-"   call Decho("exe ".linenr.",".lastline."yank a")
    " no point in handling a zero-length file
    if lastline >= linenr
     exe "silent ".linenr.",".lastline."yank a"
 
     " copy "a" buffer into tab
-"   call Decho('copy "a buffer into tab#'.vbtabnr)
     exe "tabn ".vbtabnr
     setlocal ma
     sil! %d
@@ -336,38 +298,31 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
     " write tab to file
     if a:really
      let fnamepath= home."/".fname
-"    call Decho("exe w! ".fnameescape(fnamepath))
-	if fenc != ""
-	 exe "silent w! ++enc=".fnameescape(fenc)." ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
-	else
-	 exe "silent w! ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
-	endif
-	echo "wrote ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
-	call s:RecordInVar(home,"call delete('".fnamepath."')")
+    if fenc != ""
+      exe "silent w! ++enc=".fnameescape(fenc)." ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
+    else
+      exe "silent w! ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
+    endif
+    echo "wrote ".fnameescape(fnamepath)
+    call s:RecordInVar(home,"call delete('".escape(fnamepath, '"''|')."')")
     endif
 
     " return to tab with vimball
-"   call Decho("exe tabn ".curtabnr)
     exe "tabn ".curtabnr
 
     " set up help if it's a doc/*.txt file
-"   call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp."> fname<".fname.">")
     if a:really && didhelp == "" && fname =~ 'doc/[^/]\+\.\(txt\|..x\)$'
-    	let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.\(txt\|..x\)$','\1','')
-"	call Decho("didhelp<".didhelp.">")
+      let didhelp= substitute(fname,'^\(.*\<doc\)[/\\][^.]*\.\(txt\|..x\)$','\1','')
     endif
    endif
 
    " update for next file
-"   call Decho("update linenr= [linenr=".linenr."] + [fsize=".fsize."] = ".(linenr+fsize))
    let linenr= linenr + fsize
   endwhile
 
   " set up help
-"  call Decho("about to set up help: didhelp<".didhelp.">")
   if didhelp != ""
    let htpath= home."/".didhelp
-"   call Decho("exe helptags ".htpath)
    exe "helptags ".fnameescape(htpath)
    echo "did helptags"
   endif
@@ -388,8 +343,6 @@ fun! vimball#Vimball(really,...)
   exe "sil! tabc! ".vbtabnr
   call vimball#RestoreSettings()
   call s:ChgDir(curdir)
-
-"  call Dret("vimball#Vimball")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -399,23 +352,18 @@ endfun
 "  Usage:  RmVimball  (assume current file is a vimball; remove)
 "          RmVimball vimballname
 fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
-"  call Dfunc("vimball#RmVimball() a:0=".a:0)
   if exists("g:vimball_norecord")
-"   call Dret("vimball#RmVimball : (g:vimball_norecord)")
    return
   endif
 
   if a:0 == 0
    let curfile= expand("%:tr")
-"   call Decho("case a:0=0: curfile<".curfile."> (used expand(%:tr))")
   else
    if a:1 =~ '[\/]'
     call vimball#ShowMesg(s:USAGE,"RmVimball vimballname [path]")
-"    call Dret("vimball#RmVimball : suspect a:1<".a:1.">")
     return
    endif
    let curfile= a:1
-"   call Decho("case a:0=".a:0.": curfile<".curfile.">")
   endif
   if curfile =~ '\.vmb$'
    let curfile= substitute(curfile,'\.vmb','','')
@@ -428,75 +376,60 @@ fun! vimball#RmVimball(...)
    let home= vimball#VimballHome()
   endif
   let curdir = getcwd()
-"  call Decho("home   <".home.">")
-"  call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
-"  call Decho("curdir <".curdir.">")
 
   call s:ChgDir(home)
   if filereadable(".VimballRecord")
-"   call Decho(".VimballRecord is readable")
-"   call Decho("curfile<".curfile.">")
-   keepalt keepjumps 1split 
+   keepalt keepjumps 1split
    sil! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
    let keepsrch= @/
-"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\m: ')
-"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'.\m{vba|vmb}: ')
-"   call Decho('search for ^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.{vba|vmb}: ')
    if search('^\M'.curfile."\m: ".'cw')
-	let foundit= 1
+    let foundit= 1
    elseif search('^\M'.curfile.".\mvmb: ",'cw')
-	let foundit= 2
+    let foundit= 2
    elseif search('^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vmb: ','cw')
-	let foundit= 2
+    let foundit= 2
    elseif search('^\M'.curfile.".\mvba: ",'cw')
-	let foundit= 1
+    let foundit= 1
    elseif search('^\M'.curfile.'\m[-0-9.]*\.vba: ','cw')
-	let foundit= 1
+    let foundit= 1
    else
     let foundit = 0
    endif
    if foundit
-	if foundit == 1
-	 let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vba: ','','')
-	else
-	 let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vmb: ','','')
-	endif
+    if foundit == 1
+     let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vba: ','','')
+    else
+     let exestring  = substitute(getline("."),'^\M'.curfile.'\m\S\{-}\.vmb: ','','')
+    endif
     let s:VBRstring= substitute(exestring,'call delete(','','g')
     let s:VBRstring= substitute(s:VBRstring,"[')]",'','g')
-"	call Decho("exe ".exestring)
-	sil! keepalt keepjumps exe exestring
-	sil! keepalt keepjumps d
-	let exestring= strlen(substitute(exestring,'call delete(.\{-})|\=',"D","g"))
-"	call Decho("exestring<".exestring.">")
-	echomsg "removed ".exestring." files"
+    sil! keepalt keepjumps exe exestring
+    sil! keepalt keepjumps d
+    let exestring= strlen(substitute(exestring,'call delete(.\{-})|\=',"D","g"))
+    echomsg "removed ".exestring." files"
    else
     let s:VBRstring= ''
-	let curfile    = substitute(curfile,'\.vmb','','')
-"    call Decho("unable to find <".curfile."> in .VimballRecord")
-	if !exists("s:ok_unablefind")
+    let curfile    = substitute(curfile,'\.vmb','','')
+    if !exists("s:ok_unablefind")
      call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(RmVimball) unable to find <".curfile."> in .VimballRecord")
-	endif
+    endif
    endif
    sil! keepalt keepjumps g/^\s*$/d
    sil! keepalt keepjumps wq!
    let @/= keepsrch
   endif
   call s:ChgDir(curdir)
-
-"  call Dret("vimball#RmVimball")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " vimball#Decompress: attempts to automatically decompress vimballs {{{2
 fun! vimball#Decompress(fname,...)
-"  call Dfunc("Decompress(fname<".a:fname.">) a:0=".a:0)
-
   " decompression:
   if     expand("%") =~ '.*\.gz'  && executable("gunzip")
    " handle *.gz with gunzip
    silent exe "!gunzip ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
-	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) gunzip may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
+    call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) gunzip may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.gz$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
@@ -506,7 +439,7 @@ fun! vimball#Decompress(fname,...)
    " handle *.gz with gzip -d
    silent exe "!gzip -d ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
-	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,'(vimball#Decompress) "gzip -d" may have failed with <'.a:fname.">")
+    call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,'(vimball#Decompress) "gzip -d" may have failed with <'.a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.gz$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
@@ -516,7 +449,7 @@ fun! vimball#Decompress(fname,...)
    " handle *.bz2 with bunzip2
    silent exe "!bunzip2 ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
-	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) bunzip2 may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
+    call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) bunzip2 may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.bz2$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
@@ -526,7 +459,7 @@ fun! vimball#Decompress(fname,...)
    " handle *.bz2 with bzip2 -d
    silent exe "!bzip2 -d ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
-	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,'(vimball#Decompress) "bzip2 -d" may have failed with <'.a:fname.">")
+    call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,'(vimball#Decompress) "bzip2 -d" may have failed with <'.a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.bz2$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
@@ -536,7 +469,7 @@ fun! vimball#Decompress(fname,...)
    " handle *.bz3 with bunzip3
    silent exe "!bunzip3 ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
-	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) bunzip3 may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
+    call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) bunzip3 may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.bz3$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
@@ -546,7 +479,7 @@ fun! vimball#Decompress(fname,...)
    " handle *.bz3 with bzip3 -d
    silent exe "!bzip3 -d ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
-	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,'(vimball#Decompress) "bzip3 -d" may have failed with <'.a:fname.">")
+    call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,'(vimball#Decompress) "bzip3 -d" may have failed with <'.a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.bz3$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
@@ -556,7 +489,7 @@ fun! vimball#Decompress(fname,...)
    " handle *.zip with unzip
    silent exe "!unzip ".shellescape(a:fname)
    if v:shell_error != 0
-	call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) unzip may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
+    call vimball#ShowMesg(s:WARNING,"(vimball#Decompress) unzip may have failed with <".a:fname.">")
    endif
    let fname= substitute(a:fname,'\.zip$','','')
    exe "e ".escape(fname,' \')
@@ -564,14 +497,11 @@ fun! vimball#Decompress(fname,...)
   endif
 
   if a:0 == 0| setlocal noma bt=nofile fmr=[[[,]]] fdm=marker | endif
-
-"  call Dret("Decompress")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " vimball#ShowMesg: {{{2
 fun! vimball#ShowMesg(level,msg)
-"  call Dfunc("vimball#ShowMesg(level=".a:level." msg<".a:msg.">)")
 
   let rulerkeep   = &ruler
   let showcmdkeep = &showcmd
@@ -596,13 +526,10 @@ fun! vimball#ShowMesg(level,msg)
 
   let &ruler   = rulerkeep
   let &showcmd = showcmdkeep
-
-"  call Dret("vimball#ShowMesg")
 endfun
 " =====================================================================
 " s:ChgDir: change directory (in spite of Windoze) {{{2
 fun! s:ChgDir(newdir)
-"  call Dfunc("ChgDir(newdir<".a:newdir.">)")
   if (has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16"))
    try
     exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(substitute(a:newdir,'/','\\','g'))
@@ -618,58 +545,44 @@ fun! s:ChgDir(newdir)
     exe 'silent cd '.fnameescape(a:newdir)
    endtry
   endif
-"  call Dret("ChgDir : curdir<".getcwd().">")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:RecordInVar: record a un-vimball command in the .VimballRecord file {{{2
 fun! s:RecordInVar(home,cmd)
-"  call Dfunc("RecordInVar(home<".a:home."> cmd<".a:cmd.">)")
-  if a:cmd =~ '^rmdir'
-"   if !exists("s:recorddir")
-"    let s:recorddir= substitute(a:cmd,'^rmdir',"call s:Rmdir",'')
-"   else
-"    let s:recorddir= s:recorddir."|".substitute(a:cmd,'^rmdir',"call s:Rmdir",'')
-"   endif
-  elseif !exists("s:recordfile")
+  if !exists("s:recordfile")
    let s:recordfile= a:cmd
   else
    let s:recordfile= s:recordfile."|".a:cmd
   endif
-"  call Dret("RecordInVar : s:recordfile<".(exists("s:recordfile")? s:recordfile : "")."> s:recorddir<".(exists("s:recorddir")? s:recorddir : "").">")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:RecordInFile: {{{2
 fun! s:RecordInFile(home)
-"  call Dfunc("s:RecordInFile()")
   if exists("g:vimball_norecord")
-"   call Dret("s:RecordInFile : g:vimball_norecord")
    return
   endif
 
   if exists("s:recordfile") || exists("s:recorddir")
    let curdir= getcwd()
    call s:ChgDir(a:home)
-   keepalt keepjumps 1split 
+   keepalt keepjumps 1split
 
    let cmd= expand("%:tr").": "
-"   call Decho("cmd<".cmd.">")
 
    sil! keepalt keepjumps e .VimballRecord
    setlocal ma
    $
    if exists("s:recordfile") && exists("s:recorddir")
-   	let cmd= cmd.s:recordfile."|".s:recorddir
+    let cmd= cmd.s:recordfile."|".s:recorddir
    elseif exists("s:recorddir")
-   	let cmd= cmd.s:recorddir
+    let cmd= cmd.s:recorddir
    elseif exists("s:recordfile")
-   	let cmd= cmd.s:recordfile
+    let cmd= cmd.s:recordfile
    else
-"    call Dret("s:RecordInFile : neither recordfile nor recorddir exist")
-	return
+    return
    endif
-"   call Decho("cmd<".cmd.">")
 
    " put command into buffer, write .VimballRecord `file
    keepalt keepjumps put=cmd
@@ -678,35 +591,28 @@ fun! s:RecordInFile(home)
    call s:ChgDir(curdir)
 
    if exists("s:recorddir")
-"	call Decho("unlet s:recorddir<".s:recorddir.">")
-   	unlet s:recorddir
+    unlet s:recorddir
    endif
    if exists("s:recordfile")
-"	call Decho("unlet s:recordfile<".s:recordfile.">")
-   	unlet s:recordfile
+    unlet s:recordfile
    endif
-  else
-"   call Decho("s:record[file|dir] doesn't exist")
   endif
-
-"  call Dret("s:RecordInFile")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " vimball#VimballHome: determine/get home directory path (usually from rtp) {{{2
 fun! vimball#VimballHome()
-"  call Dfunc("vimball#VimballHome()")
   if exists("g:vimball_home")
    let home= g:vimball_home
   else
    " go to vim plugin home
    for home in split(&rtp,',') + ['']
     if isdirectory(home) && filewritable(home) | break | endif
-	let basehome= substitute(home,'[/\\]\.vim$','','')
+    let basehome= substitute(home,'[/\\]\.vim$','','')
     if isdirectory(basehome) && filewritable(basehome)
-	 let home= basehome."/.vim"
-	 break
-	endif
+     let home= basehome."/.vim"
+     break
+    endif
    endfor
    if home == ""
     " just pick the first directory
@@ -717,18 +623,9 @@ fun! vimball#VimballHome()
    endif
   endif
   " insure that the home directory exists
-"  call Decho("picked home<".home.">")
   if !isdirectory(home)
-   if exists("g:vimball_mkdir")
-"	call Decho("home<".home."> isn't a directory -- making it now with g:vimball_mkdir<".g:vimball_mkdir.">")
-"    call Decho("system(".g:vimball_mkdir." ".shellescape(home).")")
-    call system(g:vimball_mkdir." ".shellescape(home))
-   else
-"	call Decho("home<".home."> isn't a directory -- making it now with mkdir()")
-    call mkdir(home)
-   endif
+   call mkdir(home)
   endif
-"  call Dret("vimball#VimballHome <".home.">")
   return home
 endfun
 
@@ -758,13 +655,11 @@ fun! vimball#SaveSettings()
   endif
   " vimballs should be in unix format
   setlocal ff=unix
-"  call Dret("SaveSettings")
 endfun
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " vimball#RestoreSettings: {{{2
 fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
-"  call Dfunc("RestoreSettings()")
   let @a      = s:regakeep
   if exists("+acd")
    let &acd   = s:acdkeep
@@ -780,14 +675,12 @@ fun! vimball#RestoreSettings()
   let &l:ff   = s:ffkeep
   if s:makeep[0] != 0
    " restore mark a
-"   call Decho("restore mark-a: makeep=".string(makeep))
    call setpos("'a",s:makeep)
   endif
   if exists("+acd")
    unlet s:acdkeep
   endif
   unlet s:regakeep s:eikeep s:fenkeep s:hidkeep s:ickeep s:repkeep s:vekeep s:makeep s:lzkeep s:pmkeep s:ffkeep
-"  call Dret("RestoreSettings")
 endfun
 
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
@@ -795,4 +688,4 @@ unlet s:keepcpo
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " Modelines: {{{1
-" vim: fdm=marker
+" vim: fdm=marker et

runtime/autoload/vimgoto.vim

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ vim9script
 #               Shane-XB-Qian
 #               Andrew Radev
 #               thinca
-# Last Change:  2026 Feb 10
+# Last Change:  2026 Mar 30
 #
 # Vim script to handle jumping to the targets of several types of Vim commands
 # (:import, :packadd, :runtime, :colorscheme), and to autoloaded functions of
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ def HandleImportLine(editcmd: string, curline: string) #{{{2
         "\<C-W>F": 'split',
         "\<C-W>gF": 'tab split',
     }[editcmd]
-    execute how_to_split .. ' ' .. filepath
+    execute how_to_split .. ' ' .. fnameescape(filepath)
 enddef
 
 def Open(target: any, editcmd: string, search_pattern: string = '') #{{{2
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ def Open(target: any, editcmd: string, search_pattern: string = '') #{{{2
         cmd = $'+silent\ call\ search(''{escaped_pattern}'')'
     endif
 
-    execute $'{split} {cmd} {fname}'
+    execute $'{split} {cmd} {fnameescape(fname)}'
 
     # If there are several files to open, put them into an arglist.
     if target->typename() == 'list<string>'

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -20,6 +20,10 @@
 " 2025 Dec 20 by Vim Project: use :lcd instead of :cd
 " 2026 Feb 08 by Vim Project: use system() instead of :!
 " 2026 Mar 08 by Vim Project: Make ZipUpdatePS() check for powershell
+" 2026 Apr 01 by Vim Project: Detect more path traversal attacks
+" 2026 Apr 05 by Vim Project: Detect more path traversal attacks
+" 2026 Apr 14 by Vim Project: Detect more path traversal attacks on Windows
+" 2026 Apr 15 by Vim Project: Detect more path traversal attacks on Windows
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 " Copyright:	Copyright (C) 2005-2019 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "		Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
@@ -367,6 +371,11 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
     return
   endif
 
+  if simplify(a:fname) =~ '\.\.[/\\]'
+    call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Write) Path Traversal Attack detected, not writing!")
+    return
+  endif
+
   let curdir= getcwd()
   let tmpdir= tempname()
   if tmpdir =~ '\.'
@@ -389,9 +398,21 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
   if has("unix")
     let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile://\(.\{-}\)::[^\\].*$','\1','')
     let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'zipfile://.\{-}::\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
+    " fname should not start with a leading slash to avoid writing anywhere into the system
+    if fname =~ '^/'
+      call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Write) Path Traversal Attack detected, not writing!")
+      call s:ChgDir(curdir,s:WARNING,"(zip#Write) unable to return to ".curdir."!")
+      return
+    endif
   else
     let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile://\(.\{-}\)::[^\\].*$','\1','')
     let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile://.\{-}::\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
+    " fname should not start with drive letter, UNC path, or leading slash
+    if fname =~ '^\%(\a:[\\/]\|[\\/]\)'
+      call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Write) Path Traversal Attack detected, not writing!")
+      call s:ChgDir(curdir,s:WARNING,"(zip#Write) unable to return to ".curdir."!")
+      return
+    endif
   endif
   if fname =~ '^[.]\{1,2}/'
     let gnu_cmd = g:zip_zipcmd . ' -d ' . s:Escape(fnamemodify(zipfile,":p"),0) . ' ' . s:Escape(fname,0)
@@ -481,10 +502,22 @@ fun! zip#Extract()
   if fname =~ '/$'
     call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Extract) Please specify a file, not a directory")
     return
-  elseif fname =~ '^[.]\?[.]/'
+  elseif fname =~ '^[.]\?[.]/' || simplify(fname) =~ '\.\.[/\\]'
     call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Browse) Path Traversal Attack detected, not extracting!")
     return
   endif
+  " block absolute paths
+  if has("unix")
+    if fname =~ '^/'
+      call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Extract) Path Traversal Attack detected, not extracting!")
+      return
+    endif
+  else
+    if fname =~ '^\%(\a:[\\/]\|[\\/]\)'
+      call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Extract) Path Traversal Attack detected, not extracting!")
+      return
+    endif
+  endif
   if filereadable(fname)
     call s:Mess('Error', "***error*** (zip#Extract) <" .. fname .."> already exists in directory, not overwriting!")
     return

runtime/compiler/just.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Just
+" Maintainer:	Alarcritty
+" Last Change:	2026 Mar 20
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "just"
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=just
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \%Eerror:\ %m,
+      \%C%\\s%#——▶\ %f:%l:%c,
+      \%-C%.%#,
+      \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/zig.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler: Zig Compiler
 " Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
+" Last Change:
+" 2026 May 12 by the Vim project (set errormformat)
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
     finish
@@ -11,13 +13,29 @@ let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 " a subcommand must be provided for the this compiler (test, build-exe, etc)
-if has('patch-7.4.191')
-    CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ \$*\ \%:S
-else
-    CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ \$*\ \"%\"
-endif
+CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ \$*\ \%:S
 
-" TODO: improve errorformat as needed.
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+            \%-G,
+            \%-G\ %#+-\ %.%#,
+            \%-Ginstall,
+            \%-Ginstall\ transitive\ failure,
+            \%-Grun,
+            \%-Grun\ transitive\ failure,
+            \%-Gtest,
+            \%-Gtest\ transitive\ failure,
+            \%-Gfailed\ command:\ %.%#,
+            \%-Gerror:\ %*\\d\ compilation\ errors,
+            \%-GBuild\ Summary:\ %.%#,
+            \%-Gerror:\ the\ following\ build\ command\ failed\ with\ exit\ code\ %*\\d:,
+            \%-G.zig-cache%.%#,
+            \%E%f:%l:%c:\ error:\ %m,
+            \%I%f:%l:%c:\ note:\ %m
+
+" zig has no warnings, but zig cc and zig c++ do
+CompilerSet errorformat+=
+            \%W%f:%l:%c:\ warning:\ %m,
+            \%-G%*\\d\ warnings\ generated.
 
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet s:save_cpo

runtime/compiler/zig_build.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler: Zig Compiler (zig build)
 " Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
-" Last Change: 2024 Apr 05 by The Vim Project (removed :CompilerSet definition)
+" Last Change: 2024 Apr 05 by the Vim Project (removed :CompilerSet definition)
+" 2026 May 12 by the Vim Project (removed comment)
 
 if exists('current_compiler')
   finish
@@ -13,13 +14,11 @@ let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 if exists('g:zig_build_makeprg_params')
-	execute 'CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build\ '.escape(g:zig_build_makeprg_params, ' \|"').'\ $*'
+  execute 'CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build\ '.escape(g:zig_build_makeprg_params, ' \|"').'\ $*'
 else
-	CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build\ $*
+  CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build\ $*
 endif
 
-" TODO: anything to add to errorformat for zig build specifically?
-
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet s:save_cpo
-" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig_build_exe.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler: Zig Compiler (zig build-exe)
 " Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
-" Last Change: 2025 Nov 16 by The Vim Project (set errorformat)
+" Last Change: 2025 Nov 16 by the Vim Project (set errorformat)
+" 2026 May 12 by the Vim project (remove errorformat)
 
 if exists('current_compiler')
   finish
@@ -13,9 +14,7 @@ let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ build-exe\ \%:S\ \$*
-" CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c: %t%*[^:]: %m, %f:%l:%c: %m, %f:%l: %m
-CompilerSet errorformat&
 
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet s:save_cpo
-" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig_cc.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler: Zig Compiler (zig cc)
+" Last Change: 2026 May 12
+
+if exists('current_compiler')
+  finish
+endif
+runtime compiler/zig.vim
+let current_compiler = 'zig_cc'
+
+let s:save_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ cc\ \%:S\ \$*
+
+let &cpo = s:save_cpo
+unlet s:save_cpo
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 expandtab

runtime/compiler/zig_test.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler: Zig Compiler (zig test)
 " Upstream: https://github.com/ziglang/zig.vim
-" Last Change: 2025 Nov 16 by The Vim Project (set errorformat)
+" Last Change: 2025 Nov 16 by the Vim Project (set errorformat)
+" 2026 May 12 by the Vim Project (remove error format)
 
 if exists('current_compiler')
   finish
@@ -13,9 +14,7 @@ let s:save_cpo = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
 
 CompilerSet makeprg=zig\ test\ \%:S\ \$*
-" CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%c: %t%*[^:]: %m, %f:%l:%c: %m, %f:%l: %m
-CompilerSet errorformat&
 
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo
 unlet s:save_cpo
-" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab
+" vim: tabstop=8 shiftwidth=2 softtabstop=2 expandtab

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ doctags: doctags.c
 	$(CC) doctags.c -o doctags
 
 vim.man: vim.1
-	nroff -man $? | sed -e s/.//g > $@
+	nroff -c -man $? | sed -e s/.//g > $@
 
 evim.man: evim.1
-	nroff -man $? | sed -e s/.//g > $@
+	nroff -c -man $? | sed -e s/.//g > $@
 
 vimdiff.man: vimdiff.1
-	nroff -man $? | sed -e s/.//g > $@
+	nroff -c -man $? | sed -e s/.//g > $@
 
 vimtutor.man: vimtutor.1
-	nroff -man $? | sed -e s/.//g > $@
+	nroff -c -man $? | sed -e s/.//g > $@
 
 xxd.man: xxd.1
-	nroff -man $? | sed -e s/.//g > $@
+	nroff -c -man $? | sed -e s/.//g > $@
 
 # Awk version of .txt to .html conversion.
 html: noerrors tags $(HTMLS)

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 25
+*autocmd.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -421,6 +421,8 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |TextChangedP|		after a change was made to the text in Insert mode
 			when popup menu visible
 |TextChangedT|		after a change was made to the text in Terminal mode
+|TextPutPost|		after text has been put
+|TextPutPre|		before text is put
 |TextYankPost|		after text has been yanked or deleted
 
 |SafeState|		nothing pending, going to wait for the user to type a
@@ -1359,6 +1361,45 @@ TextChangedP			After a change was made to the text in the
 TextChangedT			After a change was made to the text in the
 				current buffer in Terminal mode.
 				Otherwise the same as TextChanged.
+							*TextPutPost*
+TextPutPost			After text has been put in the current buffer.
+				The following values in |v:event| are mostly
+				the same as |TextYankPost|:
+				   operator	The operation performed,
+						either 'p' or 'P'.
+				   regcontents	Text that was put. For
+						|quote_=|, this is the result
+						of the expression.
+				   regname	Name of the register or empty
+						string for the unnamed
+						register.
+				   regtype	Type of the register, see
+						|getregtype()|.
+				   visual	True if the operation is
+						performed in |Visual| mode.
+				Not triggered when |quote_| is used nor when
+				called recursively.
+				It is not allowed to change the buffer text,
+				see |textlock|.
+				Note that for the |quote_.| register, since
+				the last inserted text is buffered into the
+				input buffer (buffer isn't modified directly),
+				this autocommand is called directly after
+				|TextPutPre|.
+				{only when compiled with the +eval feature}
+							*TextPutPre*
+TextPutPre			Before text has been put in the current buffer.
+				Same values as |TextPutPost| in |v:event|.  It
+				is valid to call |setreg()| in this
+				autocommand, allowing you to process and
+				modify the text in "regcontents" before it is
+				put.  However this does not apply to |quote_#|,
+				|quote_=|, |quote_%|, |quote_:|, |quote_/| or |quote_.|.
+				Not triggered when |quote_| is used nor when
+				called recursively.
+				It is not allowed to change the buffer text,
+				see |textlock|.
+				{only when compiled with the +eval feature}
 							*TextYankPost*
 TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 				current buffer.  The following values of

runtime/doc/builtin.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Mar 17
+*builtin.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ browsedir({title}, {initdir})	String	put up a directory requester
 bufadd({name})			Number	add a buffer to the buffer list
 bufexists({buf})		Number	|TRUE| if buffer {buf} exists
 buflisted({buf})		Number	|TRUE| if buffer {buf} is listed
-bufload({buf})			Number	load buffer {buf} if not loaded yet
+bufload({buf})			none	load buffer {buf} if not loaded yet
 bufloaded({buf})		Number	|TRUE| if buffer {buf} is loaded
 bufname([{buf}])		String	name of the buffer {buf}
 bufnr([{buf} [, {create}]])	Number	number of the buffer {buf}
@@ -105,9 +105,10 @@ ch_evalraw({handle}, {string} [, {options}])
 				any	evaluate {string} on raw {handle}
 ch_getbufnr({handle}, {what})	Number	get buffer number for {handle}/{what}
 ch_getjob({channel})		Job	get the Job of {channel}
-ch_info({handle})		String	info about channel {handle}
+ch_info({handle})		Dict	info about channel {handle}
 ch_listen({address} [, {options}])
-				Channel	listen on {address}
+				Channel	listen on {address} - port on loopback
+					or UNIX domain socket
 ch_log({msg} [, {handle}])	none	write {msg} in the channel log file
 ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])	none	start logging channel activity
 ch_open({address} [, {options}])
@@ -120,7 +121,7 @@ ch_readraw({handle} [, {options}])
 ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])
 				any	send {expr} over JSON {handle}
 ch_sendraw({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])
-				any	send {expr} over raw {handle}
+				none	send {expr} over raw {handle}
 ch_setoptions({handle}, {options})
 				none	set options for {handle}
 ch_status({handle} [, {options}])
@@ -192,7 +193,7 @@ extendnew({expr1}, {expr2} [, {expr3}])
 				List/Dict
 					like |extend()| but creates a new List
 					or Dictionary
-feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])	Number	add key sequence to typeahead buffer
+feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])	none	add key sequence to typeahead buffer
 filecopy({from}, {to})		Number	|TRUE| if copying file {from} to {to}
 					worked
 filereadable({file})		Number	|TRUE| if {file} is a readable file
@@ -219,7 +220,7 @@ foldtext()			String	line displayed for closed fold
 foldtextresult({lnum})		String	text for closed fold at {lnum}
 foreach({expr1}, {expr2})	List/Tuple/Dict/Blob/String
 					for each item in {expr1} call {expr2}
-foreground()			Number	bring the Vim window to the foreground
+foreground()			none	bring the Vim window to the foreground
 fullcommand({name} [, {vim9}])	String	get full command from {name}
 funcref({name} [, {arglist}] [, {dict}])
 				Funcref	reference to function {name}
@@ -351,7 +352,7 @@ inputsecret({prompt} [, {text}])
 insert({object}, {item} [, {idx}])
 				List	insert {item} in {object}
 					[before {idx}]
-instanceof({object}, {class})	Number	|TRUE| if {object} is an instance of
+instanceof({object}, {class})	Bool	|TRUE| if {object} is an instance of
 					{class}
 interrupt()			none	interrupt script execution
 invert({expr})			Number	bitwise invert
@@ -391,7 +392,7 @@ list2tuple({list})		Tuple	turn {list} of items into a tuple
 listener_add({callback} [, {buf} [, {unbuffered}]])
 				Number	add a callback to listen to changes
 listener_flush([{buf}])		none	invoke listener callbacks
-listener_remove({id})		none	remove a listener callback
+listener_remove({id})		Number	remove a listener callback
 localtime()			Number	current time
 log({expr})			Float	natural logarithm (base e) of {expr}
 log10({expr})			Float	logarithm of Float {expr} to base 10
@@ -455,8 +456,8 @@ popup_clear()			none	close all popup windows
 popup_close({id} [, {result}])	none	close popup window {id}
 popup_create({what}, {options}) Number	create a popup window
 popup_dialog({what}, {options}) Number	create a popup window used as a dialog
-popup_filter_menu({id}, {key})  Number	filter for a menu popup window
-popup_filter_yesno({id}, {key}) Number	filter for a dialog popup window
+popup_filter_menu({id}, {key})  Bool	filter for a menu popup window
+popup_filter_yesno({id}, {key}) Bool	filter for a dialog popup window
 popup_findecho()		Number	get window ID of popup for `:echowin`
 popup_findinfo()		Number	get window ID of info popup window
 popup_findpreview()		Number	get window ID of preview popup window
@@ -486,7 +487,7 @@ prompt_setinterrupt({buf}, {text})
 				none	set prompt interrupt function
 prompt_setprompt({buf}, {text}) none	set prompt text
 prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
-				none	add one text property
+				Number	add one text property
 prop_add_list({props}, [[{lnum}, {col}, {end-lnum}, {end-col}], ...])
 				none	add multiple text properties
 prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])
@@ -531,7 +532,7 @@ reltimefloat({time})		Float	turn the time value into a Float
 reltimestr({time})		String	turn time value into a String
 remote_expr({server}, {string} [, {idvar} [, {timeout}]])
 				String	send expression
-remote_foreground({server})	Number	bring Vim server to the foreground
+remote_foreground({server})	none	bring Vim server to the foreground
 remote_peek({serverid} [, {retvar}])
 				Number	check for reply string
 remote_read({serverid} [, {timeout}])
@@ -581,7 +582,7 @@ setbufvar({buf}, {varname}, {val})
 				none	set {varname} in buffer {buf} to {val}
 setcellwidths({list})		none	set character cell width overrides
 setcharpos({expr}, {list})	Number	set the {expr} position to {list}
-setcharsearch({dict})		Dict	set character search from {dict}
+setcharsearch({dict})		none	set character search from {dict}
 setcmdline({str} [, {pos}])	Number	set command-line
 setcmdpos({pos})		Number	set cursor position in command-line
 setcursorcharpos({list})	Number	move cursor to position in {list}
@@ -642,7 +643,7 @@ sound_playfile({path} [, {callback}])
 				Number	play sound file {path}
 sound_stop({id})		none	stop playing sound {id}
 soundfold({word})		String	sound-fold {word}
-spellbadword()			String	badly spelled word at cursor
+spellbadword()			List	badly spelled word at cursor
 spellsuggest({word} [, {max} [, {capital}]])
 				List	spelling suggestions
 split({expr} [, {pat} [, {keepempty}]])
@@ -704,6 +705,8 @@ tabpagebuflist([{arg}])		List	list of buffer numbers in tab page
 tabpagenr([{arg}])		Number	number of current or last tab page
 tabpagewinnr({tabarg} [, {arg}])
 				Number	number of current window in tab page
+tabpanel_getinfo()		Dict	get current state of the tabpanel
+tabpanel_scroll({n} [, {opts}])	Bool	scroll the tabpanel
 tagfiles()			List	tags files used
 taglist({expr} [, {filename}])	List	list of tags matching {expr}
 tan({expr})			Float	tangent of {expr}
@@ -738,7 +741,7 @@ term_setrestore({buf}, {command})
 term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})
 				none	set the size of a terminal
 term_start({cmd} [, {options}])	Number	open a terminal window and run a job
-term_wait({buf} [, {time}])	Number  wait for screen to be updated
+term_wait({buf} [, {time}])	none    wait for screen to be updated
 terminalprops()			Dict	properties of the terminal
 test_alloc_fail({id}, {countdown}, {repeat})
 				none	make memory allocation fail
@@ -746,11 +749,11 @@ test_autochdir()		none	enable 'autochdir' during startup
 test_feedinput({string})	none	add key sequence to input buffer
 test_garbagecollect_now()	none	free memory right now for testing
 test_garbagecollect_soon()	none	free memory soon for testing
-test_getvalue({string})		any	get value of an internal variable
+test_getvalue({string})		Number	get value of an internal variable
 test_gui_event({event}, {args})	bool	generate a GUI event for testing
 test_ignore_error({expr})	none	ignore a specific error
 test_mswin_event({event}, {args})
-				bool	generate MS-Windows event for testing
+				Bool	generate MS-Windows event for testing
 test_null_blob()		Blob	null value for testing
 test_null_channel()		Channel	null value for testing
 test_null_dict()		Dict	null value for testing
@@ -767,7 +770,7 @@ test_setmouse({row}, {col})	none	set the mouse position for testing
 test_settime({expr})		none	set current time for testing
 test_srand_seed([{seed}])	none	set seed for testing srand()
 test_unknown()			any	unknown value for testing
-test_void()			any	void value for testing
+test_void()			none	void value for testing
 timer_info([{id}])		List	information about timers
 timer_pause({id}, {pause})	none	pause or unpause a timer
 timer_start({time}, {callback} [, {options}])
@@ -787,7 +790,7 @@ tuple2list({tuple})		List	turn {tuple} of items into a list
 type({expr})			Number	type of value {expr}
 typename({expr})		String	representation of the type of {expr}
 undofile({name})		String	undo file name for {name}
-undotree([{buf}])		List	undo file tree for buffer {buf}
+undotree([{buf}])		Dict	undo file tree for buffer {buf}
 uniq({list} [, {func} [, {dict}]])
 				List	remove adjacent duplicates from a list
 uri_decode({string})		String	URI-decode a string
@@ -802,7 +805,7 @@ virtcol2col({winid}, {lnum}, {col})
 				Number  byte index of a character on screen
 visualmode([{expr}])		String	last visual mode used
 wildmenumode()			Number	whether 'wildmenu' mode is active
-wildtrigger()			Number	start wildcard expansion
+wildtrigger()			none	start wildcard expansion
 win_execute({id}, {command} [, {silent}])
 				String	execute {command} in window {id}
 win_findbuf({bufnr})		List	find windows containing {bufnr}
@@ -1272,7 +1275,7 @@ balloon_show({expr})					*balloon_show()*
 		{only available when compiled with the |+balloon_eval| or
 		|+balloon_eval_term| feature}
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 balloon_split({msg})					*balloon_split()*
@@ -1499,7 +1502,7 @@ bufload({buf})						*bufload()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			eval 'somename'->bufload()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 bufloaded({buf})					*bufloaded()*
@@ -1894,7 +1897,7 @@ clearmatches([{win}])					*clearmatches()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetWin()->clearmatches()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 cmdcomplete_info()					*cmdcomplete_info()*
@@ -2014,7 +2017,7 @@ complete({startcol}, {matches})				*complete()* *E785*
 		second argument: >
 			GetMatches()->complete(col('.'))
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 complete_add({expr})					*complete_add()*
@@ -2658,7 +2661,7 @@ echoraw({string})					*echoraw()*
 			call echoraw(&t_TI)
 <		Use with care, you can mess up the terminal this way.
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 empty({expr})						*empty()*
@@ -2701,7 +2704,7 @@ err_teapot([{expr}])					*err_teapot()*
 		indicating that coffee is temporarily not available.
 		If {expr} is present it must be a String.
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 escape({string}, {chars})				*escape()*
@@ -3218,7 +3221,7 @@ feedkeys({string} [, {mode}])				*feedkeys()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetInput()->feedkeys()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 filecopy({from}, {to})					*filecopy()*
@@ -3655,7 +3658,7 @@ foreground()						*foreground()*
 		allow a window to bring itself to the foreground.  Use
 		|remote_foreground()| instead.
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 		{only in the Win32, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
 		Win32 console version}
 
@@ -3807,7 +3810,7 @@ garbagecollect([{atexit}])				*garbagecollect()*
 		type a character.  To force garbage collection immediately use
 		|test_garbagecollect_now()|.
 
-		Return type: |String|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 get({list}, {idx} [, {default}])			*get()* *get()-list*
@@ -6268,7 +6271,7 @@ instanceof({object}, {class})			*instanceof()* *E614* *E616* *E693*
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			myobj->instanceof(mytype)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: |vim9-boolean|
 
 
 interrupt()						*interrupt()*
@@ -6432,6 +6435,8 @@ js_decode({string})					*js_decode()*
 		- Strings can be in single quotes.
 		- Empty items in an array (between two commas) are allowed and
 		  result in v:none items.
+		- Capitalization is ignored in keywords: true, false, null,
+		  NaN, Infinity and -Infinity.
 
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			ReadObject()->js_decode()
@@ -6470,12 +6475,9 @@ json_decode({string})					*json_decode()* *E491*
 		  same as {"1":2}.
 		- More floating point numbers are recognized, e.g. "1." for
 		  "1.0", or "001.2" for "1.2".  Special floating point values
-		  "Infinity", "-Infinity" and "NaN" (capitalization ignored)
-		  are accepted.
+		  "Infinity", "-Infinity" and "NaN" are accepted.
 		- Leading zeroes in integer numbers are ignored, e.g. "012"
 		  for "12" or "-012" for "-12".
-		- Capitalization is ignored in literal names null, true or
-		  false, e.g. "NULL" for "null", "True" for "true".
 		- Control characters U+0000 through U+001F which are not
 		  escaped in strings are accepted, e.g. "	" (tab
 		  character in string) for "\t".
@@ -6483,10 +6485,10 @@ json_decode({string})					*json_decode()* *E491*
 		  and results in v:none.
 		- Backslash in an invalid 2-character sequence escape is
 		  ignored, e.g. "\a" is decoded as "a".
-		- A correct surrogate pair in JSON strings should normally be
-		  a 12 character sequence such as "\uD834\uDD1E", but
-		  json_decode() silently accepts truncated surrogate pairs
-		  such as "\uD834" or "\uD834\u"
+		- A surrogate pair in JSON strings is a 12 character sequence
+		  such as "\uD834\uDD1E".  A lone surrogate or an invalid
+		  surrogate pair (e.g. "\uD800" or "\uD800\uD800") results
+		  in an error.
 							*E938*
 		A duplicate key in an object, valid in rfc7159, is not
 		accepted by json_decode() as the result must be a valid Vim
@@ -6863,6 +6865,8 @@ listener_add({callback} [, {buf} [, {unbuffered}]])	*listener_add()*
 		second argument: >
 			GetBuffer()->listener_add(callback)
 <
+		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+
 		Return type: |Number|
 
 
@@ -6877,7 +6881,9 @@ listener_flush([{buf}])					*listener_flush()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBuffer()->listener_flush()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+
+		Return type: void
 
 
 listener_remove({id})					*listener_remove()*
@@ -6888,6 +6894,8 @@ listener_remove({id})					*listener_remove()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetListenerId()->listener_remove()
 <
+		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+
 		Return type: |Number|
 
 
@@ -7221,7 +7229,7 @@ mapset({dict})
 			    mapset(d)
 			endfor
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 match({expr}, {pat} [, {start} [, {count}]])		*match()*
@@ -8484,8 +8492,10 @@ prompt_setcallback({buf}, {expr})			*prompt_setcallback()*
 
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBuffer()->prompt_setcallback(callback)
+<
+		Return type: void
 
-<		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}
+		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}
 
 prompt_setinterrupt({buf}, {expr})			*prompt_setinterrupt()*
 		Set a callback for buffer {buf} to {expr}.  When {expr} is an
@@ -8499,7 +8509,7 @@ prompt_setinterrupt({buf}, {expr})			*prompt_setinterrupt()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBuffer()->prompt_setinterrupt(callback)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}
 
@@ -8513,7 +8523,7 @@ prompt_setprompt({buf}, {text})				*prompt_setprompt()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBuffer()->prompt_setprompt('command: ')
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 		{only available when compiled with the |+channel| feature}
 
@@ -8865,6 +8875,8 @@ redraw_listener_add({opts})				*redraw_listener_add()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetOpts()->redraw_listener_add()
 <
+		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+
 		Return type: |Number|
 
 
@@ -8876,7 +8888,7 @@ redraw_listener_remove({id})			*redraw_listener_remove()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetRedrawListenerId()->redraw_listener_remove()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 reduce({object}, {func} [, {initial}])			*reduce()* *E998*
@@ -9048,7 +9060,7 @@ remote_foreground({server})				*remote_foreground()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			ServerName()->remote_foreground()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 		{only in the Win32, Motif and GTK GUI versions and the
 		Win32 console version}
@@ -9132,7 +9144,7 @@ remote_startserver({name})		*remote_startserver()* *E941* *E942*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			ServerName()->remote_startserver()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 		{only available when compiled with the |+clientserver| feature}
 
@@ -9880,7 +9892,7 @@ setbufvar({buf}, {varname}, {val})			*setbufvar()*
 		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->setbufvar(buf, varname)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 setcellwidths({list})					*setcellwidths()*
@@ -9917,7 +9929,7 @@ setcellwidths({list})					*setcellwidths()*
 		match with what Vim knows about each emoji.  If it doesn't
 		look right you need to adjust the {list} argument.
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 setcharpos({expr}, {list})				*setcharpos()*
@@ -9960,7 +9972,7 @@ setcharsearch({dict})					*setcharsearch()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			SavedSearch()->setcharsearch()
 <
-		Return type: dict<any>
+		Return type: void
 
 
 setcmdline({str} [, {pos}])				*setcmdline()*
@@ -10027,7 +10039,7 @@ setenv({name}, {val})					*setenv()*
 		second argument: >
 			GetPath()->setenv('PATH')
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 setfperm({fname}, {mode})				*setfperm()* *chmod*
@@ -10386,7 +10398,7 @@ settabvar({tabnr}, {varname}, {val})			*settabvar()*
 		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->settabvar(tab, name)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
@@ -10411,7 +10423,7 @@ settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
 		fourth argument: >
 			GetValue()->settabwinvar(tab, winnr, name)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 settagstack({nr}, {dict} [, {action}])			*settagstack()*
@@ -10464,7 +10476,7 @@ setwinvar({winnr}, {varname}, {val})			*setwinvar()*
 		third argument: >
 			GetValue()->setwinvar(winnr, name)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 sha256({expr})						*sha256()*
@@ -10704,7 +10716,7 @@ sound_clear()						*sound_clear()*
 		On some Linux systems you may need the libcanberra-pulse
 		package, otherwise sound may not stop.
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 		{only available when compiled with the |+sound| feature}
 
@@ -10774,7 +10786,7 @@ sound_stop({id})					*sound_stop()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			soundid->sound_stop()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 		{only available when compiled with the |+sound| feature}
 
@@ -11315,7 +11327,12 @@ strptime({format}, {timestring})			*strptime()*
 		can try different {format} values until you get a non-zero
 		result.
 
+		Note: On MS-Windows, where the C runtime does not provide
+		strptime(), Vim uses a built-in fallback that always uses
+		English locale names regardless of the active locale.
+
 		See also |strftime()|.
+
 		Examples: >
 		  :echo strptime("%Y %b %d %X", "1997 Apr 27 11:49:23")
 <		  862156163 >
@@ -11695,6 +11712,30 @@ system({expr} [, {input}])				*system()* *E677*
 		Get the output of the shell command {expr} as a |String|.  See
 		|systemlist()| to get the output as a |List|.
 
+		{expr} can be a |String| or a |List|.
+		When {expr} is a |String|, the command is executed through the
+		shell (see below for how the command is constructed).
+
+								*E1575*
+		When {expr} is a |List|, the first item is the executable and
+		the remaining items are passed as arguments directly.  The
+		command is executed without using a shell, similar to
+		|job_start()|.  Since no shell is involved, shell features
+		such as redirection, piping, globbing, environment variable
+		expansion and backtick expansion will not work.  Characters
+		like ">" are passed as literal arguments to the command, not
+		interpreted as redirection.  Use this form when arguments may
+		contain special characters that should not be interpreted by
+		the shell.  Example: >
+		    :let out = system(['grep', '-r', 'pattern', '.'])
+<		With the String form ">" would be shell redirection, but
+		with a List it is passed as a literal argument: >
+		    :let out = system(['echo', 'hello', '>', 'world'])
+<		This outputs "hello > world", not redirect to a file.
+
+		To use the shell explicitly with a List: >
+		    :let out = system(['/bin/sh', '-c', 'echo $HOME'])
+<
 		When {input} is given and is a |String| this string is written
 		to a file and passed as stdin to the command.  The string is
 		written as-is, you need to take care of using the correct line
@@ -11720,11 +11761,11 @@ system({expr} [, {input}])				*system()* *E677*
 		being echoed on the screen. >
 			:silent let f = system('ls *.vim')
 <
-		Note: Use |shellescape()| or |::S| with |expand()| or
-		|fnamemodify()| to escape special characters in a command
-		argument.  Newlines in {expr} may cause the command to fail.
-		The characters in 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote' may also
-		cause trouble.
+		Note: When {expr} is a String, use |shellescape()| or |::S|
+		with |expand()| or |fnamemodify()| to escape special
+		characters in a command argument.  Newlines in {expr} may
+		cause the command to fail.  The characters in 'shellquote'
+		and 'shellxquote' may also cause trouble.
 		This is not to be used for interactive commands.
 
 		The result is a String.  Example: >
@@ -11737,7 +11778,8 @@ system({expr} [, {input}])				*system()* *E677*
 		To avoid the string being truncated at a NUL, all NUL
 		characters are replaced with SOH (0x01).
 
-		The command executed is constructed using several options:
+		When {expr} is a String, the command executed is constructed
+		using several options:
 	'shell' 'shellcmdflag' 'shellxquote' {expr} 'shellredir' {tmp} 'shellxquote'
 		({tmp} is an automatically generated file name).
 		For Unix, braces are put around {expr} to allow for
@@ -11764,6 +11806,9 @@ system({expr} [, {input}])				*system()* *E677*
 systemlist({expr} [, {input}])				*systemlist()*
 		Same as |system()|, but returns a |List| with lines (parts of
 		output separated by NL) with NULs transformed into NLs.
+		Like |system()|, {expr} can be a |String| (executed through
+		the shell) or a |List| (executed directly without a shell).
+		See |system()| for details.
 		Output is the same as |readfile()| will output with {binary}
 		argument set to "b", except that there is no extra empty item
 		when the result ends in a NL.
@@ -11841,6 +11886,38 @@ tabpagewinnr({tabarg} [, {arg}])			*tabpagewinnr()*
 		Return type: |Number|
 
 
+tabpanel_getinfo()					*tabpanel_getinfo()*
+		Return a |Dictionary| describing the current state of the
+		tabpanel (see |tabpanel|).  The dictionary has these keys:
+			align		"left" or "right"
+			columns		width in screen columns
+			scrollbar	|TRUE| if a scrollbar is shown
+			offset		current scroll offset in rows
+			total		total number of rows rendered
+			max_offset	largest valid value for "offset"
+
+		The "total" and "max_offset" values are only accurate after
+		the tabpanel has been drawn at least once.
+
+		Return type: dict<any>
+
+
+tabpanel_scroll({n} [, {opts}])				*tabpanel_scroll()*
+		Scroll the tabpanel by {n} rows.  Positive values scroll down
+		(later tab pages become visible), negative values scroll up.
+		The new offset is clamped to the valid range.
+
+		When {opts} is a |Dictionary| and its "absolute" entry is
+		|TRUE|, {n} is used as the new absolute scroll offset instead
+		of a delta.
+
+		Returns |TRUE| if the scroll offset changed, |FALSE| otherwise
+		(for example when the tabpanel is not shown, or the offset is
+		already at the requested value).
+
+		Return type: |vim9-boolean|
+
+
 tagfiles()						*tagfiles()*
 		Returns a |List| with the file names used to search for tags
 		for the current buffer.  This is the 'tags' option expanded.
@@ -11960,6 +12037,7 @@ terminalprops()						*terminalprops()*
 		   underline_rgb	whether |t_8u| works **
 		   mouse		mouse type supported
 		   kitty		whether Kitty terminal was detected
+		   decrqm		whether sending DECRQM sequences work
 
 		** value 'u' for unknown, 'y' for yes, 'n' for no
 
@@ -11979,6 +12057,9 @@ terminalprops()						*terminalprops()*
 
 		For "mouse" the value 'u' is unknown
 
+		If "decrqm" is 'y', then Vim will query support for the
+		'termsync' and 'termresize' ("inband") options.
+
 		Also see:
 		- 'ambiwidth' - detected by using |t_u7|.
 		- |v:termstyleresp| and |v:termblinkresp| for the response to
@@ -12031,7 +12112,7 @@ timer_pause({timer}, {paused})				*timer_pause()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetTimer()->timer_pause(1)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 		{only available when compiled with the |+timers| feature}
 
@@ -12091,7 +12172,7 @@ timer_stop({timer})					*timer_stop()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetTimer()->timer_stop()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 		{only available when compiled with the |+timers| feature}
 
@@ -12101,7 +12182,7 @@ timer_stopall()						*timer_stopall()*
 		invoked.  Useful if a timer is misbehaving.  If there are no
 		timers there is no error.
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 		{only available when compiled with the |+timers| feature}
 
@@ -12591,7 +12672,7 @@ wildtrigger()						*wildtrigger()*
 
 		Return value is always 0.
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 win_execute({id}, {command} [, {silent}])		*win_execute()*
@@ -12943,7 +13024,7 @@ winrestview({dict})					*winrestview()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetView()->winrestview()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 winsaveview()						*winsaveview()*
@@ -13271,6 +13352,7 @@ spell			Compiled with spell checking support |spell|.
 startuptime		Compiled with |--startuptime| support.
 statusline		Compiled with support for 'statusline', 'rulerformat'
 			and special formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'.
+statusline_click	Click handlers in 'statusline' |stl-%[FuncName]|
 sun			SunOS version of Vim.
 sun_workshop		Support for Sun |workshop| has been removed.
 syntax			Compiled with syntax highlighting support |syntax|.
@@ -13323,8 +13405,6 @@ vtp			Compiled for vcon support |+vtp| (check vcon to find
 			out if it works in the current console).
 wayland			Compiled with Wayland protocol support.
 wayland_clipboard	Compiled with support for Wayland clipboard.
-wayland_focus_steal	Compiled with support for Wayland clipboard focus
-			stealing.
 wildignore		Compiled with 'wildignore' option.
 wildmenu		Compiled with 'wildmenu' option.
 win16			old version for MS-Windows 3.1 (always false)

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*change.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Mar 31
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1157,9 +1157,9 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 			current line).
 
 							*:ip* *:iput*
-:[line]ip[ut] [x]	like |:put|, but adjust indent to the current line
+:[line]ip[ut] [x]	Like |:put|, but adjust indent to the current line.
 
-:[line]ip[ut]! [x]	like |:put|!, but adjust indent to the current line
+:[line]ip[ut]! [x]	Like |:put|!, but adjust indent to the current line.
 
 ["x]]p		    or					*]p* *]<MiddleMouse>*
 ["x]]<MiddleMouse>	Like "p", but adjust the indent to the current line.

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Mar 13
+*channel.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Start Vim and create a listening channel: >
 	endfunc
 
 	" Start listening on port 8765
-	let server = ch_listen('localhost:8765', {"callback": "OnAccept"})
+	let server = ch_listen('8765', {"callback": "OnAccept"})
 
 From another Vim instance (or any program) you can connect to it: >
 	let channel = ch_open('localhost:8765')
@@ -170,6 +170,7 @@ unreachable on the network.
 	"js"   - Use JS (JavaScript) encoding, more efficient than JSON.
 	"nl"   - Use messages that end in a NL character
 	"raw"  - Use raw messages
+	"blob" - Use raw messages and pass callback data as a |Blob|
 	"lsp"  - Use language server protocol encoding
 	"dap"  - Use debug adapter protocol encoding
 						*channel-callback* *E921*
@@ -189,6 +190,8 @@ unreachable on the network.
 		excluding the NL.
 		When "mode" is "raw" the "msg" argument is the whole message
 		as a string.
+		When "mode" is "blob" the "msg" argument is the whole message
+		as a |Blob|.
 
 		For all callbacks: Use |function()| to bind it to arguments
 		and/or a Dictionary.  Or use the form "dict.function" to bind
@@ -549,7 +552,7 @@ ch_close({handle})						*ch_close()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_close()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 ch_close_in({handle})						*ch_close_in()*
 		Close the "in" part of {handle}.  See |channel-close-in|.
@@ -559,7 +562,7 @@ ch_close_in({handle})						*ch_close_in()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_close_in()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
@@ -637,8 +640,7 @@ ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 		   "status"	  "open", "buffered" or "closed", like
 				  ch_status()
 		When opened with ch_open():
-		   "hostname"	  the hostname of the address
-		   "port"	  the port of the address
+		   "port"	  the port on loopback
 		   "path"	  the path of the Unix-domain socket
 		   "sock_status"  "open" or "closed"
 		   "sock_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
@@ -668,20 +670,23 @@ ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
 		Return type: dict<any>
 
 ch_listen({address} [, {options}])		*E1573* *E1574* *ch_listen()*
-		Listen on {address} for incoming channel connections.
-		This creates a server-side channel, unlike |ch_open()|
-		which connects to an existing server.
+		Listen on {address} - port on loopback or UNIX domain socket
+		for incoming channel connections.  This creates a server-side
+		channel, unlike |ch_open()| which connects to an existing
+		server.
 		Returns a Channel.  Use |ch_status()| to check for failure.
 
 		{address} is a String, see |channel-address| for the possible
-		accepted forms.  Note: IPv6 is not yet supported.
+		accepted forms, however in case of TCP sockets it allows to
+		set only a port and binds to loopback address for security
+		reasons.
+		Note: IPv6 is not yet supported.
 
 		If {options} is given it must be a |Dictionary|.
 		See |channel-open-options|.
-		The "callback" in {options} is invoked when a new
-		connection is accepted.  It receives two arguments: the
-		new Channel and the client address as a String (e.g.
-		"127.0.0.1:12345").
+		The "callback" in {options} is invoked when a new connection
+		is accepted.  It receives two arguments: the new Channel and
+		the client address as a String (e.g. "127.0.0.1:12345").
 
 		Use |ch_open()| to connect to an existing server instead.
 
@@ -708,7 +713,7 @@ ch_log({msg} [, {handle}])					*ch_log()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			'did something'->ch_log()
 <
-		Return type: dict<any>
+		Return type: void
 
 ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
 		Start logging channel activity to {fname}.
@@ -736,7 +741,7 @@ ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			'logfile'->ch_logfile('w')
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
 		Open a channel to {address}.  See |channel|.
@@ -825,7 +830,7 @@ ch_sendraw({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])		*ch_sendraw()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_sendraw(rawexpr)
 <
-		Return type: dict<any> or |String|
+		Return type: void
 
 ch_setoptions({handle}, {options})			*ch_setoptions()*
 		Set options on {handle}:
@@ -844,7 +849,7 @@ ch_setoptions({handle}, {options})			*ch_setoptions()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetChannel()->ch_setoptions(options)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 ch_status({handle} [, {options}])				*ch_status()*
 		Return the status of {handle}:
@@ -1038,7 +1043,7 @@ job_setoptions({job}, {options})			*job_setoptions()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetJob()->job_setoptions(options)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 job_start({command} [, {options}])			*job_start()*

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Mar 17
+*cmdline.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -466,14 +466,15 @@ CTRL-L		A match is done on the pattern in front of the cursor.  If
 	                                            *c_CTRL-G* */_CTRL-G*
 CTRL-G		When 'incsearch' is set, entering a search pattern for "/" or
 		"?" and the current match is displayed then CTRL-G will move
-		to the next match (does not take |search-offset| into account)
+		to the next match.  The |search-offset| is applied when <CR>
+		is pressed, but does not affect the match highlighting.
 		Use CTRL-T to move to the previous match.  Hint: on a regular
 		keyboard G is below T.
 	                                            *c_CTRL-T* */_CTRL-T*
 CTRL-T		When 'incsearch' is set, entering a search pattern for "/" or
 		"?" and the current match is displayed then CTRL-T will move
-		to the previous match (does not take |search-offset| into
-		account).
+		to the previous match.  The |search-offset| is applied when
+		<CR> is pressed, but does not affect the match highlighting.
 		Use CTRL-G to move to the next match.  Hint: on a regular
 		keyboard T is above G.
 

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -5346,6 +5346,9 @@ a |lambda| expression.
 With the exception of the "available" callback if a callback is not provided,
 Vim will not invoke anything, and this is not an error.
 
+If the "paste" or "copy" callbacks are triggered recursively, then they will
+not be called.
+
 						*clipboard-providers-textlock*
 In both the "paste" and "copy" callbacks, it is not allowed to change the
 buffer text, see |textlock|.
@@ -5367,6 +5370,9 @@ order:
 	   is an empty string, then the type is automatically chosen.
 	2. A |list| of strings to return to Vim, each representing a line.
 
+If an invalid value is returned, then this is not an error.  Instead the
+register will be left unchanged (not cleared).
+
 						*clipboard-providers-copy*
 The "copy" callback returns nothing and takes the following arguments in the
 following order:

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*filetype.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -161,8 +161,11 @@ variables can be used to overrule the filetype used for certain extensions:
 						|ft-cpp-syntax|
 	*.i		g:filetype_i		|ft-progress-syntax|
 	*.inc		g:filetype_inc
+	*.int		g:filetype_int
 	*.lsl		g:filetype_lsl
 	*.m		g:filetype_m		|ft-mathematica-syntax|
+	*.mm		g:filetype_mm
+	*.mac		g:filetype_mac
 	*[mM]makefile,*.mk,*.mak,[mM]akefile*
 			g:make_flavor		|ft-make-syntax|
 	*.markdown,*.mdown,*.mkd,*.mkdn,*.mdwn,*.md
@@ -650,6 +653,12 @@ One command, :DiffGitCached, is provided to show a diff of the current commit
 in the preview window.  It is equivalent to calling "git diff --cached" plus
 any arguments given to the command.
 
+The length of the first line of the commit message used for
+syntax highlighting can be configured via `g:gitcommit_summary_length`.
+The default is 50.  Example: >
+
+        let g:gitcommit_summary_length = 70
+
 GIT REBASE						*ft-gitrebase-plugin*
 
 The gitrebase filetype defines the following buffer-local commands, to help

runtime/doc/ft_mp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_mp.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*ft_mp.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 04
 
 This is the documentation for the METAFONT and MetaPost filetype plugins.
 Unless otherwise specified, the commands, settings and mappings defined below
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ MetaPost documents, including syntax coloring, indentation, and completion.
 Defining indentation rules for METAFONT and MetaPost code is tricky and
 somewhat subjective, because the syntax is quite liberal. The plugin uses some
 heuristics that work well most of the time, but in particular cases you may
-want to to override the automatic rules, so that the manually defined
+want to override the automatic rules, so that the manually defined
 indentation is preserved by commands like `gg=G`.
 
 This can be achieved by appending `%>`, `%<`, `%=` or `%!` to a line to

runtime/doc/ft_rust.txt

@@ -1,399 +1,373 @@
-*ft_rust.txt*      Filetype plugin for Rust
+*ft_rust.txt*	Filetype plugin for Rust
 
 ==============================================================================
-CONTENTS                                                      *rust*
+CONTENTS					*rust*
 
-1. Introduction                                                   |rust-intro|
-2. Settings                                                    |rust-settings|
-3. Commands                                                    |rust-commands|
-4. Mappings                                                    |rust-mappings|
+1. Introduction					|rust-intro|
+2. Settings					|rust-settings|
+3. Commands					|rust-commands|
+4. Mappings					|rust-mappings|
 
 ==============================================================================
-INTRODUCTION                                                      *rust-intro*
+INTRODUCTION					*rust-intro*
 
 This plugin provides syntax and supporting functionality for the Rust
-filetype. It requires Vim 8 or higher for full functionality. Some commands
-will not work on earlier versions.
+filetype.
 
 ==============================================================================
-SETTINGS                                                       *rust-settings*
+SETTINGS					*rust-settings*
 
 This plugin has a few variables you can define in your vimrc that change the
 behavior of the plugin.
 
-Some variables can be set buffer local (`:b` prefix), and the buffer local
+Some variables can be set buffer local (`b:` prefix), and the buffer local
 will take precedence over the global `g:` counterpart.
 
-                                                                *g:rustc_path*
+						*g:rustc_path*
 g:rustc_path~
 	Set this option to the path to rustc for use in the |:RustRun| and
-	|:RustExpand| commands. If unset, "rustc" will be located in $PATH: >
-	    let g:rustc_path = $HOME."/bin/rustc"
+	|:RustExpand| commands.  If unset, "rustc" will be located in $PATH: >
+		let g:rustc_path = $HOME."/bin/rustc"
 <
-
-                                                  *g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent*
+						*g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent*
 g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent~
 	Set this option to 1 to have 'makeprg' default to "rustc" instead of
 	"rustc %": >
-	    let g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent = 1
+		let g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent = 1
 <
-
-                                                              *g:rust_conceal*
+						*g:rust_conceal*
 g:rust_conceal~
 	Set this option to turn on the basic |conceal| support: >
-	    let g:rust_conceal = 1
+		let g:rust_conceal = 1
 <
-
-                                                     *g:rust_conceal_mod_path*
+						*g:rust_conceal_mod_path*
 g:rust_conceal_mod_path~
-	Set this option to turn on |conceal| for the path connecting token
-	"::": >
-	    let g:rust_conceal_mod_path = 1
+	Set this option to turn on |conceal| for the path connecting token "::": >
+		let g:rust_conceal_mod_path = 1
 <
-
-                                                          *g:rust_conceal_pub*
+						*g:rust_conceal_pub*
 g:rust_conceal_pub~
 	Set this option to turn on |conceal| for the "pub" token: >
-	    let g:rust_conceal_pub = 1
+		let g:rust_conceal_pub = 1
 <
-
-                                                     *g:rust_recommended_style*
+						*g:rust_recommended_style*
 g:rust_recommended_style~
-        Set this option to enable vim indentation and textwidth settings to
-        conform to style conventions of the Rust style guide (i.e. use 4
-        spaces for indents and set 'textwidth' to 100). This option is enabled
-	by default. To disable it: >
-	    let g:rust_recommended_style = 0
+	Set this option to enable vim indentation and textwidth settings to
+	conform to style conventions of the Rust style guide (i.e. use 4
+	spaces for indents and set 'textwidth' to 100).  This option is
+	enabled by default.  To disable it: >
+		let g:rust_recommended_style = 0
 <
-
-                                                                 *g:rust_fold*
+						*g:rust_fold*
 g:rust_fold~
 	Set this option to turn on |folding|: >
-	    let g:rust_fold = 1
+		let g:rust_fold = 1
 <
-	Value		Effect ~
-	0		No folding
-	1		Braced blocks are folded. All folds are open by
-			default.
-	2		Braced blocks are folded. 'foldlevel' is left at the
-			global value (all folds are closed by default).
+	Value	Effect ~
+	0	No folding
+	1	Braced blocks are folded.  All folds are open by default.
+	2	Braced blocks are folded. 'foldlevel' is left at the global
+		value (all folds are closed by default).
 
-                                                  *g:rust_bang_comment_leader*
+						*g:rust_bang_comment_leader*
 g:rust_bang_comment_leader~
 	Set this option to 1 to preserve the leader on multi-line doc comments
 	using the /*! syntax: >
-	    let g:rust_bang_comment_leader = 1
+		let g:rust_bang_comment_leader = 1
 <
-
-                                                *g:rust_use_custom_ctags_defs*
+						*g:rust_use_custom_ctags_defs*
 g:rust_use_custom_ctags_defs~
 	Set this option to 1 if you have customized ctags definitions for Rust
 	and do not wish for those included with rust.vim to be used: >
-	    let g:rust_use_custom_ctags_defs = 1
+		let g:rust_use_custom_ctags_defs = 1
 <
 
 	NOTE: rust.vim's built-in definitions are only used for the Tagbar Vim
 	plugin, if you have it installed, AND if Universal Ctags is not
-	detected. This is because Universal Ctags already has built-in
+	detected.  This is because Universal Ctags already has built-in
 	support for Rust when used with Tagbar.
 
 	Also, note that when using ctags other than Universal Ctags, it is not
 	automatically used when generating |tags| files that Vim can use to
-	navigate to definitions across different source files. Feel free to
+	navigate to definitions across different source files.  Feel free to
 	copy `rust.vim/ctags/rust.ctags` into your own `~/.ctags` if you wish
 	to generate |tags| files.
 
-
-                                                 *g:ftplugin_rust_source_path*
+						*g:ftplugin_rust_source_path*
 g:ftplugin_rust_source_path~
 	Set this option to a path that should be prepended to 'path' for Rust
 	source files: >
-	    let g:ftplugin_rust_source_path = $HOME.'/dev/rust'
+		let g:ftplugin_rust_source_path = $HOME.'/dev/rust'
 <
-
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_command*
+						*g:rustfmt_command*
 g:rustfmt_command~
-	Set this option to the name of the 'rustfmt' executable in your $PATH. If
-	not specified it defaults to 'rustfmt' : >
-	    let g:rustfmt_command = 'rustfmt'
+	Set this option to the name of the "rustfmt" executable in your $PATH.
+	If not specified it defaults to "rustfmt": >
+		let g:rustfmt_command = 'rustfmt'
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_autosave*
+						*g:rustfmt_autosave*
+						*b:rustfmt_autosave*
 g:rustfmt_autosave~
 	Set this option to 1 to run |:RustFmt| automatically when saving a
-	buffer. If not specified it defaults to 0 : >
-	    let g:rustfmt_autosave = 0
+	buffer.  If not specified it defaults to 0: >
+		let g:rustfmt_autosave = 0
 <
 	There is also a buffer-local b:rustfmt_autosave that can be set for
 	the same purpose, and can override the global setting.
 
-                                        *g:rustfmt_autosave_if_config_present*
+					*g:rustfmt_autosave_if_config_present*
+					*b:rustfmt_autosave_if_config_present*
 g:rustfmt_autosave_if_config_present~
-	Set this option to 1 to have *b:rustfmt_autosave* be set automatically
-	if a `rustfmt.toml` file is present in any parent directly leading to
-	the file being edited. If not set, default to 0: >
-	    let g:rustfmt_autosave_if_config_present = 0
+	Set this option to 1 to have |b:rustfmt_autosave| be set automatically
+	if a `rustfmt.toml` file is present in any parent directory leading to
+	the file being edited.  If not set, default to 0: >
+		let g:rustfmt_autosave_if_config_present = 0
 <
 	This is useful to have `rustfmt` only execute on save, on projects
 	that have `rustfmt.toml` configuration.
 
 	There is also a buffer-local b:rustfmt_autosave_if_config_present
-	that can be set for the same purpose, which can overrides the global
+	that can be set for the same purpose, which can override the global
 	setting.
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_fail_silently*
+						*g:rustfmt_fail_silently*
 g:rustfmt_fail_silently~
-	Set this option to 1 to prevent 'rustfmt' from populating the
-	|location-list| with errors. If not specified it defaults to 0: >
-	    let g:rustfmt_fail_silently = 0
+	Set this option to 1 to prevent "rustfmt" from populating the
+	|location-list| with errors.  If not specified it defaults to 0: >
+		let g:rustfmt_fail_silently = 0
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_options*
+						*g:rustfmt_options*
 g:rustfmt_options~
-	Set this option to a string of options to pass to 'rustfmt'. The
-	write-mode is already set to 'overwrite'. If not specified it
-	defaults to '' : >
-	    let g:rustfmt_options = ''
+	Set this option to a string of options to pass to "rustfmt".
+	The write-mode is already set to "overwrite".  If not specified it
+	defaults to '': >
+		let g:rustfmt_options = ''
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_emit_files*
+						*g:rustfmt_emit_files*
 g:rustfmt_emit_files~
 	If not specified rust.vim tries to detect the right parameter to
-	pass to rustfmt based on its reported version. Otherwise, it
-	determines whether to run rustfmt with '--emit=files' (when 1 is
-	provided) instead of '--write-mode=overwrite'. >
-	    let g:rustfmt_emit_files = 0
+	pass to rustfmt based on its reported version.  Otherwise, it
+	determines whether to run rustfmt with "--emit=files" (when 1 is
+	provided) instead of "--write-mode=overwrite". >
+		let g:rustfmt_emit_files = 0
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_detect_version*
+						*g:rustfmt_detect_version*
 g:rustfmt_detect_version~
 	When set to 1, will try to parse the version output from "rustfmt".
-	Disabled by default for performance reasons
->
-	    let g:rustfmt_detect_version = 1
+	Disabled by default for performance reasons. >
+		let g:rustfmt_detect_version = 1
 <
-                                                       *g:rustfmt_find_toml*
+						*g:rustfmt_find_toml*
 g:rustfmt_find_toml~
 	When set to 1, will try to find `rustfmt.toml` file by searching from
-	current path upwards.  Disabled by default for performance reasons
->
-	    let g:rustfmt_find_toml = 1
+	current path upwards.  Disabled by default for performance reasons. >
+		let g:rustfmt_find_toml = 1
 <
-                                                          *g:rust_playpen_url*
+						*g:rust_playpen_url*
 g:rust_playpen_url~
 	Set this option to override the url for the playpen to use: >
-	    let g:rust_playpen_url = 'https://play.rust-lang.org/'
+		let g:rust_playpen_url = 'https://play.rust-lang.org/'
 <
-
-                                                        *g:rust_shortener_url*
+						*g:rust_shortener_url*
 g:rust_shortener_url~
 	Set this option to override the url for the url shortener: >
-	    let g:rust_shortener_url = 'https://is.gd/'
+		let g:rust_shortener_url = 'https://is.gd/'
 <
-
-                                                        *g:rust_clip_command*
+						*g:rust_clip_command*
 g:rust_clip_command~
 	Set this option to the command used in your OS to copy the Rust Play
 	url to the clipboard: >
-	    let g:rust_clip_command = 'xclip -selection clipboard'
+		let g:rust_clip_command = 'xclip -selection clipboard'
 <
-
-                                                       *g:cargo_makeprg_params*
+						*g:cargo_makeprg_params*
 g:cargo_makeprg_params~
-	Set this option to the string of parameters to pass to cargo. If not
-	specified it defaults to '$*' : >
-	    let g:cargo_makeprg_params = 'build'
+	Set this option to the string of parameters to pass to cargo.  If not
+	specified it defaults to "$*": >
+		let g:cargo_makeprg_params = 'build'
 <
-
-                                                  *g:cargo_shell_command_runner*
+						*g:cargo_shell_command_runner*
 g:cargo_shell_command_runner~
 	Set this option to change how to run shell commands for cargo commands
-	|:Cargo|, |:Cbuild|, |:Crun|, ...
-	By default, |:terminal| is used to run shell command in terminal window
-	asynchronously. But if you prefer |:!| for running the commands, it can
-	be specified: >
-	    let g:cargo_shell_command_runner = '!'
+	|:Cargo|, |:Cbuild|, |:Crun|, etc. - see |rust-commands|.
+	By default, |:terminal| is used to run a shell command in a terminal
+	window asynchronously.  But if you prefer |:!| for running the
+	commands, it can be specified: >
+		let g:cargo_shell_command_runner = '!'
 <
-
-
-Integration with Syntastic                                    *rust-syntastic*
+Integration with Syntastic			*rust-syntastic*
 --------------------------
 
-This plugin automatically integrates with the Syntastic checker. There are two
-checkers provided: 'rustc', and 'cargo'. The latter invokes 'Cargo' in order to
-build code, and the former delivers a single edited '.rs' file as a compilation
-target directly to the Rust compiler, `rustc`.
+This plugin automatically integrates with the Syntastic checker.  There are
+two checkers provided: "rustc", and "cargo".  The latter invokes "cargo" to
+build code, and the former delivers a single edited ".rs" file as a
+compilation target directly to the Rust compiler, `rustc`.
 
 Because Cargo is almost exclusively being used for building Rust code these
-days, 'cargo' is the default checker. >
-
-    let g:syntastic_rust_checkers = ['cargo']
+days, "cargo" is the default checker.
+>
+	let g:syntastic_rust_checkers = ['cargo']
 <
 If you would like to change it, you can set `g:syntastic_rust_checkers` to a
 different value.
-                                          *g:rust_cargo_avoid_whole_workspace*
-                                          *b:rust_cargo_avoid_whole_workspace*
+					*g:rust_cargo_avoid_whole_workspace*
+					*b:rust_cargo_avoid_whole_workspace*
 g:rust_cargo_avoid_whole_workspace~
 	When editing a crate that is part of a Cargo workspace, and this
-	option is set to 1 (the default), then 'cargo' will be executed
+	option is set to 1 (the default), then "cargo" will be executed
 	directly in that crate directory instead of in the workspace
-	directory. Setting 0 prevents this behavior - however be aware that if
-	you are working in large workspace, Cargo commands may take more time,
-	plus the Syntastic error list may include all the crates in the
+	directory.  Setting 0 prevents this behavior - however be aware that
+	if you are working in a large workspace, Cargo commands may take more
+	time, plus the Syntastic error list may include all the crates in the
 	workspace. >
-            let g:rust_cargo_avoid_whole_workspace = 0
+		let g:rust_cargo_avoid_whole_workspace = 0
 <
-                                              *g:rust_cargo_check_all_targets*
-                                              *b:rust_cargo_check_all_targets*
+					*g:rust_cargo_check_all_targets*
+					*b:rust_cargo_check_all_targets*
 g:rust_cargo_check_all_targets~
 	When set to 1, the `--all-targets` option will be passed to cargo when
 	Syntastic executes it, allowing the linting of all targets under the
 	package.
 	The default is 0.
-
-                                              *g:rust_cargo_check_all_features*
-                                              *b:rust_cargo_check_all_features*
+					*g:rust_cargo_check_all_features*
+					*b:rust_cargo_check_all_features*
 g:rust_cargo_check_all_features~
 	When set to 1, the `--all-features` option will be passed to cargo when
 	Syntastic executes it, allowing the linting of all features of the
 	package.
 	The default is 0.
-
-                                                 *g:rust_cargo_check_examples*
-                                                 *b:rust_cargo_check_examples*
+					*g:rust_cargo_check_examples*
+					*b:rust_cargo_check_examples*
 g:rust_cargo_check_examples~
 	When set to 1, the `--examples` option will be passed to cargo when
 	Syntastic executes it, to prevent the exclusion of examples from
-	linting. The examples are normally under the `examples/` directory of
+	linting.  The examples are normally under the `examples/` directory of
 	the crate.
 	The default is 0.
-
-                                                    *g:rust_cargo_check_tests*
-                                                    *b:rust_cargo_check_tests*
+					*g:rust_cargo_check_tests*
+					*b:rust_cargo_check_tests*
 g:rust_cargo_check_tests~
 	When set to 1, the `--tests` option will be passed to cargo when
 	Syntastic executes it, to prevent the exclusion of tests from linting.
 	The tests are normally under the `tests/` directory of the crate.
 	The default is 0.
-
-                                                  *g:rust_cargo_check_benches*
-                                                  *b:rust_cargo_check_benches*
+					*g:rust_cargo_check_benches*
+					*b:rust_cargo_check_benches*
 g:rust_cargo_check_benches~
 	When set to 1, the `--benches` option will be passed to cargo when
 	Syntastic executes it.  The benches are normally under the `benches/`
 	directory of the crate.
 	The default is 0.
 
-Integration with auto-pairs                                    *rust-auto-pairs*
+Integration with auto-pairs		*rust-auto-pairs*
 ---------------------------
 
 This plugin automatically configures the auto-pairs plugin not to duplicate
 single quotes, which are used more often for lifetime annotations than for
 single character literals.
 
-                                                  *g:rust_keep_autopairs_default*
+					*g:rust_keep_autopairs_default*
 g:rust_keep_autopairs_default~
-
-	Don't override auto-pairs default for the Rust filetype. The default
+	Don't override auto-pairs default for the Rust filetype.  The default
 	is 0.
 
 ==============================================================================
-COMMANDS                                                       *rust-commands*
+COMMANDS						*rust-commands*
 
 Invoking Cargo
 --------------
 
-This plug defines very simple shortcuts for invoking Cargo from with Vim.
+This plugin defines very simple shortcuts for invoking Cargo from within Vim.
 
-:Cargo <args>                                                       *:Cargo*
-                Runs 'cargo' with the provided arguments.
+:Cargo <args>						*:Cargo*
+		Runs "cargo" with the provided arguments.
 
-:Cbuild <args>                                                     *:Cbuild*
-                Shortcut for 'cargo build`.
+:Cbuild <args>						*:Cbuild*
+		Shortcut for "cargo build".
 
-:Cclean <args>                                                     *:Cclean*
-                Shortcut for 'cargo clean`.
+:Cclean <args>						*:Cclean*
+		Shortcut for "cargo clean".
 
-:Cdoc <args>                                                         *:Cdoc*
-                Shortcut for 'cargo doc`.
+:Cdoc <args>						*:Cdoc*
+		Shortcut for "cargo doc".
 
-:Cinit <args>                                                       *:Cinit*
-                Shortcut for 'cargo init`.
+:Cinit <args>						*:Cinit*
+		Shortcut for "cargo init".
 
-:Crun <args>                                                         *:Crun*
-                Shortcut for 'cargo run`.
+:Crun <args>						*:Crun*
+		Shortcut for "cargo run".
 
-:Ctest <args>                                                       *:Ctest*
-                Shortcut for 'cargo test`.
+:Ctest <args>						*:Ctest*
+		Shortcut for "cargo test".
 
-:Cupdate <args>                                                   *:Cupdate*
-                Shortcut for 'cargo update`.
+:Cupdate <args>						*:Cupdate*
+		Shortcut for "cargo update".
 
-:Cbench <args>                                                     *:Cbench*
-                Shortcut for 'cargo bench`.
+:Cbench <args>						*:Cbench*
+		Shortcut for "cargo bench".
 
-:Csearch <args>                                                   *:Csearch*
-                Shortcut for 'cargo search`.
+:Csearch <args>						*:Csearch*
+		Shortcut for "cargo search".
 
-:Cpublish <args>                                                 *:Cpublish*
-                Shortcut for 'cargo publish`.
+:Cpublish <args>					*:Cpublish*
+		Shortcut for "cargo publish".
 
-:Cinstall <args>                                                 *:Cinstall*
-                Shortcut for 'cargo install`.
+:Cinstall <args>					*:Cinstall*
+		Shortcut for "cargo install".
 
-:Cruntarget <args>                                                 *:Cruntarget*
-                Shortcut for 'cargo run --bin' or 'cargo run --example',
-                depending on the currently open buffer.
+:Cruntarget <args>					*:Cruntarget*
+		Shortcut for "cargo run --bin" or "cargo run --example",
+		depending on the currently open buffer.
 
 Formatting
 ----------
 
-:RustFmt                                                       *:RustFmt*
-		Runs |g:rustfmt_command| on the current buffer. If
+:RustFmt						*:RustFmt*
+		Runs |g:rustfmt_command| on the current buffer.  If
 		|g:rustfmt_options| is set then those will be passed to the
 		executable.
 
 		If |g:rustfmt_fail_silently| is 0 (the default) then it
 		will populate the |location-list| with the errors from
-		|g:rustfmt_command|. If |g:rustfmt_fail_silently| is set to 1
+		|g:rustfmt_command|.  If |g:rustfmt_fail_silently| is set to 1
 		then it will not populate the |location-list|.
 
-:RustFmtRange                                                  *:RustFmtRange*
-		Runs |g:rustfmt_command| with selected range. See
-		|:RustFmt| for any other information.
-
+:RustFmtRange						*:RustFmtRange*
+		Runs |g:rustfmt_command| with selected range.  See |:RustFmt|
+		for any other information.
 
 Playpen integration
 -------------------
 
-:RustPlay                                                          *:RustPlay*
+:RustPlay						*:RustPlay*
 		This command will only work if you have web-api.vim installed
-		(available at https://github.com/mattn/webapi-vim).  It sends the
-		current selection, or if nothing is selected, the entirety of the
-		current buffer to the Rust playpen, and emits a message with the
-		shortened URL to the playpen.
+		(available at https://github.com/mattn/webapi-vim).  It sends
+		the current selection, or if nothing is selected, the entirety
+		of the current buffer to the Rust playpen, and emits a message
+		with the shortened URL to the playpen.
 
 		|g:rust_playpen_url| is the base URL to the playpen, by default
 		"https://play.rust-lang.org/".
 
-		|g:rust_shortener_url| is the base url for the shorterner, by
+		|g:rust_shortener_url| is the base url for the shortener, by
 		default "https://is.gd/"
 
 		|g:rust_clip_command| is the command to run to copy the
 		playpen url to the clipboard of your system.
 
-
 Evaluation of a single Rust file
 --------------------------------
 
 NOTE: These commands are useful only when working with standalone Rust files,
-which is usually not the case for common Rust development. If you wish to
-building Rust crates from with Vim can should use Vim's make, Syntastic, or
-functionality from other plugins.
+which is usually not the case for common Rust development.  If you wish to
+build Rust crates from within Vim, use Vim's make, Syntastic, or functionality
+from other plugins.
 
-
-:RustRun  [args]                                                    *:RustRun*
+:RustRun  [args]					*:RustRun*
 :RustRun! [rustc-args] [--] [args]
-		Compiles and runs the current file. If it has unsaved changes,
-		it will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is
-		an unnamed buffer, it will be written to a temporary file
-		first. The compiled binary is always placed in a temporary
-		directory, but is run from the current directory.
+		Compiles and runs the current file.  If it has unsaved
+		changes, it will be saved first using |:update|.  If the
+		current file is an unnamed buffer, it will be written to a
+		temporary file first.  The compiled binary is always placed in
+		a temporary directory, but is run from the current directory.
 
 		The arguments given to |:RustRun| will be passed to the
 		compiled binary.
@@ -405,11 +379,11 @@ functionality from other plugins.
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustExpand  [args]                                              *:RustExpand*
+:RustExpand  [args]					*:RustExpand*
 :RustExpand! [TYPE] [args]
 		Expands the current file using --pretty and displays the
-		results in a new split. If the current file has unsaved
-		changes, it will be saved first using |:update|. If the
+		results in a new split.  If the current file has unsaved
+		changes, it will be saved first using |:update|.  If the
 		current file is an unnamed buffer, it will be written to a
 		temporary file first.
 
@@ -418,16 +392,16 @@ functionality from other plugins.
 		configurations.
 
 		If ! is specified, the first argument is the expansion type to
-		pass to rustc --pretty. Otherwise it will default to
+		pass to rustc --pretty.  Otherwise it will default to
 		"expanded".
 
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustEmitIr [args]                                               *:RustEmitIr*
+:RustEmitIr [args]					*:RustEmitIr*
 		Compiles the current file to LLVM IR and displays the results
-		in a new split. If the current file has unsaved changes, it
-		will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is an
+		in a new split.  If the current file has unsaved changes, it
+		will be saved first using |:update|.  If the current file is an
 		unnamed buffer, it will be written to a temporary file first.
 
 		The arguments given to |:RustEmitIr| will be passed to rustc.
@@ -435,10 +409,10 @@ functionality from other plugins.
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-:RustEmitAsm [args]                                             *:RustEmitAsm*
+:RustEmitAsm [args]					*:RustEmitAsm*
 		Compiles the current file to assembly and displays the results
-		in a new split. If the current file has unsaved changes, it
-		will be saved first using |:update|. If the current file is an
+		in a new split.  If the current file has unsaved changes, it
+		will be saved first using |:update|.  If the current file is an
 		unnamed buffer, it will be written to a temporary file first.
 
 		The arguments given to |:RustEmitAsm| will be passed to rustc.
@@ -446,13 +420,12 @@ functionality from other plugins.
 		If |g:rustc_path| is defined, it is used as the path to rustc.
 		Otherwise it is assumed rustc can be found in $PATH.
 
-
 Running test(s)
 ---------------
 
-:[N]RustTest[!] [options]                                       *:RustTest*
+:[N]RustTest[!] [options]				*:RustTest*
 		Runs a test under the cursor when the current buffer is in a
-		cargo project with "cargo test" command. If the command did
+		cargo project with "cargo test" command.  If the command did
 		not find any test function under the cursor, it stops with an
 		error message.
 
@@ -465,35 +438,36 @@ Running test(s)
 		When [options] is given, it is passed to "cargo" command
 		arguments.
 
-		When the current buffer is outside cargo project, the command
-		runs "rustc --test" command instead of "cargo test" as
-		fallback. All tests are run regardless of adding ! since there
-		is no way to run specific test function with rustc. [options]
-		is passed to "rustc" command arguments in the case.
+		When the current buffer is outside a cargo project, the
+		command runs "rustc --test" command instead of "cargo test" as
+		fallback.  All tests are run regardless of adding ! since
+		there is no way to run specific test function with rustc.
+		[options] is passed to "rustc" command arguments in that case.
 
-		Takes optional modifiers (see |<mods>|):  >
-		    :tab RustTest
-		    :belowright 16RustTest
-		    :leftabove vert 80RustTest
+		Takes optional modifiers (see |<mods>|): >
+			:tab RustTest
+			:belowright 16RustTest
+			:leftabove vert 80RustTest
 <
 rust.vim Debugging
 ------------------
 
-:RustInfo                                                          *:RustInfo*
+:RustInfo						*:RustInfo*
 		Emits debugging info of the Vim Rust plugin.
 
-:RustInfoToClipboard                                      *:RustInfoClipboard*
+:RustInfoToClipboard					*:RustInfoClipboard*
 		Saves debugging info of the Vim Rust plugin to the default
 		register.
 
-:RustInfoToFile [filename]                                   *:RustInfoToFile*
+:RustInfoToFile [filename]				*:RustInfoToFile*
 		Saves debugging info of the Vim Rust plugin to the given file,
 		overwriting it.
 
 ==============================================================================
-MAPPINGS                                                       *rust-mappings*
+MAPPINGS						*rust-mappings*
 
-This plugin defines mappings for |[[| and |]]| to support hanging indents.
+This plugin defines Normal mode, Visual mode, and Operator-pending mode
+mappings for |[[| and |]]| to support hanging indents.
 
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:sw=4:noet:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*gui.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1150,11 +1150,22 @@ For the Win32 GUI					*E244* *E245*
 	      NONANTIALIASED, CLEARTYPE and DEFAULT.  Normally you would use
 	      "qDEFAULT".
 	      Some quality values are not supported in legacy OSs.
+	fXX - OpenType font feature.  Specify a single feature as
+	      tag=value, where tag is a 4-character OpenType feature
+	      tag and value is the parameter (0 to disable, 1 or
+	      higher to enable/select variant).  Multiple features
+	      can be specified by repeating the ":f" option.
+	      This only takes effect when 'renderoptions' is set to use
+	      DirectWrite (type:directx).  Default features (calt, liga,
+	      etc.) are preserved unless explicitly overridden.
+	      Example: ":fss19=1:fcalt=0" enables Stylistic Set 19
+	      and disables Contextual Alternates.
 - A '_' can be used in the place of a space, so you don't need to use
   backslashes to escape the spaces.
 Examples: >
     :set guifont=courier_new:h12:w5:b:cRUSSIAN
     :set guifont=Andale_Mono:h7.5:w4.5
+    :set guifont=Cascadia_Code:h14:fss19=1:fcalt=1:fliga=1
 
 See also |font-sizes|.
 

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*map.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1593,7 +1593,10 @@ reported if any are supplied).  However, it is possible to specify that the
 command can take arguments, using the -nargs attribute.  Valid cases are:
 
 	-nargs=0    No arguments are allowed (the default)
-	-nargs=1    Exactly one argument is required, it includes spaces
+	-nargs=1    Exactly one argument is required, it includes spaces;
+		    completion treats white spaces as argument separation
+	-nargs=_    Exactly one argument is required, it includes spaces;
+		    completion treats white spaces as part of the argument
 	-nargs=*    Any number of arguments are allowed (0, 1, or many),
 		    separated by white space
 	-nargs=?    0 or 1 arguments are allowed
@@ -1601,7 +1604,23 @@ command can take arguments, using the -nargs attribute.  Valid cases are:
 
 Arguments are considered to be separated by (unescaped) spaces or tabs in this
 context, except when there is one argument, then the white space is part of
-the argument.
+the argument. The difference between the "-nargs=1" and "-nargs=_": >
+
+	func MyComplete(ArgLead, CmdLine, CursorPos)
+	  return ["one value", "two values", "three values"]
+		\->matchfuzzy(a:ArgLead)
+	endfunc
+	:command -nargs=1 -complete=customlist,MyComplete MyCmd1 echo <q-args>
+	:command -nargs=_ -complete=customlist,MyComplete MyCmd2 echo <q-args>
+
+Completing ":MyCmd1 two va<tab>" will complete with: >
+
+	:MyCmd1 two one value
+
+Completing ":MyCmd2 two va<tab>" will complete with: >
+
+	:MyCmd2 two values
+
 
 Note that arguments are used as text, not as expressions.  Specifically,
 "s:var" will use the script-local variable in the script where the command was
@@ -1693,7 +1712,21 @@ For the "custom" argument, the function should return the completion
 candidates one per line in a newline separated string.
 							*E1303*
 For the "customlist" argument, the function should return the completion
-candidates as a Vim List.  Non-string items in the list are ignored.
+candidates as a Vim List.  Each item may be either a string or a |Dictionary|.
+A Dictionary item may have the following keys:
+	word	(required) the text inserted into the command line when the
+		item is selected
+	abbr	alternative text shown in the popup menu in place of "word",
+		when 'wildoptions' contains "pum"; useful when the inserted
+		text and the displayed text should differ
+	kind	short kind text (one or two characters), shown in the popup
+		menu when 'wildoptions' contains "pum"
+	menu	extra text shown after the match in the popup menu
+	info	long description shown in the info popup; the |+popupwin|
+		feature is required to display it
+Items that are neither a string nor a Dictionary, and Dictionary items without
+a "word" key, are ignored.  When 'wildoptions' does not contain "pum", only
+"word" is shown.
 
 The function arguments are:
 	ArgLead		the leading portion of the argument currently being

runtime/doc/netbeans.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*netbeans.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*netbeans.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Gordon Prieur et al.
@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ REJECT		Not used.
 These errors occur when a message violates the protocol:
 *E627* *E628* *E629* *E632* *E633* *E634* *E635* *E636*
 *E637* *E638* *E639* *E640* *E641* *E642* *E643* *E644* *E645* *E646*
-*E647* *E648* *E650* *E651* *E652*
+*E647* *E648* *E649* *E650* *E651* *E652*
 
 
 ==============================================================================

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Mar 16
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -97,6 +97,17 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 			If the option is a list of flags, superfluous flags
 			are removed.  When adding a flag that was already
 			present the option value doesn't change.
+			When the option supports "key:value" items and {value}
+			contains a "key:value" item or multiple
+			comma-separated items, each item is processed
+			individually:
+			- A "key:value" item where the key already exists with
+			  a different value: the old item is removed and the
+			  new item is appended to the end.
+			- A "key:value" item that is an exact duplicate is
+			  left unchanged.
+			- Other items that already exist are left unchanged.
+			- New items are appended to the end.
 			Also see |:set-args| above.
 
 :se[t] {option}^={value}				*:set^=*
@@ -104,6 +115,11 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 			the {value} to a string option.  When the option is a
 			comma-separated list, a comma is added, unless the
 			value was empty.
+			When the option supports "key:value" items and {value}
+			contains a "key:value" item or multiple
+			comma-separated items, each item is processed
+			individually.  Works like |:set+=| but new items are
+			prepended to the beginning instead of appended.
 			Also see |:set-args| above.
 
 :se[t] {option}-={value}				*:set-=*
@@ -116,6 +132,12 @@ achieve special effects.  These options come in three forms:
 			When the option is a list of flags, {value} must be
 			exactly as they appear in the option.  Remove flags
 			one by one to avoid problems.
+			When the option supports "key:value" items and {value}
+			contains a "key:value" item or multiple
+			comma-separated items, each item is processed
+			individually.  A "key:value" item removes the existing
+			item with that key regardless of its value.  A "key:"
+			item also removes by key match.
 			The individual values from a comma separated list or
 			list of flags can be inserted by typing 'wildchar'.
 			See |complete-set-option|.
@@ -302,12 +324,12 @@ that was last closed are used again.  If this buffer has been edited in this
 window, the values from back then are used.  Otherwise the values from the
 last closed window where the buffer was edited last are used.
 
-It's possible to set a local window option specifically for a type of buffer.
-When you edit another buffer in the same window, you don't want to keep
-using these local window options.  Therefore Vim keeps a global value of the
-local window options, which is used when editing another buffer.  Each window
-has its own copy of these values.  Thus these are local to the window, but
-global to all buffers in the window.  With this you can do: >
+":setlocal" can be used to set a local window option specifically for a type
+of buffer.  When you edit another buffer in the same window, you don't want to
+keep using these local window options.  Meanwhile ":set" also sets a global
+value of a local window option, which is used when editing another buffer.
+Each window has its own copy of these global values, making them local to the
+window, but global to all buffers in the window.  With this you can do: >
 	:e one
 	:set list
 	:e two
@@ -1008,10 +1030,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'autowrite' 'aw'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
 	Write the contents of the file, if it has been modified, on each
-	`:next`, `:rewind`, `:last`, `:first`, `:previous`, `:stop`,
-	`:suspend`, `:tag`, `:!`, `:make`, CTRL-] and CTRL-^ command; and when
-	a `:buffer`, CTRL-O, CTRL-I, '{A-Z0-9}, or `{A-Z0-9} command takes one
-	to another file.
+	`:next`, `:rewind`, `:last`, `:first`, `:previous`, `:tag`, `:stop`,
+	`:suspend`, `:!`, `:make`, `:terminal`, CTRL-] or CTRL-^ command; and
+	when a `:buffer`, CTRL-O, CTRL-I, '{A-Z0-9}, or `{A-Z0-9} command
+	switches to another file.
 	A buffer is not written if it becomes hidden, e.g. when 'bufhidden' is
 	set to "hide" and `:next` is used.
 	Note that for some commands the 'autowrite' option is not used, see
@@ -1025,8 +1047,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			 *'autowriteall'* *'awa'* *'noautowriteall'* *'noawa'*
 'autowriteall' 'awa'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-	Like 'autowrite', but also used for commands ":edit", ":enew",
-	":quit", ":qall", ":exit", ":xit", ":recover" and closing the Vim
+	Like 'autowrite', but also used for commands `:edit`, `:enew`,
+	`:quit`, `:qall`, `:exit`, `:xit`, `:recover` and closing the Vim
 	window.
 	Setting this option also implies that Vim behaves like 'autowrite' has
 	been set.
@@ -2204,6 +2226,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note: The match limit takes effect only during forward completion
 	(CTRL-N) and is ignored during backward completion (CTRL-P).
 
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+
 						*'completefunc'* *'cfu'*
 'completefunc' 'cfu'	string	(default: empty)
 			local to buffer
@@ -2369,6 +2393,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		close		show close button: "on" (default) or "off"
 		height		maximum height of the popup
 		highlight	popup highlight group (default: PmenuSel)
+		opacity		opacity percentage 0-100 (default 100, fully
+				opaque).  When less than 100, content beneath
+				the popup shows through.
 		resize		show resize handle: "on" (default) or "off"
 		shadow		"off" (default) or "on" using |hl-PmenuShadow|
 		width		maximum width of the popup
@@ -2376,6 +2403,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Example: >
 		:set completepopup=height:10,border:single,highlight:InfoPopup
 		:set completepopup=width:60,border:custom:─;│;─;│;┌;┐;┘;└
+		:set completepopup=border:round,opacity:80
 <
 	When "align" is set to "item", the popup is positioned near the
 	selected item and moves as the selection changes.
@@ -3955,7 +3983,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|String| and is the |:find| command argument.  The second argument is
 	a |Boolean| and is set to |v:true| when the function is called to get
 	a List of command-line completion matches for the |:find| command.
-	The function should return a List of strings.
+	The function should return a List, which is handled similarly to the
+	return value of a |:command-completion-customlist| function.
 
 	The function is called only once per |:find| command invocation.
 	The function can process all the directories specified in 'path'.
@@ -4664,6 +4693,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	You can include a line break.  Simplest method is to use |:let|: >
 		:let &guitabtooltip = "line one\nline two"
 <
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
 
 						*'helpfile'* *'hf'*
 'helpfile' 'hf'		string	(default (MS-Windows) "$VIMRUNTIME\doc\help.txt"
@@ -4732,7 +4762,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     l:Search,m:MoreMsg,M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,
 				     a:LineNrAbove,b:LineNrBelow,
 				     N:CursorLineNr,r:Question,s:StatusLine,
-				     S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit,t:Title,
+				     S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit,
+				     |:VertSplitNC,t:Title,
 				     v:Visual,V:VisualNOS,w:WarningMsg,
 				     W:WildMenu,f:Folded,F:FoldColumn,
 				     A:DiffAdd,C:DiffChange,D:DiffDelete,
@@ -4743,7 +4774,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     [:PmenuKind,]:PmenuKindSel,
 				     {:PmenuExtra,}:PmenuExtraSel,
 				     x:PmenuSbar,X:PmenuThumb,j:PmenuBorder,
-				     H:PmenuShadow,*:TabLine,
+				     H:PmenuShadow,p:Popup,J:PopupBorder,
+				     Q:PopupTitle,*:TabLine,
 				     #:TabLineSel,_:TabLineFill,!:CursorColumn,
 				     .:CursorLine,o:ColorColumn,q:QuickFixLine,
 				     z:StatusLineTerm,Z:StatusLineTermNC,
@@ -4780,6 +4812,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-StatusLineNC|  S  status lines of not-current windows
 	|hl-Title|	 t  Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
 	|hl-VertSplit|	 c  column used to separate vertically split windows
+	|hl-VertSplitNC| |  column separating non-current vertically split
+			    windows
 	|hl-Visual|	 v  Visual mode
 	|hl-VisualNOS|	 V  Visual mode when Vim is "Not Owning the
 			    Selection" Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11|,
@@ -4812,6 +4846,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-PmenuMatchSel| <  popup menu matched text in selected line
 	|hl-PmenuBorder|   j  popup menu border characters
 	|hl-PmenuShadow|   H  popup menu shadow
+	|hl-Popup|	 p  popup window body
+	|hl-PopupBorder|   J  popup window border characters
+	|hl-PopupTitle|	 Q  popup window title
 	|hl-PreInsert|	 I  text inserted when "preinsert" is in 'completeopt'
 	|hl-Normal|	 (  Window color (supersedes 'wincolor' option)
 
@@ -5187,7 +5224,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	command line has no uppercase characters, the added character is
 	converted to lowercase.
 	CTRL-R CTRL-W can be used to add the word at the end of the current
-	match, excluding the characters that were already typed.
+	match, excluding the characters that were already typed (starting from
+	the beginning of the word).
 	NOTE: This option is reset when 'compatible' is set.
 
 						*'indentexpr'* *'inde'*
@@ -6004,7 +6042,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Increasing this limit above 200 also changes the maximum for Ex
 	command recursion, see |E169|.
 	See also |:function|.
-	Also used for maximum depth of callback functions.
+	Also used for maximum depth of callback functions and encoding and
+	decoding of deeply nested json data.
 
 						*'maxmapdepth'* *'mmd'* *E223*
 'maxmapdepth' 'mmd'	number	(default 1000)
@@ -6169,6 +6208,49 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: 'modeline' is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
+		    *'modelinestrict'* *'mlst'* *'nomodelinestrict'* *'nomlst'*
+'modelinestrict' 'mlst'	boolean (default: on)
+			global
+	When on, only a safe subset of options can be set from a |modeline|.
+	The following options are allowed:
+		'autoindent'
+		'cindent'
+		'commentstring'
+		'expandtab'
+		'filetype'
+		'foldcolumn'
+		'foldenable'
+		'foldmarker'
+		'foldmethod'
+		'modifiable'
+		'readonly'
+		'rightleft'
+		'shiftwidth'
+		'smartindent'
+		'softtabstop'
+		'spell'
+		'spelllang'
+		'tabstop'
+		'textwidth'
+		'varsofttabstop'
+		'vartabstop'
+
+	Any other option set from a modeline will be silently ignored.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
+	The behaviour of 'modeline', 'modelinestrict' and 'modelineexpr' is
+	as follows:
+
+	'modeline'| 'modelinestrict'| 'modelineexpr' | Meaning
+	----------+-----------------+-------------------+--------~
+	   on     |    off          |   on           | All options can be set
+	   on     |    on           |   any          | Only whitelisted
+		  |                 |                | options can be set
+	   on     |    off          |   off          | All options except for
+		  |                 |                | expr options can be set
+	   off    |    any          |   any          | No options can be set
+
 				*'modifiable'* *'ma'* *'nomodifiable'* *'noma'*
 				*E21*
 'modifiable' 'ma'	boolean	(default on)
@@ -6824,6 +6906,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The format of the header produced in |:hardcopy| output.
 	See |pheader-option|.
 
+	This option cannot be set in a modeline when 'modelineexpr' is off.
+
 						*'printmbcharset'* *'pmbcs'*
 'printmbcharset' 'pmbcs'  string (default "")
 			global
@@ -6857,6 +6941,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 	Defines a border and optional decorations for the popup menu in
 	completion.  The value is a comma-separated list of keywords.
+	See 'pumopt' for a consolidated alternative.
 
 	Border styles (at most one):
 	"single"	use thin box-drawing characters
@@ -6892,6 +6977,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Determines the maximum number of items to show in the popup menu for
 	Insert mode completion.  When zero as much space as available is used.
 	|ins-completion-menu|.
+	See 'pumopt' for a consolidated alternative.
 
 						*'pummaxwidth'* *'pmw'*
 'pummaxwidth' 'pmw'	number	(default 0)
@@ -6903,12 +6989,68 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	This option takes precedence over 'pumwidth'.
 	|ins-completion-menu|.
+	See 'pumopt' for a consolidated alternative.
+
+						*'pumopt'*
+'pumopt'		string	(default "")
+			global
+	Configures the popup menu used for Insert mode completion.
+	The value is a comma-separated list of "key:value" pairs and flags.
+
+	Keys with values:
+	  border:{style}	set a border style (at most one):
+				"single"  thin box-drawing characters
+				"double"  double-line box-drawing characters
+				"round"   rounded corners
+				"ascii"   ASCII characters (-, |, +)
+				"custom:X;X;X;X;X;X;X;X"
+					  eight characters separated by
+					  semicolons, in the order: top, right,
+					  bottom, left, topleft, topright,
+					  botright, botleft
+	  height:{n}		maximum number of items to show (default 0,
+				meaning as much space as available)
+	  width:{n}		minimum width (default 15)
+	  maxwidth:{n}		maximum width (default 0, meaning no limit).
+				This takes precedence over width.
+				Truncated text is indicated by "trunc" value
+				of 'fillchars' option.
+	  opacity:{n}		opacity percentage 0-100 (default 100).
+				When less than 100, background content shows
+				through the popup menu.  Requires the GUI,
+				'termguicolors', or a 256-color terminal.
+
+	Flags (no value):
+	  margin		adds one-cell spacing inside the left and
+				right border.  Requires a border style.
+	  shadow		draws a shadow at the right and bottom edges.
+
+	Border styles using box-drawing characters ("single", "double",
+	"round") are only available when 'encoding' is "utf-8" and 'ambiwidth'
+	is "single".
+
+	Highlight groups:
+	|hl-PmenuBorder|	used for the border characters
+	|hl-PmenuShadow|	used for the shadow
+
+	Note: When 'pumopt' is set, all values are reset to their defaults
+	first, then the specified keys are applied.  Unspecified keys get
+	their default values.
+
+	Examples: >
+		:set pumopt=border:single
+		:set pumopt=border:double,margin,shadow
+		:set pumopt=height:10,width:20,opacity:80
+		:set pumopt=border:custom:─;│;─;│;┌;┐;┘;└,shadow
+<
+	See also: |ins-completion-menu|.
 
 						*'pumwidth'* *'pw'*
 'pumwidth' 'pw'		number	(default 15)
 			global
 	Determines the minimum width to use for the popup menu for Insert mode
 	completion.  |ins-completion-menu|.
+	See 'pumopt' for a consolidated alternative.
 
 						*'pythondll'*
 'pythondll'		string	(default depends on the build)
@@ -7446,8 +7588,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Minimal number of screen lines to keep above and below the cursor.
 	This will make some context visible around where you are working.  If
 	you set it to a very large value (999) the cursor line will always be
-	in the middle of the window (except at the start or end of the file or
-	when long lines wrap).
+	in the middle of the window (except at the start or end of the file,
+	see 'scrolloffpad', or when long lines wrap).
 	After using the local value, go back the global value with one of
 	these two: >
 		setlocal scrolloff<
@@ -7455,7 +7597,24 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 <	For scrolling horizontally see 'sidescrolloff'.
 	NOTE: This option is set to 0 when 'compatible' is set.
 
-						*'scrollopt'* *'sbo'*
+						*'scrolloffpad'* *'sop'*
+'scrolloffpad' 'sop'	number	(default 0)
+			global or local to window |global-local|
+	When 'scrolloff' and 'scrolloffpad' are greater than zero, allow
+	the cursor to remain centered when at the end of the file.
+	Normally, 'scrolloff' will not keep the cursor centered at the
+	end of the file.
+
+	A value of 0 disables this feature.  Any value above 0 enables it.
+	For a window-local value, -1 means to use the global value.
+	Values below -1 are invalid.
+
+	After using the local value, go back the global value with one of
+	these two: >
+		setlocal scrolloffpad<
+		setlocal scrolloffpad=-1
+
+<						*'scrollopt'* *'sbo'*
 'scrollopt' 'sbo'	string	(default "ver,jump")
 			global
 	This is a comma-separated list of words that specifies how
@@ -7692,6 +7851,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note: When using a pipe like "| tee", you'll lose the exit code of the
 	shell command.  This might be configurable by your shell, look for
 	the pipefail option (for bash and zsh, use ":set -o pipefail").
+	Only a single "%s" value is allowed.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
@@ -7735,6 +7895,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	become obsolete (at least for Unix).
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
+								*E1577*
+	Only a single "%s" item is allowed in the option value.
+
 
 			*'shellslash'* *'ssl'* *'noshellslash'* *'nossl'*
 'shellslash' 'ssl'	boolean	(default off)
@@ -7896,6 +8059,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		search count statistics.  The maximum limit can be set with
 		the 'maxsearchcount' option, see also |searchcount()|
 		function.
+	  u	don't give undo and redo messages like			*shm-u*
+		"1 line less; before #1  1 second ago", "Already at oldest
+		change" or "Already at newest change"
 
 	This gives you the opportunity to avoid that a change between buffers
 	requires you to hit <Enter>, but still gives as useful a message as
@@ -8534,10 +8700,62 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	      applied to StatusLineNC for the statusline of non-current
 	      windows.
 	      The number N must be between 1 and 9.  See |hl-User1..9|
-								*stl-%@*
+							*stl-%@*
 	@ -   Inserts a newline.  This only takes effect when the "maxheight"
 	      value of 'statuslineopt' is greater than 1, or for |tabpanel|.
 
+							*stl-%[FuncName]*
+	%[ defines clickable regions in the statusline.  When the user clicks
+	on a region with the mouse, the specified function is called.  The
+	same syntax can also be used in 'tabline' and 'tabpanel'.
+
+	  %[FuncName]	Start of a clickable region.  "FuncName" is the name
+			of a Vim function to call when the region is clicked.
+	  %[]		End of the clickable region.  If omitted, the region
+			extends to the end of the statusline or to the start
+			of the next clickable region.
+
+	A {minwid} value can be used to pass an identifier to the callback:
+	  %3[FuncName]	Starts a clickable region with minwid 3.
+
+	The function receives a single |Dictionary| argument with these
+	entries:
+	  "minwid"	The minwid value from %N[Func] (0 if not specified).
+	  "nclicks"	Number of clicks: 1, 2, or 3.
+	  "button"	Mouse button: "l" (left), "m" (middle), "r" (right).
+	  "mods"	Modifier keys: combination of "s" (shift), "c" (ctrl),
+			"a" (alt).  Empty string if no modifiers.
+	  "winid"	|window-ID| of the window whose statusline was clicked,
+			or 0 when the click was in 'tabline' or 'tabpanel'.
+	  "area"	"statusline", "tabline", or "tabpanel".  Indicates
+			which option the clicked region belongs to.
+	  "tabnr"	(tabpanel only) Tab page number of the clicked label.
+
+	If the function returns non-zero, the statusline is redrawn.
+	Dragging the statusline to resize the window still works even when
+	click handlers are defined.  When used in 'tabline' or 'tabpanel',
+	clicks in %[FuncName] regions are dispatched to the callback
+	instead of the default tab-selection behavior.
+
+	Example: >
+	    func! ClickFile(info)
+		if a:info.button ==# 'l' && a:info.nclicks == 2
+		    browse edit
+		endif
+		return 0
+	    endfunc
+	    set statusline=%[ClickFile]%f%[]\ %l:%c
+<	This makes the filename in the statusline clickable.  Double-clicking
+	it opens the file browser.
+
+	Use `has('statusline_click')` to check if this feature is available.
+	This is useful for backward compatibility: >
+	    if has('statusline_click')
+		set statusline=%[ClickFile]%f%[]\ %l:%c
+	    else
+		set statusline=%f\ %l:%c
+	    endif
+<
 	When displaying a flag, Vim removes the leading comma, if any, when
 	that flag comes right after plaintext.  This will make a nice display
 	when flags are used like in the examples below.
@@ -8852,24 +9070,22 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Optional settings for the |tabpanel|,  It can consist of the following
 	items.  Items must be separated by a comma.
 
-		align:{text}	Specifies the position of the tabpanel.
-				Currently supported positions are:
-
-				left	left-side
+	    align:{text}    Specifies the position of the tabpanel.
+			    Currently supported positions are:
+				left	left-side  (default)
 				right	right-side
-
-				(default "left")
-
-		columns:{n}	Number of columns of the tabpanel.
-				If this value is 0 or less than 'columns', the
-				tab panel will not be displayed.
-				(default 20)
-
-		vert		Use a vertical separator for tabpanel.
-				The vertical separator character is taken from
-				"tpl_vert" in 'fillchars'.
-				(default off)
-
+	    columns:{n}	    Number of columns of the tabpanel.  (default 20)
+			    If this value is 0 or less than 'columns', the
+			    tabpanel will not be displayed.
+	    scrollbar	    A one-column scrollbar is always displayed at the
+			    right edge of the tabpanel, regardless of the
+			    "align:" setting.  (default off)
+			    See |tabpanel-scroll|.
+	    vert	    The vertical separator is drawn at the boundary
+			    between the tabpanel and the buffer area.
+			    (default off)
+			    The character to be drawn uses "tpl_vert" from
+			    'fillchars'.
 	Examples: >
 		:set tabpanelopt=columns:16,align:right
 		:set tabpanelopt=
@@ -9007,6 +9223,22 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	file names from the list.  This avoids problems when a future version
 	uses another default.
 
+			*'tagsecure'* *'tsc'* *'notagsecure'* *'notsc'*
+'tagsecure' 'tsc'	boolean	(default on)
+			global
+	When on, Vim refuses to follow tag entries whose file field looks like
+	a URL ("scheme://..."), aborting the jump with error |E1576|.  This
+	prevents tag files from causing Vim to open URLs through |netrw|, which
+	would trigger a network request and expose netrw's URL-handling code to
+	attacker-controlled input or lead to environment exfiltration.
+
+	Tag files might be distributed alongside source code (e.g. via Git
+	repositories) and may therefore be untrustworthy.  Only disable
+	this option if you fully control the tag files Vim will read.
+
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
+
 				*'tagstack'* *'tgst'* *'notagstack'* *'notgst'*
 'tagstack' 'tgst'	boolean	(default on)
 			global
@@ -9843,6 +10075,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		letter.  Thus "KEEPTHIS and "K_L_M" are stored, but "KeepThis"
 		and "_K_L_M" are not.  Nested List and Dict items may not be
 		read back correctly, you end up with an empty item.
+
+		Restoring |List|, |Dictionary| and |Tuple| variables is done by
+		parsing their textual form with the Vim expression evaluator.
+		Reading a viminfo file with "!" enabled is therefore only safe
+		when the file is trusted.  In particular, do not enable "!"
+		before reading a viminfo file you obtained from another user,
+		downloaded, or that is writable by another account.  See
+		also |viminfo-security|.
 							*viminfo-quote*
 	"	Maximum number of lines saved for each register.  Old name of
 		the '<' item, with the disadvantage that you need to put a
@@ -10200,8 +10440,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			applies to buffer name completion.
 	"noselect"	If 'wildmenu' is enabled, show the menu but do not
 			preselect the first item.
-	If only one match exists, it is completed fully, unless "noselect" is
-	specified.
+	"noinsert"	If 'wildmenu' is enabled, show the menu and preselect
+			the first match, but do not insert it in the command
+			line.  If both "noinsert" and "noselect" are present,
+			"noselect" takes precedence.
+	If only one match exists, it is completed fully, unless "noselect" or
+	"noinsert" is specified.
 
 	Some useful combinations of colon-separated values:
 	"longest:full"		Start with the longest common string and show
@@ -10469,11 +10713,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				*'wlsteal'* *'wst'* *'nowlsteal'* *'nowst'*
 'wlsteal' 'wst'		boolean  (default off)
 			global
-			{only when the |+wayland_focus_steal| feature is
-			included}
+	DEPRECATED: This option is no longer used; changing it has no effect.
+
 	When enabled, then allow Vim to steal focus by creating a temporary
-	surface, in order to access the clipboard.  For more information see
-	|wayland-focus-steal|.
+	surface, in order to access the clipboard.
 
 						*'wltimeoutlen'* *'wtm'*
 'wltimeoutlen' 'wtm'	number	(default 500)
@@ -10486,9 +10729,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	some cases.  On the other hand, it may also mean you receive errors
 	when the compositor takes more time to respond than usual.
 
-	Additionally, this option is also used as the maximum timeout when
-	waiting for a surface to gain focus, see |wayland-focus-steal|.
-
 						*'wrap'* *'nowrap'*
 'wrap'			boolean	(default on)
 			local to window

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1142,6 +1142,8 @@ One may easily "bookmark" the currently browsed directory by using >
 
 	mb
 <
+Note: Bookmarked paths are normalized and stored as absolute paths.
+
 								*.netrwbook*
 Bookmarks are retained in between sessions of vim in a file called .netrwbook
 as a |List|, which is typically stored in the first directory on the user's
@@ -2854,10 +2856,6 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				such as listing, file removal, etc.
 				 default: ssh
 
-  *g:netrw_tmpfile_escape*	=' &;'
-				escape() is applied to all temporary files
-				to escape these characters.
-
   *g:netrw_timefmt*		specify format string to vim's strftime().
 				The default, "%c", is "the preferred date
 				and time representation for the current

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 16
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
@@ -101,10 +101,17 @@ Copyright 2005-2017:					*tar-copyright*
 4. History						*tar-history*
 
 	unreleased:
+		Apr 16, 2026	* add missing g:tar_secure into tar#Extract
+		Apr 15, 2026	* add path traversal checks in tar#Extract()
+		Apr 09, 2026	* fix zstd support and dotted filename support
+		Apr 06, 2026	* fix lz4 support
+		Feb 07, 2026	* make path traversal detection more robust
+		Feb 06, 2026	* fix bug with nowrapscan
+		Jul 16, 2025	* update minimum required Vim version
 		Jul 13, 2025	* drop leading /
 		May 19, 2025	* restore working directory after read/write
 		Apr 16, 2025	* decouple from netrw by adding s:WinPath()
-				instead of shelling out to file(1)
+				  instead of shelling out to file(1)
 		Mar 02, 2025	* determine the compression using readblob()
 		Mar 02, 2025	* escape the filename before using :read
 		Mar 01, 2025	* fix syntax error in tar#Read()

runtime/doc/pi_vimball.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*pi_vimball.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 16
 
 			       ----------------
 			       Vimball Archiver
@@ -93,21 +93,6 @@ MAKING A VIMBALL						*:MkVimball*
 	make.
 
 
-MAKING DIRECTORIES VIA VIMBALLS				*g:vimball_mkdir*
-
-	First, the |mkdir()| command is tried (not all systems support it).
-
-	If it doesn't exist, then if g:vimball_mkdir doesn't exist, it is set
-	as follows: >
-	  |g:netrw_localmkdir|, if it exists
-	  "mkdir"             , if it is executable
-	  "makedir"           , if it is executable
-	  Otherwise           , it is undefined.
-<	One may explicitly specify the directory making command using
-	g:vimball_mkdir.  This command is used to make directories that
-	are needed as indicated by the vimball.
-
-
 CONTROLLING THE VIMBALL EXTRACTION DIRECTORY		*g:vimball_home*
 
 	You may override the use of the 'runtimepath' by specifying a
@@ -181,6 +166,11 @@ WINDOWS							*vimball-windows*
 ==============================================================================
 4. Vimball History					*vimball-history* {{{1
 
+	unreleased:
+	     Feb 28, 2025 * add support for bzip3 (#16755)
+	     Apr 05, 2026 * Detect path traversal attacks
+	     Apr 09, 2026 * Detect more path traversal attacks
+	     Apr 16, 2026 * Block Windows drive letter paths
 	37 : Jul 18, 2014 * (by request of T. Miedema) added augroup around
 			    the autocmds in vimballPlugin.vim
 	     Jul 06, 2015 * there are two uses of tabc; changed to tabc!

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 16
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
@@ -33,6 +33,10 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
    also write to the file.  Currently, one may not make a new file in
    zip archives via the plugin.
 
+   The zip plugin tries to detect some common path traversal attack
+   patterns, but it may not catch all possible cases.  Please be very
+   careful when using this plugin with untrusted input.
+
    COMMANDS~
 								*zip-x*
    x : extract a listed file when the cursor is atop it
@@ -110,9 +114,9 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
    should be treated as zip files.
 
    Alternatively, one may change *g:zipPlugin_ext* in one's .vimrc.
-   Currently (as of October 2025) it holds: >
+   Currently (as of May 2026) it holds: >
 
-        let g:zipPlugin_ext='*.aar,*.apk,*.celzip,*.crtx,*.docm,*.docx,
+        let g:zipPlugin_ext='*.aar,*.apk,*.cbz,*.celzip,*.crtx,*.docm,*.docx,
        \ *.dotm,*.dotx,*.ear,*.epub,*.gcsx,*.glox,*.gqsx,*.ja,*.jar,*.kmz,
        \ *.odb,*.odc,*.odf,*.odg,*.odi,*.odm,*.odp,*.ods,*.odt,*.otc,*.otf,
        \ *.otg,*.oth,*.oti,*.otp,*.ots,*.ott,*.oxt,*.pkpass,*.potm,*.potx,

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Mar 02
+*popup.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -44,8 +44,11 @@ A popup window can be used for such things as:
 The text in the popup window can be colored with |text-properties|.  It is
 also possible to use syntax highlighting.
 
-The default color used is "Pmenu".  If you prefer something else use the
-"highlight" argument or the 'wincolor' option, e.g.: >
+The default colors are taken from |hl-Popup| (body), |hl-PopupBorder|
+(border) and |hl-PopupTitle| (title), which all link to |hl-Pmenu| by
+default for backward compatibility.  Override them to give general popup
+windows a different look than the popup completion menu, or use the
+"highlight" argument or the 'wincolor' option for a per-popup override: >
 	hi MyPopupColor ctermbg=lightblue guibg=lightblue
 	call setwinvar(winid, '&wincolor', 'MyPopupColor')
 
@@ -254,7 +257,7 @@ popup_clear([{force}])
 		when it is the current window.  If a terminal is running in a
 		popup it is killed.
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 popup_close({id} [, {result}])				*popup_close()*
@@ -269,7 +272,7 @@ popup_close({id} [, {result}])				*popup_close()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_close()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
@@ -351,7 +354,7 @@ popup_filter_menu({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_menu()*
 		To add shortcut keys, see the example here:
 		|popup_menu-shortcut-example|
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: |vim9-boolean|
 
 
 popup_filter_yesno({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_yesno()*
@@ -363,7 +366,7 @@ popup_filter_yesno({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_yesno()*
 		keys are ignored.
 		See the example here: |popup_dialog-example|
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: |vim9-boolean|
 
 
 popup_findecho()					*popup_findecho()*
@@ -471,7 +474,7 @@ popup_hide({id})						*popup_hide()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_hide()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 popup_list()						 *popup_list()*
@@ -542,7 +545,7 @@ popup_move({id}, {options})					*popup_move()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_move(options)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 popup_notification({what}, {options})			 *popup_notification()*
@@ -624,7 +627,7 @@ popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_setoptions(options)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 popup_settext({id}, {text})				*popup_settext()*
@@ -636,7 +639,7 @@ popup_settext({id}, {text})				*popup_settext()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPopup()->popup_settext('hello')
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 popup_show({id})						*popup_show()*
@@ -712,6 +715,15 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			when "textprop" is present.
 	textpropid	Used to identify the text property when "textprop" is
 			present.  Use zero to reset.
+	clipwindow	Only used when "textprop" is set.  When TRUE the popup
+			is kept within the window containing the text
+			property: if the text property scrolls past that
+			window's top, bottom, left or right edge, the popup
+			is clipped at that edge instead of being drawn
+			outside it.  Once the text property has scrolled out
+			of the window the popup is hidden.
+			Default FALSE.
+			See |popup-clipwindow|.
 	fixed		When FALSE (the default), and:
 			 - "pos" is "botleft" or "topleft", and
 			 - the popup would be truncated at the right edge of
@@ -751,6 +763,10 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			border one line of padding is added to put the title
 			on.  You might want to add one or more spaces at the
 			start and end as padding.
+			The title uses |hl-PopupTitle| by default; if
+			"borderhighlight" is set the top border highlight is
+			used instead, and if "highlight"/'wincolor' is set
+			that is used.
 	wrap		TRUE to make the lines wrap (default TRUE).
 	drag		TRUE to allow the popup to be dragged with the mouse
 			by grabbing at the border.  Has no effect if the
@@ -799,6 +815,8 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			the highlight for the top/right/bottom/left border.
 			Example: ['TopColor', 'RightColor', 'BottomColor,
 			'LeftColor']
+			When not given and "highlight"/'wincolor' is also not
+			set, |hl-PopupBorder| is used.
 	borderchars	List with characters, defining the character to use
 			for the top/right/bottom/left border.  Optionally
 			followed by the character to use for the
@@ -949,6 +967,31 @@ If the window for which the popup was defined is closed, the popup is closed.
 If the popup cannot fit in the desired position, it may show at a nearby
 position.
 
+
+CLIP TEXTPROP POPUP TO HOST WINDOW			*popup-clipwindow*
+
+When the popup is anchored to a text property in a split window, the popup is
+by default drawn relative to the whole screen and may extend past the edges of
+the window that contains the text property (the "host window").  Setting
+"clipwindow" to TRUE keeps the popup within window's content area:
+parts of the popup that fall outside the window are clipped, and the popup is
+hidden once the text property has scrolled entirely past one of the edges.
+
+Example: a tall popup anchored above the cursor that should never spill into
+the window below the split: >
+	call popup_create(body, #{
+		\ textprop: 'marker',
+		\ textpropid: id,
+		\ pos: 'topleft',
+		\ line: -1, col: 0,
+		\ posinvert: v:false,
+		\ clipwindow: v:true,
+		\ })
+<
+With "posinvert" left at its default (TRUE) the popup may be flipped to the
+opposite side of the text property when there is no room; set it to FALSE to
+keep the requested side and rely on "clipwindow" to clip the overflow.
+
 Some hints:
 - To avoid collision with other plugins the text property type name has to be
   unique.  You can also use the "bufnr" item to make it local to a buffer.
@@ -1067,8 +1110,9 @@ The opacity value ranges from 0 to 100:
     1-99	Partially transparent - the popup background is blended with
 		the underlying text, making both partially visible.
 
-The transparency effect requires using the GUI or having 'termguicolors'
-enabled in the terminal. Without it, the opacity setting has no effect.
+The transparency effect requires using the GUI, having 'termguicolors'
+enabled, or running in a 256-color terminal.  On terminals with fewer
+than 256 colors the opacity setting has no effect.
 
 When a popup is transparent:
 - The popup's background color is blended with the background text

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Mar 04
+*quickref.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -823,6 +823,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'modeline'	  'ml'	    recognize modelines at start or end of file
 'modelineexpr'	  'mle'	    allow setting expression options from a modeline
 'modelines'	  'mls'     number of lines checked for modelines
+'modelinestrict'  'mlst'    only allow safe options in modelines
 'modifiable'	  'ma'	    changes to the text are not possible
 'modified'	  'mod'     buffer has been modified
 'more'			    pause listings when the whole screen is filled
@@ -865,6 +866,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'printoptions'	  'popt'    controls the format of :hardcopy output
 'prompt'	  'prompt'  enable prompt in Ex mode
 'pumheight'	  'ph'	    maximum height of the popup menu
+'pumopt'	  'pumopt'  additional options for the popup menu
 'pumwidth'	  'pw'	    minimum width of the popup menu
 'pythondll'		    name of the Python 2 dynamic library
 'pythonhome'		    name of the Python 2 home directory
@@ -893,6 +895,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'scrollfocus'	  'scf'     scroll wheel applies to window under pointer
 'scrolljump'	  'sj'	    minimum number of lines to scroll
 'scrolloff'	  'so'	    minimum nr. of lines above and below cursor
+'scrolloffpad'	  'sop'	    vertically center cursor at end of file
 'scrollopt'	  'sbo'     how 'scrollbind' should behave
 'sections'	  'sect'    nroff macros that separate sections
 'secure'		    secure mode for reading .vimrc in current dir
@@ -957,6 +960,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'taglength'	  'tl'	    number of significant characters for a tag
 'tagrelative'	  'tr'	    file names in tag file are relative
 'tags'		  'tag'     list of file names used by the tag command
+'tagsecure'	  'tsc'	    do not open remote files using tag commands
 'tagstack'	  'tgst'    push tags onto the tag stack
 'tcldll'		    name of the Tcl dynamic library
 'term'			    name of the terminal

runtime/doc/recover.txt

@@ -195,6 +195,10 @@ recovered file.  Or use |:DiffOrig|.
 Once you are sure the recovery is ok delete the swap file.  Otherwise, you
 will continue to get warning messages that the ".swp" file already exists.
 
+Note: Recovering swap files is best-effort.  Vim attempts to validate fields
+and skip corrupted sections, but the swap file format is intended for files
+you trust.  A crafted swap file may trigger parser bugs; such reports are
+treated as robustness issues rather than security vulnerabilities.
 
 
 ENCRYPTION AND THE SWAP FILE				*:recover-crypt*

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Mar 17
+*starting.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1573,6 +1573,24 @@ Session.  You could have several Session files, one for each project you are
 working on.  Viminfo and Session files together can be used to effectively
 enter Vim and directly start working in your desired setup. |session-file|
 
+							*viminfo-security*
+A viminfo file written by Vim is plain text and contains Vim expressions for
+|List|, |Dictionary| and |Tuple| values.  When "!" is in 'viminfo' at the time
+Vim processes the file as a viminfo file, those expressions are evaluated.
+
+The default value of 'viminfo' does not include "!", so by default no
+expression evaluation happens.
+
+Opening a viminfo file in a buffer (e.g. with |:edit|) is harmless; Vim only
+displays the file contents.  The risk is letting Vim process an untrusted file
+through the viminfo machinery, which happens when:
+- |:rviminfo| is used on the file, or
+- 'viminfofile' is set to point at it, or
+- the file is placed at the path Vim already reads as viminfo
+  |viminfo-file-name|
+
+In any of those cases, do not have "!" in 'viminfo' if you do not trust it.
+
 							*viminfo-read*
 When Vim is started and the 'viminfo' option is non-empty, the contents of
 the viminfo file are read and the info can be used in the appropriate places.

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -849,6 +849,20 @@ ADA
 See |ft-ada-syntax|
 
 
+ALGOL 68					*algol68* *ft-algol68-syntax*
+
+This syntax file currently targets the Algol 68 Genie project using the
+default UPPER stropping regime.  It should also be usuable in other
+environments using the UPPER stropping regime, though somewhat less complete.
+
+Highlighting can be further configured with the following variables.
+
+Variable			Highlight ~
+*algol68_no_preludes*		no prelude identifiers, procedures or
+				bold word operators
+*algol68_symbolic_operators*	all prelude symbolic operators
+
+
 ANT						*ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
 
 The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
@@ -2285,11 +2299,11 @@ cycles for such a feature to become either integrated into the platform or
 withdrawn from this effort.  To cater for early adopters, there is optional
 support in Vim for syntax related preview features that are implemented.  You
 can request it by specifying a list of preview feature numbers as follows: >
-	:let g:java_syntax_previews = [507]
+	:let g:java_syntax_previews = [530]
 
 The supported JEP numbers are to be drawn from this table:
 	`430`: String Templates [JDK 21]
-	`507`: Primitive types in Patterns, instanceof, and switch
+	`530`: Primitive types in Patterns, instanceof, and switch
 
 Note that as soon as the particular preview feature will have been integrated
 into the Java platform, its entry will be removed from the table and related
@@ -5978,7 +5992,14 @@ EndOfBuffer	Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
 							*hl-ErrorMsg*
 ErrorMsg	Error messages on the command line.
 							*hl-VertSplit*
-VertSplit	Column separating vertically split windows.
+VertSplit	Column separating vertically split windows that is adjacent
+		to the current window.  Drawn with the "vert" item of
+		'fillchars'.
+							*hl-VertSplitNC*
+VertSplitNC	Column separating vertically split windows where neither
+		adjacent window is the current window.  Drawn with the
+		"vert" item of 'fillchars'.
+		By default, highlighted like |hl-VertSplit|.
 							*hl-Folded*
 Folded		Line used for closed folds.
 							*hl-FoldColumn*
@@ -6056,6 +6077,18 @@ PmenuShadow	Popup menu: Used for shadow.
 ComplMatchIns	Matched text of the currently inserted completion.
 							*hl-PreInsert*
 PreInsert	Text inserted when "preinsert" is in 'completeopt'.
+							*hl-Popup*
+Popup		Popup window body, used when neither the popup's 'wincolor'
+		nor explicit "highlight" argument is set.  Linked to |hl-Pmenu|
+		by default.
+							*hl-PopupBorder*
+PopupBorder	Popup window border characters, used when "borderhighlight" is
+		not set and the popup's 'wincolor' is also not set.
+		Linked to |hl-Pmenu| by default.
+							*hl-PopupTitle*
+PopupTitle	Popup window title, used when "borderhighlight" is not set and
+		the popup's 'wincolor' is also not set.  Linked to
+		|hl-Pmenu| by default.
 							*hl-PopupSelected*
 PopupSelected	Popup window created with |popup_menu()|.  Linked to
 		|hl-PmenuSel| by default.
@@ -6094,16 +6127,22 @@ SpellRare	Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
 		hardly ever used. |spell|
 		This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
 							*hl-StatusLine*
-StatusLine	Status line of current window.
+StatusLine	Status line of current window.  The highlight at the status
+		line's edge (StatusLine, or any %#... / %N* in 'statusline')
+		also extends into the adjacent vertical separator cell when
+		the status lines are connected (no 'vert' character drawn).
 							*hl-StatusLineNC*
-StatusLineNC	status lines of not-current windows
+StatusLineNC	status lines of not-current windows.  Like |hl-StatusLine|,
+		the edge highlight also extends into the adjacent vertical
+		separator cell.
 		Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
 		the status line of the current window.
 							*hl-StatusLineTerm*
 StatusLineTerm	Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
 							*hl-StatusLineTermNC*
-StatusLineTermNC	Status lines of not-current windows that is a
-			|terminal| window.
+StatusLineTermNC
+		Status lines of not-current windows that is a |terminal|
+		window.
 							*hl-TabLine*
 TabLine		Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
 							*hl-TabLineFill*
@@ -6123,18 +6162,19 @@ Title		Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
 							*hl-TitleBar*
 TitleBar	Title bar for the active Gui's window.
 		This feature is supported only in the MS-Windows GUI.
-		See |gui-w32-title-bar| for details
+		See |gui-w32-title-bar| for details.
 		Only the `guibg` and `guifg` highlight arguments are effective.
 							*hl-TitleBarNC*
 TitleBarNC	Title bar for inactive Gui's window.
 		This feature is supported only in the MS-Windows GUI.
-		See |gui-w32-title-bar| for details
+		See |gui-w32-title-bar| for details.
 		Only the `guibg` and `guifg` highlight arguments are effective.
 							*hl-Visual*
 Visual		Visual mode selection.
 							*hl-VisualNOS*
 VisualNOS	Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
-		Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
+		Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11|, |xterm-clipboard| and
+		|wayland-selections| supports this.
 							*hl-WarningMsg*
 WarningMsg	Warning messages.
 							*hl-WildMenu*
@@ -6154,10 +6194,9 @@ Menu		Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
 		Also used for the toolbar.
 		Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
 
-		NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
-		specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
-		empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
-		set.
+		NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually specifies a fontset
+		at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is empty, and as such
+		it is tied to the current |:language| when set.
 
 							*hl-Scrollbar*
 Scrollbar	Current background and foreground of the main window's
@@ -6168,10 +6207,9 @@ Scrollbar	Current background and foreground of the main window's
 Tooltip		Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
 		Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
 
-		NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
-		specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
-		empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
-		set.
+		NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually specifies a fontset
+		at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is empty, and as such
+		it is tied to the current |:language| when set.
 
 ==============================================================================
 15. Linking groups		*:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*tabpage.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -482,6 +482,42 @@ The vertical separator character is taken from "tpl_vert" in 'fillchars'.
 You can customize the appearance of the tab page labels using the highlight
 groups: |hl-TabPanel| |hl-TabPanelSel| |hl-TabPanelFill|
 
+SCROLLING IN THE TABPANEL				*tabpanel-scroll*
+
+When the total height of the tab page list exceeds the visible screen height,
+mouse wheel events over the tabpanel area scroll the tab page list up or down.
+The scroll step follows the 'mousescroll' setting.  Wheel events inside the
+tabpanel area are consumed by the tabpanel and do not trigger
+|<ScrollWheelUp>| or |<ScrollWheelDown>| mappings.
+
+The current tab page is always brought into view: when the selected tab page
+changes (by |gt|, |gT|, |:tabnext| etc.), the panel scrolls so the current
+entry is visible.
+
+To show a vertical scrollbar indicating the current scroll position, add
+"scrollbar" to 'tabpanelopt': >
+	:set tabpanelopt+=scrollbar
+
+A one-column scrollbar is always displayed at the right edge of the tabpanel,
+regardless of the "align:" setting in 'tabpanelopt'.  Clicking on the
+scrollbar column moves the thumb to the click position, and the thumb can be
+dragged to scroll continuously.
+
+The scrollbar uses the |hl-PmenuSbar| highlight group for the track and
+|hl-PmenuThumb| for the thumb.
+
+The scroll offset is remembered across redraws.
+
+MOUSE CLICKS IN THE TABPANEL				*tabpanel-mouse*
+
+A left click on a row in the tabpanel selects the tab page that the row
+belongs to.  Unlike the tabline, a double click in the tabpanel does not open
+a new, empty tab page; it is treated the same as a single click.
+
+For finer-grained control, the 'tabpanel' value may contain |stl-%[FuncName]|
+click regions.  Clicks on those regions are dispatched to the callback
+function instead of falling through to tab page selection.
+
 ==============================================================================
 6. Setting 'guitablabel'				*setting-guitablabel*
 

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -531,6 +531,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'ml'	options.txt	/*'ml'*
 'mle'	options.txt	/*'mle'*
 'mls'	options.txt	/*'mls'*
+'mlst'	options.txt	/*'mlst'*
 'mm'	options.txt	/*'mm'*
 'mmd'	options.txt	/*'mmd'*
 'mmp'	options.txt	/*'mmp'*
@@ -539,6 +540,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'modeline'	options.txt	/*'modeline'*
 'modelineexpr'	options.txt	/*'modelineexpr'*
 'modelines'	options.txt	/*'modelines'*
+'modelinestrict'	options.txt	/*'modelinestrict'*
 'modifiable'	options.txt	/*'modifiable'*
 'modified'	options.txt	/*'modified'*
 'mopt'	options.txt	/*'mopt'*
@@ -706,9 +708,11 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'nomh'	options.txt	/*'nomh'*
 'noml'	options.txt	/*'noml'*
 'nomle'	options.txt	/*'nomle'*
+'nomlst'	options.txt	/*'nomlst'*
 'nomod'	options.txt	/*'nomod'*
 'nomodeline'	options.txt	/*'nomodeline'*
 'nomodelineexpr'	options.txt	/*'nomodelineexpr'*
+'nomodelinestrict'	options.txt	/*'nomodelinestrict'*
 'nomodifiable'	options.txt	/*'nomodifiable'*
 'nomodified'	options.txt	/*'nomodified'*
 'nomore'	options.txt	/*'nomore'*
@@ -781,6 +785,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'nota'	options.txt	/*'nota'*
 'notagbsearch'	options.txt	/*'notagbsearch'*
 'notagrelative'	options.txt	/*'notagrelative'*
+'notagsecure'	options.txt	/*'notagsecure'*
 'notagstack'	options.txt	/*'notagstack'*
 'notbi'	options.txt	/*'notbi'*
 'notbidi'	options.txt	/*'notbidi'*
@@ -799,6 +804,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'noto'	options.txt	/*'noto'*
 'notop'	options.txt	/*'notop'*
 'notr'	options.txt	/*'notr'*
+'notsc'	options.txt	/*'notsc'*
 'nottimeout'	options.txt	/*'nottimeout'*
 'nottybuiltin'	options.txt	/*'nottybuiltin'*
 'nottyfast'	options.txt	/*'nottyfast'*
@@ -891,6 +897,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'pumborder'	options.txt	/*'pumborder'*
 'pumheight'	options.txt	/*'pumheight'*
 'pummaxwidth'	options.txt	/*'pummaxwidth'*
+'pumopt'	options.txt	/*'pumopt'*
 'pumwidth'	options.txt	/*'pumwidth'*
 'pvh'	options.txt	/*'pvh'*
 'pvp'	options.txt	/*'pvp'*
@@ -948,6 +955,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'scrollfocus'	options.txt	/*'scrollfocus'*
 'scrolljump'	options.txt	/*'scrolljump'*
 'scrolloff'	options.txt	/*'scrolloff'*
+'scrolloffpad'	options.txt	/*'scrolloffpad'*
 'scrollopt'	options.txt	/*'scrollopt'*
 'scs'	options.txt	/*'scs'*
 'sect'	options.txt	/*'sect'*
@@ -1006,6 +1014,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'so'	options.txt	/*'so'*
 'softtabstop'	options.txt	/*'softtabstop'*
 'sol'	options.txt	/*'sol'*
+'sop'	options.txt	/*'sop'*
 'sourceany'	vi_diff.txt	/*'sourceany'*
 'sp'	options.txt	/*'sp'*
 'spc'	options.txt	/*'spc'*
@@ -1222,6 +1231,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'taglength'	options.txt	/*'taglength'*
 'tagrelative'	options.txt	/*'tagrelative'*
 'tags'	options.txt	/*'tags'*
+'tagsecure'	options.txt	/*'tagsecure'*
 'tagstack'	options.txt	/*'tagstack'*
 'tal'	options.txt	/*'tal'*
 'tb'	options.txt	/*'tb'*
@@ -1272,6 +1282,7 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 'tr'	options.txt	/*'tr'*
 'trz'	options.txt	/*'trz'*
 'ts'	options.txt	/*'ts'*
+'tsc'	options.txt	/*'tsc'*
 'tsl'	options.txt	/*'tsl'*
 'tsr'	options.txt	/*'tsr'*
 'tsrfu'	options.txt	/*'tsrfu'*
@@ -1555,7 +1566,6 @@ $quote	eval.txt	/*$quote*
 +vtp	various.txt	/*+vtp*
 +wayland	various.txt	/*+wayland*
 +wayland_clipboard	various.txt	/*+wayland_clipboard*
-+wayland_focus_steal	various.txt	/*+wayland_focus_steal*
 +wildignore	various.txt	/*+wildignore*
 +wildmenu	various.txt	/*+wildmenu*
 +windows	various.txt	/*+windows*
@@ -4771,6 +4781,9 @@ E1571	builtin.txt	/*E1571*
 E1572	options.txt	/*E1572*
 E1573	channel.txt	/*E1573*
 E1574	channel.txt	/*E1574*
+E1575	builtin.txt	/*E1575*
+E1576	tagsrch.txt	/*E1576*
+E1577	options.txt	/*E1577*
 E158	sign.txt	/*E158*
 E159	sign.txt	/*E159*
 E16	cmdline.txt	/*E16*
@@ -5297,6 +5310,7 @@ E645	netbeans.txt	/*E645*
 E646	netbeans.txt	/*E646*
 E647	netbeans.txt	/*E647*
 E648	netbeans.txt	/*E648*
+E649	netbeans.txt	/*E649*
 E65	pattern.txt	/*E65*
 E650	netbeans.txt	/*E650*
 E651	netbeans.txt	/*E651*
@@ -5959,6 +5973,8 @@ TextChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TextChanged*
 TextChangedI	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedI*
 TextChangedP	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedP*
 TextChangedT	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedT*
+TextPutPost	autocmd.txt	/*TextPutPost*
+TextPutPre	autocmd.txt	/*TextPutPre*
 TextYankPost	autocmd.txt	/*TextYankPost*
 Transact-SQL	ft_sql.txt	/*Transact-SQL*
 Tuple	eval.txt	/*Tuple*
@@ -6225,6 +6241,9 @@ added-win32-GUI	version5.txt	/*added-win32-GUI*
 aff-dic-format	spell.txt	/*aff-dic-format*
 after-directory	options.txt	/*after-directory*
 aleph	options.txt	/*aleph*
+algol68	syntax.txt	/*algol68*
+algol68_no_preludes	syntax.txt	/*algol68_no_preludes*
+algol68_symbolic_operators	syntax.txt	/*algol68_symbolic_operators*
 alt	intro.txt	/*alt*
 alt-input	debugger.txt	/*alt-input*
 alternate-file	editing.txt	/*alternate-file*
@@ -6341,6 +6360,7 @@ b:rust_cargo_check_benches	ft_rust.txt	/*b:rust_cargo_check_benches*
 b:rust_cargo_check_examples	ft_rust.txt	/*b:rust_cargo_check_examples*
 b:rust_cargo_check_tests	ft_rust.txt	/*b:rust_cargo_check_tests*
 b:rustfmt_autosave	ft_rust.txt	/*b:rustfmt_autosave*
+b:rustfmt_autosave_if_config_present	ft_rust.txt	/*b:rustfmt_autosave_if_config_present*
 b:tex_stylish	syntax.txt	/*b:tex_stylish*
 b:var	eval.txt	/*b:var*
 b:yaml_schema	syntax.txt	/*b:yaml_schema*
@@ -7510,6 +7530,7 @@ ft-ada-options	ft_ada.txt	/*ft-ada-options*
 ft-ada-plugin	ft_ada.txt	/*ft-ada-plugin*
 ft-ada-syntax	ft_ada.txt	/*ft-ada-syntax*
 ft-ada-variables	ft_ada.txt	/*ft-ada-variables*
+ft-algol68-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-algol68-syntax*
 ft-ant-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ant-syntax*
 ft-apache-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-apache-syntax*
 ft-arduino-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-arduino-plugin*
@@ -7961,7 +7982,6 @@ g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject*
 g:netrw_ssh_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_ssh_cmd*
 g:netrw_sshport	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_sshport*
 g:netrw_timefmt	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_timefmt*
-g:netrw_tmpfile_escape	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_tmpfile_escape*
 g:netrw_uid	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_uid*
 g:netrw_use_noswf	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_noswf*
 g:netrw_use_nt_rcp	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_use_nt_rcp*
@@ -8036,7 +8056,6 @@ g:vim_indent_cont	indent.txt	/*g:vim_indent_cont*
 g:vim_json_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:vim_json_conceal*
 g:vim_json_warnings	syntax.txt	/*g:vim_json_warnings*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
-g:vimball_mkdir	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_mkdir*
 g:vimsyn_comment_strings	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
 g:vimsyn_embed	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_embed*
 g:vimsyn_folding	syntax.txt	/*g:vimsyn_folding*
@@ -8449,8 +8468,11 @@ hl-PmenuSbar	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuSbar*
 hl-PmenuSel	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuSel*
 hl-PmenuShadow	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuShadow*
 hl-PmenuThumb	syntax.txt	/*hl-PmenuThumb*
+hl-Popup	syntax.txt	/*hl-Popup*
+hl-PopupBorder	syntax.txt	/*hl-PopupBorder*
 hl-PopupNotification	syntax.txt	/*hl-PopupNotification*
 hl-PopupSelected	syntax.txt	/*hl-PopupSelected*
+hl-PopupTitle	syntax.txt	/*hl-PopupTitle*
 hl-PreInsert	syntax.txt	/*hl-PreInsert*
 hl-Question	syntax.txt	/*hl-Question*
 hl-QuickFixLine	syntax.txt	/*hl-QuickFixLine*
@@ -8484,6 +8506,7 @@ hl-User1	syntax.txt	/*hl-User1*
 hl-User1..9	syntax.txt	/*hl-User1..9*
 hl-User9	syntax.txt	/*hl-User9*
 hl-VertSplit	syntax.txt	/*hl-VertSplit*
+hl-VertSplitNC	syntax.txt	/*hl-VertSplitNC*
 hl-Visual	syntax.txt	/*hl-Visual*
 hl-VisualNOS	syntax.txt	/*hl-VisualNOS*
 hl-WarningMsg	syntax.txt	/*hl-WarningMsg*
@@ -9777,6 +9800,7 @@ popt-option	print.txt	/*popt-option*
 popup	popup.txt	/*popup*
 popup-buffer	popup.txt	/*popup-buffer*
 popup-callback	popup.txt	/*popup-callback*
+popup-clipwindow	popup.txt	/*popup-clipwindow*
 popup-close	popup.txt	/*popup-close*
 popup-examples	popup.txt	/*popup-examples*
 popup-filter	popup.txt	/*popup-filter*
@@ -10318,6 +10342,7 @@ shm-q	options.txt	/*shm-q*
 shm-r	options.txt	/*shm-r*
 shm-s	options.txt	/*shm-s*
 shm-t	options.txt	/*shm-t*
+shm-u	options.txt	/*shm-u*
 shm-w	options.txt	/*shm-w*
 shm-x	options.txt	/*shm-x*
 short-name-changed	version4.txt	/*short-name-changed*
@@ -10544,6 +10569,7 @@ status-line	windows.txt	/*status-line*
 statusmsg-variable	eval.txt	/*statusmsg-variable*
 stl-%!	options.txt	/*stl-%!*
 stl-%@	options.txt	/*stl-%@*
+stl-%[FuncName]	options.txt	/*stl-%[FuncName]*
 stl-%{	options.txt	/*stl-%{*
 str2blob()	builtin.txt	/*str2blob()*
 str2float()	builtin.txt	/*str2float()*
@@ -10880,6 +10906,10 @@ tabpagebuflist()	builtin.txt	/*tabpagebuflist()*
 tabpagenr()	builtin.txt	/*tabpagenr()*
 tabpagewinnr()	builtin.txt	/*tabpagewinnr()*
 tabpanel	tabpage.txt	/*tabpanel*
+tabpanel-mouse	tabpage.txt	/*tabpanel-mouse*
+tabpanel-scroll	tabpage.txt	/*tabpanel-scroll*
+tabpanel_getinfo()	builtin.txt	/*tabpanel_getinfo()*
+tabpanel_scroll()	builtin.txt	/*tabpanel_scroll()*
 tag	tagsrch.txt	/*tag*
 tag-!	tagsrch.txt	/*tag-!*
 tag-binary-search	tagsrch.txt	/*tag-binary-search*
@@ -11743,6 +11773,7 @@ viminfo-r	options.txt	/*viminfo-r*
 viminfo-read	starting.txt	/*viminfo-read*
 viminfo-read-write	starting.txt	/*viminfo-read-write*
 viminfo-s	options.txt	/*viminfo-s*
+viminfo-security	starting.txt	/*viminfo-security*
 viminfo-timestamp	starting.txt	/*viminfo-timestamp*
 viminfo-write	starting.txt	/*viminfo-write*
 vimrc	starting.txt	/*vimrc*
@@ -11794,8 +11825,6 @@ waittime	channel.txt	/*waittime*
 warningmsg-variable	eval.txt	/*warningmsg-variable*
 wayland	wayland.txt	/*wayland*
 wayland-and-x11	wayland.txt	/*wayland-and-x11*
-wayland-focus-steal	wayland.txt	/*wayland-focus-steal*
-wayland-gnome	wayland.txt	/*wayland-gnome*
 wayland-gui	wayland.txt	/*wayland-gui*
 wayland-persist	wayland.txt	/*wayland-persist*
 wayland-primary-selection	wayland.txt	/*wayland-primary-selection*

runtime/doc/tagsrch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tagsrch.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*tagsrch.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -579,6 +579,10 @@ ctags).
 		have an absolute or relative path.  It may contain environment
 		variables and wildcards (although the use of wildcards is
 		doubtful).  It cannot contain a <Tab>.
+								*E1576*
+		Using a remote file via network protocol (e.g. using
+		http://remote/file.txt) is not allowed unless 'tagsecure'
+		is unset.
 {tagaddress}	The Ex command that positions the cursor on the tag.  It can
 		be any Ex command, although restrictions apply (see
 		|tag-security|).  Posix only allows line numbers and search

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Mar 12
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])		*term_dumpwrite()*
 		name: >
 			GetFilename()->term_dumpwrite(bufnr)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 term_getaltscreen({buf})				*term_getaltscreen()*
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})				*term_sendkeys()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_sendkeys(keys)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})			*term_setansicolors()*
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})			*term_setansicolors()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_setansicolors(colors)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 		{only available with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors|
 		feature}
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ term_setapi({buf}, {expr})				*term_setapi()*
 		When used as a method the base is used for {buf}: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_setapi({expr})
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 term_setkill({buf}, {how})				*term_setkill()*
@@ -888,7 +888,7 @@ term_setkill({buf}, {how})				*term_setkill()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_setkill(how)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 term_setrestore({buf}, {command})			*term_setrestore()*
@@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ term_setrestore({buf}, {command})			*term_setrestore()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_setrestore(command)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})		*term_setsize()* *E955*
@@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})		*term_setsize()* *E955*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_setsize(rows, cols)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
@@ -944,10 +944,41 @@ term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
 		   "in_io", "in_top", "in_bot", "in_name", "in_buf"
 		   "out_io", "out_name", "out_buf", "out_modifiable", "out_msg"
 		   "err_io", "err_name", "err_buf", "err_modifiable", "err_msg"
-		However, at least one of stdin, stdout or stderr must be
-		connected to the terminal.  When I/O is connected to the
-		terminal then the callback function for that part is not used.
+		On Unix:
+		stdin, stdout, and stderr are connected to a pty by default,
+		since bidirectional communication with the terminal is
+		required.  Setting "out_cb" does not switch stdout from the
+		pty to a pipe.  Only setting "err_cb" switches stderr to a
+		pipe.
+		Note: Since a pty is line-buffered and a pipe is
+		block-buffered, the order of output between stdout and stderr
+		may not be preserved.  Without "err_cb", stderr uses the same
+		pty as stdout, so the output order is preserved but stdout and
+		stderr cannot be distinguished.
 
+		On MS-Windows with |ConPTY|:
+		stdin, stdout, and stderr are always connected through pipes
+		to the pseudo console, regardless of callback settings.
+		Since stdout and stderr share the same pipe, they cannot be
+		separated by "err_cb".
+		This is because the CreatePseudoConsole() API only accepts one
+		input and one output handle, with no separate handle for
+		stderr.
+
+		Note: term_start() always uses RAW mode for its callbacks.
+		"out_cb" and "err_cb" receive the raw chunk of data as read
+		from the OS.  A single callback invocation may contain
+		multiple lines separated by NL, and (for stdout via a pty)
+		each line may have a trailing CR from the line discipline
+		(ONLCR).  If per-line handling is desired, the callback must
+		split "msg" on NL and strip the trailing CR itself.
+		Example: >
+			func Handle(ch, msg)
+			  for line in split(a:msg, "\n")
+			    echom substitute(line, '\r$', '', '')
+			  endfor
+			endfunc
+<
 		There are extra options:
 		   "term_name"	     name to use for the buffer name, instead
 				     of the command name.
@@ -1010,7 +1041,7 @@ term_wait({buf} [, {time}])					*term_wait()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetBufnr()->term_wait()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Terminal communication			 *terminal-communication*

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ test_alloc_fail({id}, {countdown}, {repeat})		*test_alloc_fail()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetAllocId()->test_alloc_fail()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 test_autochdir()					*test_autochdir()*
 		Set a flag to enable the effect of 'autochdir' before Vim
 		startup has finished.
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 test_feedinput({string})				*test_feedinput()*
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ test_feedinput({string})				*test_feedinput()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetText()->test_feedinput()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 test_garbagecollect_now()			 *test_garbagecollect_now()*
@@ -75,13 +75,13 @@ test_garbagecollect_now()			 *test_garbagecollect_now()*
 		This will not work when called from a :def function, because
 		variables on the stack will be freed.
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 test_garbagecollect_soon()			 *test_garbagecollect_soon()*
 		Set the flag to call the garbagecollector as if in the main
 		loop.  Only to be used in tests.
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 test_getvalue({name})					*test_getvalue()*
 		Get the value of an internal variable.  These values for
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ test_ignore_error({expr})			 *test_ignore_error()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetErrorText()->test_ignore_error()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 test_mswin_event({event}, {args})		*test_mswin_event()*
 		Generate a low-level MS-Windows {event} with arguments {args}
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ test_option_not_set({name})				*test_option_not_set()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetOptionName()->test_option_not_set()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 		Overrides certain parts of Vim's internal processing to be
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
 <		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetOverrideVal()-> test_override('starting')
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 test_refcount({expr})					*test_refcount()*
 		Return the reference count of {expr}.  When {expr} is of a
@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ test_setmouse({row}, {col})				*test_setmouse()*
 			call test_setmouse(4, 20)
 			call feedkeys("\<LeftMouse>", "xt")
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
@@ -472,13 +472,13 @@ test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetTime()->test_settime()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 test_srand_seed([{seed}])				*test_srand_seed()*
 		When {seed} is given this sets the seed value used by
 		`srand()`.  When omitted the test seed is removed.
 
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 test_unknown()						*test_unknown()*
 		Return a value with unknown type.  Only useful for testing.

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*textprop.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -270,6 +270,8 @@ prop_add_list({props}, [{item}, ...])			*prop_add_list()*
 <
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetProp()->prop_add_list([[1, 1, 1, 2], [1, 4, 1, 8]])
+<
+		Return type: void
 
 
 prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])		*prop_clear()*
@@ -283,7 +285,7 @@ prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])		*prop_clear()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetLnum()->prop_clear()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 prop_find({props} [, {direction}])			*prop_find()*
@@ -444,7 +446,7 @@ prop_type_add({name}, {props})		*prop_type_add()* *E969* *E970*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_add(props)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 prop_type_change({name}, {props})			*prop_type_change()*
@@ -455,7 +457,7 @@ prop_type_change({name}, {props})			*prop_type_change()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_change(props)
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*
@@ -472,7 +474,7 @@ prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*
 		Can also be used as a |method|: >
 			GetPropName()->prop_type_delete()
 <
-		Return type: |Number|
+		Return type: void
 
 
 prop_type_get({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
@@ -509,7 +511,9 @@ will move accordingly.
 
 When text is deleted and a text property no longer includes any text, it is
 deleted.  However, a text property that was defined as zero-width will remain,
-unless the whole line is deleted.
+unless the whole line is deleted.  When lines are joined by a multi-line
+substitute command, virtual text properties on the deleted lines are moved to
+the resulting joined line.
 								*E275*
 When a buffer is unloaded, all the text properties are gone.  There is no way
 to store the properties in a file.  You can only re-create them.  When a

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*todo.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -421,8 +421,6 @@ more information.
 
 Add an option to restrict 'incsearch' to not scroll the view. (Tavis Ormandy)
 
-Remove SPACE_IN_FILENAME ? It is only used for completion.
-
 When 'term' starts with "foot" then default t_TI and t_TE to the values used
 for the builtin xterm termcap.
 
@@ -2115,7 +2113,6 @@ es_ES.utf-8" gives an error and doesn't switch messages. (Dominique Pelle,
 
 When $HOME contains special characters, such as a comma, escape them when used
 in an option. (Michael Hordijk, 2009 May 5)
-Turn "esc" argument of expand_env_esc() into string of chars to be escaped.
 
 Should make 'ignorecase' global-local, so that it makes sense setting it from
 a modeline.

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 11
 
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL	by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -509,6 +509,16 @@ To highlight in visual mode, use: >
 To disable the effect of the plugin after it has been loaded: >
 	au! hlyank
 
+Additionally, the plugin can also highlight regions that are put using the
+|TextPutPost| autocommand.  This is by default disabled and can be enabled
+using: >
+	:let g:hlput_enable = v:true
+<
+The following configuration variables can be used are "g:hlput_hlgroup" and
+"g:hlput_duration", which have the same effect as their yank counterparts: >
+	:let g:hlput_hlgroup = 'IncSearch'
+	:let g:hlput_duration = 300
+
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Adding the osc52 package		*osc52-install* *package-osc52*
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

runtime/doc/usr_30.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_30.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*usr_30.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 15
 
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL	by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -531,9 +531,9 @@ they do when using only tab characters.
   Vim 5.4 introduced the 'softtabstop' option.  On top of the (hard) tab stops
 used to display the horizontal tab characters in the text, Vim adds extra
 soft tab stops dedicated only to the cursor.  When 'softtabstop' is set to a
-positive value, and the <Tab> key will push the cursor to the next soft tab
+positive value, the <Tab> key will push the cursor to the next soft tab
 stop.  Vim will insert the correct combination of tab characters and spaces to
-make the effect visually.  Likewise pressing <BS> will have the cursor try to
+achieve this effect.  Likewise pressing <BS> will have the cursor try to
 reach the nearest soft tab stop.  The following example uses
 `:set softtabstop=4`
 

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 16
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 28
 
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL	by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1081,6 +1081,8 @@ Buffers, windows and the argument list:
 	tabpagebuflist()	return List of buffers in a tab page
 	tabpagenr()		get the number of a tab page
 	tabpagewinnr()		like winnr() for a specified tab page
+	tabpanel_getinfo()	get current state of the tabpanel
+	tabpanel_scroll()	scroll the tabpanel
 	winnr()			get the window number for the current window
 	bufwinid()		get the window ID of a specific buffer
 	bufwinnr()		get the window number of a specific buffer

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*various.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -60,10 +60,9 @@ ga			Print the ascii value of the character under the
 			but printable according to the 'isprint' option, the
 			non-printable version is also given.
 
-			When the character is larger than 127, the <M-x> form
-			is also printed.  For example:
-				<~A>  <M-^A>  129,  Hex 81,  Octal 201 ~
-				<p>  <|~>  <M-~>  254,  Hex fe,  Octal 376 ~
+			When the character is larger than 127:
+				<<81>>  129,  Hex 0081,  Octal 201 ~
+				 <p>    254,  Hex 00fe,  Octal 376 ~
 			(where <p> is a special character)
 
 			The <Nul> character in a file is stored internally as
@@ -185,6 +184,9 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			If the mark is "=", a line of dashes is printed
 			around the current line.
 
+			If the 'number' option is set, absolute line numbers
+			will be included in the output.
+
 							*:z!*
 :[range]z![+-^.=][count]
 			Like ":z", but when [count] is not specified, it
@@ -529,9 +531,6 @@ T  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
    *+vtp*		on MS-Windows console: support for 'termguicolors'
 N  *+wayland*		Unix only: support for the Wayland protocol.
 N  *+wayland_clipboard*	Unix only: support for Wayland selections/clipboard.
-N  *+wayland_focus_steal*
-			Unix only: support for Wayland clipboard on
-			compositors without a data control protocol
 T  *+wildignore*	'wildignore'  Always enabled since 9.0.0278
 T  *+wildmenu*		'wildmenu'  Always enabled since 9.0.0279
 T  *+windows*		more than one window; Always enabled since 8.0.1118.

runtime/doc/version9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version9.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Mar 18
+*version9.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -41880,6 +41880,9 @@ Highlighting: ~
 |hl-PmenuMatchSel|	Popup menu: highlighting of matched text in selected
 			line
 |hl-PmenuShadow|	Popup menu: highlighting of the popup shadow
+|hl-Popup|		Popup window: body, default link |hl-Pmenu|
+|hl-PopupBorder|	Popup window: border characters, default link |hl-Pmenu|
+|hl-PopupTitle|		Popup window: title, default link |hl-Pmenu|
 |hl-PreInsert|		highlighting for completion preinserted text
 |hl-TabPanel|		|tabpanel|: not active tab page label
 |hl-TabPanelFill|	|tabpanel|: filler space
@@ -41954,7 +41957,7 @@ Vim Arguments: ~
 
 Configure Switches: ~
 --with-wayland			Enable the |wayland| feature.
---enable-wayland-focus-steal	Enable the |wayland-focus-steal| feature.
+--enable-wayland-focus-steal	Enable the wayland-focus-steal feature.
 --enable-socketserver		Enable the |socketserver-clientserver|
 				feature.
 
@@ -52587,6 +52590,8 @@ Popups ~
 - Support for transparency, see |popup-opacity|.
 - 'previewpopup' supports the same values as 'completepopup' (except for
   "align").
+- Support "opacity" setting for 'completepopup' option.
+- Support for clipping textproperty popups |popup-clipwindow|.
 
 Diff mode ~
 ---------
@@ -52595,7 +52600,7 @@ between them is small (5 bytes or less) and contains only non-word characters.
 This prevents fragmented highlighting when only whitespace or punctuation
 separates changes.
 
-Restricted mode~
+Restricted mode ~
 ---------------
 Using external diff mode or setting environment variables is no longer allowed
 when Vim is running in |restricted-mode|.
@@ -52609,11 +52614,53 @@ Other ~
 - Support for "dap" channel mode for the |debug-adapter-protocol|.
 - |status-line| can use several lines, see 'statuslineopt'.
 - New "leadtab" value for the 'listchars' setting.
+- Improved |:set+=|, |:set^=| and |:set-=| handling of comma-separated "key:value"
+  pairs individually (e.g. 'listchars', 'fillchars', 'diffopt').
+- |system()| and |systemlist()| functions accept a list as first argument,
+  bypassing the shell completely.
+- Allow mouse clickable regions in the 'statusline', 'tabline' and the
+  'tabpanel' using the |stl-%[FuncName]| atom.
+- Enable reflow support in the |:terminal|.
+- Enabled scrolling for the tabpanel when the tab page list exceeds the screen
+  height.  Also added the "scrollbar" sub-option to 'tabpanelopt'.
+- Added the "noinsert" value to the 'wildmode' option for symmetry with the
+  'completeopt' option
+- Channel can handle |Blob| messages |channel-open-options|.
+- Added the "u" flag to 'shortmess' to silence undo/redo messages: |shm-u|
+- |:command-completion-customlist| can return a list of dictionaries with
+  kind/menu/info/abbr for the popup menu.
+- |C-indenting| detects comments better.
+- The |package-hlyank| can now optionally highlight the last put region as
+  well.
+- New argument handling for user commands |:command-nargs| using the "-nars=_"
+  attribute to handle completion of single arguments with spaces as expected.
+
+Platform specific ~
+-----------------
+- support OpenType font features in 'guifont' for DirectWrite (Win32)
+- Include strptime() fallback for MS-Windows
+
+xxd ~
+---
+Add "-t" option to append a terminating NUL byte to C include output (-i).
 
 							*changed-9.3*
-Changed~
+Changed ~
 -------
 - Support for NeXTStep was dropped with patch v9.2.0122
+- |json_decode()| is stricter: keywords must be lowercase, lone surrogates are
+  now invalid
+- |js_decode()| rejects lone surrogates
+- virtual text properties on lines deleted by a multi-line substitute
+  are moved to the resulting joined line instead of being dropped.
+- Only a few whitelisted options are allowed to be set by a modeline to
+  improve overall security, see for details: 'modelinestrict'
+- Removed the Wayland focus steal feature 'wlsteal', since it causes too many
+  issues and can now be re-implemted using the |clipboard-providers| feature
+  if needed, see |wayland-primary-selection| for an example.
+- On Unix, filename completion for single-file Ex commands now treats embedded
+  whitespace as part of the filename, like on other platforms.
+
 
 							*added-9.3*
 Added ~
@@ -52623,21 +52670,36 @@ Various syntax, indent and other plugins were added.
 Functions: ~
 
 |ch_listen()|		listen on {address}
+|tabpanel_getinfo()|	get current state of the |tabpanel|
+|tabpanel_scroll()|	scroll the |tabpanel|
 
 Autocommands: ~
 
 |SessionLoadPre|	before loading a |Session| file
+|TextPutPost|		after putting text
+|TextPutPre|		before putting text
 
 Options: ~
 
+'modelinestrict'	Only allow safe options to be set from a modeline.
+'pumopt'		Additional options for the popup menu.
+'scrolloffpad'		Vertically center cursor at end of file.
 'statuslineopt'		Extra window-local options for the 'statusline', to
 			configure the height.
 't_BS'			Begin synchronized update.
 't_ES'			End synchronized update.
+'tagsecure'		Do not open remote files using tag commands
 'termresize'		Method for handling terminal resize events.
 'termsync'		Enable support for terminal DEC 2026 sync mode.
 'winhighlight'		Window-local highlight group mappings.
 
+Highlighting: ~
+
+|hl-VertSplitNC|	Column separator of non-current window.
+|hl-Popup|		Popup window body.
+|hl-PopupBorder|	Popup window border.
+|hl-PopupTitle|		Popup window title.
+
 ==============================================================================
 PATCHES						*patches-9.3* *bug-fixes-9.3*
 						*patches-after-9.2*

runtime/doc/vim-it.1

@@ -36,8 +36,9 @@ Pu
 Particolarmente utile per editare programmi.
 .PP
 Ci sono parecchi miglioramenti rispetto a Vi: undo multipli, finestre e buffer
-multipli, evidenziazione sintattica, possibilità di modificare la riga di comando,
-completamento nomi file, help in linea, selezione testi in Modo Visual, etc..
+multipli, evidenziazione sintattica, possibilità di modificare la riga di
+comando, completamento nomi file, help online, selezione testi in Modo
+Visual, etc.
 Vedere ":help vi_diff.txt" per un sommario delle differenze fra
 .B Vim
 e Vi.
@@ -67,9 +68,10 @@ essere usata per scegliere uno o pi
 nome_file ..
 Una lista di nomi di file.
 Il primo di questi sarà il file corrente, e verrà letto nel buffer.
-Il cursore sarà posizionato sulla prima linea del buffer.
+Il cursore sarà posizionato sulla prima riga del buffer.
 Si può arrivare agli altri file col comando ":next".
-Per editare un file il cui nome inizia per "\-" premettete "\-\-" alla lista_file.
+Per editare un file il cui nome inizia per "\-" premettete "\-\-" alla
+lista_file.
 .TP
 \-
 Il file da editare è letto dallo stdin.
@@ -77,7 +79,7 @@ I comandi sono letti da stderr, che dovrebbe essere un terminale [tty].
 .TP
 \-t {tag}
 Il file da editare e la posizione iniziale del cursore dipendono da "tag",
-una specie di "etichetta" a cui saltare.
+una "etichetta" a cui saltare.
 {tag} viene cercata nel file "tags", e il file a essa associato diventa
 quello corrente, e il comando a essa associato viene eseguito.
 Di solito si usa per programmi C, nel qual caso {tag} potrebbe essere un
@@ -87,7 +89,7 @@ e il cursore
 Vedere ":help tag\-commands".
 .TP
 \-q [file_errori]
-Inizia in Modo QuickFix [correzione veloce].
+Iniziare in Modo QuickFix [correzione veloce].
 Il file [file_errori] è letto e il primo errore è visualizzato.
 Se [file_errori] non è indicato, il suo nome è ottenuto dal valore
 dell'opzione 'errorfile' (che, se non specificata, vale "AztecC.Err"
@@ -97,28 +99,28 @@ Vedere ":help quickfix".
 .PP
 .B Vim
 si comporta in modo diverso se invocato con nomi differenti (il programma
-eseguibile "soggiacente" può essere sempre lo stesso).
+eseguibile "sottostante" può essere sempre lo stesso).
 .TP 10
 vim
-Modo Normal, comportamento predefinito.
+Iniziare in Modo Normal, comportamento predefinito.
 .TP
 ex
-Inizia in Modo "Ex".
+Iniziare in Modo "Ex".
 Si può passare in Modo Normal col comando ":vi".
 Si può invocare il Modo "Ex" anche con l'argomento "\-e".
 .TP
 view
-Inizia in Modo Read-only (Sola Lettura).  Non si possono modificare i file.
+Iniziare in Modo Read-only (sola-lettura).  Non si possono modificare i file.
 Si può invocare il Modo Read-only anche con l'argomento "\-R".
 .TP
 gvim gview
-La versione GUI [Graphical User Interface].
-Apre una nuova finestra.
+Usare la versione GUI [Graphical User Interface].
+Viene aperta una nuova finestra.
 Si può invocare il Modo GUI anche con l'argomento "\-g".
 .TP
 evim eview
-La versione GUI in Modo Easy (semplificata).
-Apre una nuova finestra.
+Usare la versione GUI in Modo Easy (semplificato).
+Viene aperta una nuova finestra.
 Si può invocare il Modo Easy anche con l'argomento "\-y".
 .TP
 rvim rview rgvim rgview
@@ -128,21 +130,21 @@ della shell o sospendere
 Si può chiedere la stessa cosa anche con l'argomento "\-Z".
 .SH OPZIONI
 Le opzioni possono essere in un ordine qualsiasi, prima o dopo i nomi di file.
-Opzioni che non hanno un argomento si possono specificare dietro a un solo "\-".
+Opzioni che non hanno un argomento si possono specificare insieme dietro a un
+solo "\-".
 .TP 12
 +[numero]
-Nel primo file il cursore sarà posizionato sulla linea "numero".
-Se "numero" manca, il cursore sarà posizionato sull'ultima linea del file.
+Nel primo file, posizionare il cursore sulla riga numero "numero".
+Se "numero" manca, il cursore sarà posizionato sull'ultima riga del file.
 .TP
 +/{espressione}
-Nel primo file il cursore sarà posizionato alla
-prima occorrenza di {espressione}.
+Nel primo file posizionare il cursore alla prima occorrenza di {espressione}.
 Vedere ":help search\-pattern" per come specificare l'espressione.
 .TP
 +{comando}
 .TP
 \-c {comando}
-{comando} sarà eseguito dopo che il primo file è stato letto.
+Eseguire {comando} dopo che il primo file è stato letto.
 {comando} è interpretato come un comando Ex.
 Se il {comando} contiene spazi deve essere incluso fra doppi apici
 (o altro delimitatore, a seconda della shell che si sta usando).
@@ -154,7 +156,7 @@ Note: Si possono avere fino a 10 comandi "+" o "\-c".
 Se
 .B Vim
 è stato compilato con supporto ARABIC per editare file con orientamento
-destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura araba, quest'opzione inizia
+destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura araba, quest'opzione fa iniziare
 .B Vim
 in Modo Arabic, cioè impostando 'arabic'.
 Altrimenti viene dato un messaggio di errore e
@@ -162,32 +164,32 @@ Altrimenti viene dato un messaggio di errore e
 termina in modo anormale.
 .TP
 \-b
-Modo Binary (binario).
-Vengono impostate alcune opzioni che permettono di modificare un file
-binario o un file che contiene un programma eseguibile.
+Eseguire Vim in Modo Binary (binario).
+Vengono impostate alcune opzioni che permettono di modificare un file binario
+o un file che contiene un programma eseguibile.
 .TP
 \-C
-Compatibile.  Imposta l'opzione 'compatible'.
+Compatibile.  Impostare l'opzione 'compatible'.
 In questo modo
 .B Vim
 ha quasi lo stesso comportamento di Vi, anche in presenza di un file .vimrc.
 .TP
 \-d
-Inizia in Modo Diff [differenze].
-Dovrebbero esserci come argomenti da due o otto nomi di file.
+Iniziare in Modo Diff [differenze].
+Dovrebbero esserci come argomenti da due fino a otto nomi di file.
 .B Vim
 aprirà tutti i file evidenziando le differenze fra gli stessi.
 Funziona come vimdiff(1).
 .TP
 \-d {dispositivo}, \-dev {dispositivo}
-Apre {dispositivo} per usarlo come terminale.
+Aprire {dispositivo} per usarlo come terminale.
 Solo per l'Amiga.
 Esempio:
 "\-d con:20/30/600/150".
 .TP
 \-D
-Debugging.  Vim si mette in Modo "debugging" a partire
-dall'esecuzione del primo comando da uno script.
+Debugging.  Entrare in Modo "debugging" a partire dall'esecuzione del primo
+comando di uno script.
 .TP
 \-e
 Eseguire
@@ -202,15 +204,15 @@ in Modo Ex migliorato, come se il programma eseguito sia "exim".
 \-f
 Direttamente [Foreground].  Per la versione GUI,
 .B Vim
-non crea [fork] una nuova finestra, indipendente dalla shell di invocazione.
-Per l'Amiga,
+non creare [fork] una nuova finestra, indipendente dalla shell di invocazione.
+Per l'Amiga, non fa ripartire
 .B Vim
-non è fatto ripartire per aprire una nuova finestra.
+per aprire una nuova finestra.
 Opzione da usare quando
 .B Vim
-è eseguito da un programma che attende la fine della
-sessione di edit (p.es., mail).
-Sull'Amiga i comandi ":sh" e ":!" non sono disponibili.
+è eseguito da un programma che attende la fine della sessione di edit (p.es.,
+mail).
+In ambiente Amiga, i comandi ":sh" e ":!" non sono disponibili.
 .TP
 \-F
 Se
@@ -229,7 +231,8 @@ Nota: Il supporto Farsi
 Se
 .B Vim
 è stato compilato con supporto GUI, quest'opzione chiede di usarla.
-Se Vim è stato compilato senza supporto GUI viene dato un messaggio di errore e
+Se Vim è stato compilato senza supporto GUI viene dato un messaggio di
+errore e
 .B Vim
 termina in modo anormale.
 .TP
@@ -246,145 +249,148 @@ termina in modo anormale.
 .TP
 \-i {viminfo}
 Se è abilitato l'uso di un file viminfo, quest'opzione indica il nome
-del file da usare invece di quello predefinito "~/.viminfo".
+del file da usare invece del file predefinito "~/.viminfo".
 Si può anche evitare l'uso di un file .viminfo, dando come nome
 "NONE".
 .TP
 \-l
-Modo Lisp.
-Imposta le opzioni 'lisp' e 'showmatch'.
+Eseguire Vim in Modo Lisp.
+Vengono impostate le opzioni 'lisp' e 'showmatch'.
 .TP
 \-L
 Equivalente a \-r.
 .TP
 \-m
-Inibisce modifica file.
-Inibisce l'opzione 'write'.
+Inibire modifica file.
+Viene inibita l'opzione 'write'.
 È ancora possibile modificare un buffer, ma non riscriverlo.
 .TP
 \-M
 Modifiche non permesse.  Le opzioni 'modifiable' e 'write' sono annullate,
-in modo da impedire sia modifiche che riscritture.  Da notare che queste
-opzioni possono essere abilitate in seguito, permettendo così modifiche.
+in modo da impedire sia modifiche che riscritture.  Si noti che queste opzioni
+possono essere cambiate in seguito, per consentire modifiche.
 .TP
 \-n
-Inibisce l'uso di un file di swap.
-Il recupero dopo una caduta di macchina sarà impossibile.
+Inibire l'uso di un file di swap.
+Ripristinare il file in caso di fine anormale sarà impossibile.
 Utile per editare un file su un supporto molto lento (p.es., floppy).
 Il comando ":set uc=0" ha lo stesso effetto.
-Per abilitare il recupero usare ":set uc=200".
+Per abilitare il ripristino usare ":set uc=200".
 .TP
 \-N
-Modo "Non-compatibile".  Annulla l'opzione 'compatible'.
+Eseguire Vim in Modo "Non-compatibile".  Annulla l'opzione 'compatible'.
 Così
 .B Vim
-si comporta un po' meglio, ma è meno compatibile con Vi, anche in assenza di un
-file .vimrc.
+si comporta un po' meglio, ma è meno compatibile con Vi, anche in assenza di
+un file .vimrc.
 .TP
 \-nb
-Diviene un Editor server per NetBeans.  Vedere la documentazione per dettagli.
+Fare di Vim un Editor server per NetBeans.  Vedere la documentazione per
+dettagli.
 .TP
 \-o[N]
-Apre N finestre in orizzontale.
-Se N manca, apre una finestra per ciascun file.
+Aprire N finestre in orizzontale.
+Se N manca, aprire una finestra per ciascun file.
 .TP
 \-O[N]
-Apre N finestre, in verticale.
-Se N manca, apre una finestra per ciascun file.
+Aprire N finestre, in verticale.
+Se N manca, aprire una finestra per ciascun file.
 .TP
 \-p[N]
-Apre N pagine di linguette.
-Quando N è omesso, apre una pagine di linguette per ciascun file.
+Aprire N pagine di schede.
+Quando N è omesso, aprire una pagine di schede per ciascun file.
 .TP
 \-P {titolo-padre}
-Solo per GUI Win32: Specifica il titolo dell'applicazione-padre.  Se possibile,
-Vim viene eseguito in una finestra MDI (Multiple-Document Interface).
-{titolo-padre} deve apparire nel titolo della applicazione-padre.  Accertatevi
+Solo per GUI Win32: Specificare il titolo dell'applicazione-padre.  Se
+possibile, Vim viene eseguito in una finestra MDI
+(Multiple-Document Interface).
+{titolo-padre} deve apparire nel titolo dell'applicazione-padre.  Accertarsi
 che sia sufficientemente esplicativo.  Notare che l'implementazione è ancora
 rudimentale.  Non funziona per tutte le applicazioni, e il menù non funziona.
 .TP
 \-r
-Lista file di swap, e informazioni su come usarli per ripristinare file.
+Listare file di swap, con informazioni su come usarli per ripristinare file.
 .TP
 \-r {file}
-Modo Recovery (ripristino).
+Eseguire Vim in Modo Recovery (ripristino).
 Il file di swap è usato per recuperare una sessione di edit finita male.
-Il file di swap è un file con lo stesso nome file del file di testo
-editato, col suffisso ".swp".
+Il file di swap è un file con lo stesso nome file del file di testo editato,
+col prefisso "." e col suffisso ".swp".
 Vedere ":help recovery".
 .TP
 \-R
-Modo Read-only (Sola Lettura).
-Imposta l'opzione 'readonly'.
-Si può ancora modificare il buffer, ma il file è protetto da una riscrittura
-involontaria.
-Se si vuole davvero riscrivere il file, occorre aggiungere un punto esclamativo
-al comando Ex, come in ":w!".
+Eseguire Vim in Modo Read-only (Sola Lettura).
+Viene impostata l'opzione 'readonly'.
+È ancora possibile modificare il buffer, ma il file è protetto da una
+riscrittura involontaria.
+Se si vuole davvero riscrivere il file, occorre aggiungere un punto
+esclamativo al comando Ex, come in ":w!".
 L'opzione \-R implica anche l'opzione \-n (vedere sopra).
 L'opzione 'readonly' può essere annullata con ":set noro".
 Vedere ":help 'readonly'".
 .TP
 \-s
-Modo silenzioso.  Solo quando invocato come "Ex" o quando l'opzione
-"\-e" è stata data prima dell'opzione "\-s".
+Eseguire Vim in Modo silenzioso.  Solo quando invocato come "Ex" o quando
+l'opzione "\-e" è stata specificata prima dell'opzione "\-s".
 .TP
 \-s {script_in_input}
-Lo script file {script_in_input} è letto.
+Eseguire lo script file {script_in_input}.
 I caratteri nel file sono interpretati come se immessi da terminale.
 Lo stesso risultato si può ottenere col comando ":source! {script_in_input}".
 Se la fine del file di input viene raggiunta prima che Vim termini,
 l'ulteriore input verrà preso dalla tastiera.
 .TP
 \-S {file}
-I comandi contenuti in {file} sono eseguiti dopo la lettura del primo file.
+Eseguire i comandi contenuti in {file} dopo la lettura del primo file.
 Equivalente a \-c "source {file}".
 {file} non può avere un nome che inizia per '\-'.
 Se {file} è omesso si usa "Session.vim" (funziona solo se \-S è l'ultimo
 argomento specificato).
 .TP
 \-T {terminale}
-Dice a
+Specificare a
 .B Vim
-quale tipo di terminale state usando.
+il tipo di terminale che si sta usando.
 Utile solo se il terminale non viene riconosciuto correttamente da Vim.
 Dovrebbe essere un terminale noto a
 .B Vim
 (predefinito) o definito nei file termcap o terminfo.
 .TP
 \-u {vimrc}
-Usa i comandi nel file {vimrc} per inizializzazioni.
+Usare i comandi nel file {vimrc} per inizializzazioni.
 Tutte le altre inizializzazioni non sono eseguite.
 Usare quest'opzione per editare qualche file di tipo speciale.
 Si possono anche omettere tutte le inizializzazioni dando come nome "NONE".
 Vedere ":help initialization" da vim per ulteriori dettagli.
 .TP
 \-U {gvimrc}
-Usa i comandi nel file {gvimrc} per inizializzazioni GUI.
+Usare i comandi nel file {gvimrc} per inizializzare la GUI.
 Tutte le altre inizializzazioni GUI non sono eseguite.
-Si possono anche omettere tutte le inizializzazioni GUI dando come nome "NONE".
+Si possono anche omettere tutte le inizializzazioni GUI dando come nome
+"NONE".
 Vedere ":help gui\-init" da vim per ulteriori dettagli.
 .TP
 \-v
-Inizia
+Iniziare
 .B Vim
 in Modo Vi, come se il programma eseguibile fosse "vi".  Questo ha
 effetto solo quando Vim viene invocato con il nome "ex".
 .TP
 \-V[N]
-Verboso.  Vim manda messaggi relativi ai file di script che esegue
-e quando legge o scrive un file viminfo.  Il numero opzionale N è il valore
-dell'opzione 'verbose'.  Il valore predefinito è 10.
+Verboso.  Fare inviare a Vim messaggi relativi ai file di script eseguiti
+e alla lettura/scrittura di un file viminfo.  Il numero opzionale N è il
+valore dell'opzione 'verbose'.  Il valore predefinito è 10.
 .TP
 \-V[N]{nome_file}
-Come \-V  imposta 'verbosefile' a {nome_file}.  Il risultato è che i messaggi
-non sono visualizzati, ma scritti sul file {nome_file}.  Il {nome_file} non
-deve iniziare con un numero.
+Come \-V, e si imposta 'verbosefile' a {nome_file}.  Il risultato è che i
+messaggi non sono visualizzati, ma scritti sul file {nome_file}.  Il
+{nome_file} non deve iniziare con un numero.
 .TP
 \-w{numero}
-Imposta l'opzione 'window' a {numero}.
+Impostare l'opzione 'window' a {numero}.
 .TP
 \-w {script_file}
-Ogni carattere immesso viene registrato nel file {script_file},
+Registrare ogni carattere immesso nel file {script_file},
 finché non si esce da
 .B Vim.
 Utile se si vuole creare uno script file da usare con "vim \-s" o
@@ -402,7 +408,7 @@ nella scrittura dei file.  Verr
 .TP
 \-X
 Non connettersi al server X.  Vim parte più rapidamente,
-ma il titolo della finestra e la clipboard non sono usati.
+ma il titolo della finestra e gli appunti non sono disponibili.
 .TP
 \-Y
 Non connettersi al compositore Wayland.
@@ -410,17 +416,19 @@ Non connettersi al compositore Wayland.
 \-y
 Eseguire
 .B Vim
-in Modo Easy (semplificato), come se l'eseguibile invocato sia "evim" o "eview".
+in Modo Easy (semplificato), come se l'eseguibile invocato sia "evim" o
+"eview".
 Fa sì che
 .B Vim
 si comporti come un editor che usa solo il mouse e i caratteri.
 .TP
 \-Z
-Modo ristretto.  Vim si comporta come se invocato con un nome che inizia per "r".
+Eseguire Vim in Modo ristretto.  Vim si comporta come se invocato con un nome
+che inizia per "r".
 .TP
 \-\-
-Specifica la fine delle opzioni.
-Argomenti specificati dopo questo sono considerati nomi file.
+In questo modo si specifica la fine delle opzioni.
+Argomenti aggiunti dopo questo sono considerati nomi file.
 Si può usare per editare un file il cui nome inizi per '-'.
 .TP
 \-\-clean
@@ -428,40 +436,43 @@ Richiede di non usare alcun file di personalizzazione (vimrc, plugin, etc.).
 Utile per verificare se un problema persiste invocando Vim "originale".
 .TP
 \-\-cmd {comando}
-Come "\-c", ma il comando è eseguito subito PRIMA
-di eseguire qualsiasi file vimrc.
-Si possono usare fino a 10 di questi comandi, indipendentemente dai comandi "\-c".
+Come "\-c", ma eseguire il comando subito PRIMA di eseguire qualsiasi file
+vimrc.
+Si possono usare fino a 10 di questi comandi, indipendentemente dai comandi
+"\-c".
 .TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
-Solo per GUI GTK: Visualizza ID di Window su stdout.
+Solo per GUI GTK: Visualizzare ID di Window su stdout.
 .TP
 \-\-gui-dialog-file {nome}
 Quando si usa la GUI, invece di visualizzare un dialogo, il titolo e il
 messaggio del dialogo sono scritti sul file {nome}.  Il file viene creato o,
 se già esistente, viene esteso.  Quest'opzione serve solo in fase di test,
-per evitare di restare bloccati da un dialogo che non si riesce a visualizzare.
+per evitare di restare bloccati da un dialogo che non si riesce a
+visualizzare.
 Se si sta lavorando senza la GUI l'argomento viene ignorato.
 .TP
 \-\-help, \-h, \-?
-Un po' di aiuto su opzioni e argomenti che si possono dare invocando Vim.
+Visualizzare opzioni e argomenti che si possono specificare invocando Vim.
 Subito dopo
 .B Vim
 esce.
 .TP
 \-\-literal
-Considera i nomi passati come argomenti letterali, senza espandere metacaratteri.
+Considerare i nomi passati come argomenti letterali, senza espandere
+metacaratteri.
 Non ha effetto in Unix, dove la shell espande comunque i metacaratteri.
 .TP
 \-\-log {nome_file}
 Se
 .B Vim
-è stato compilato con le funzionalità eval e channel, inizia a registrare
-e scrive le registrazioni a {nome_file}.  Ciò equivale a chiamare
+è stato compilato con le funzionalità eval e channel, iniziare a registrare
+e scrivere le registrazioni a {nome_file}.  Ciò equivale a chiamare
 .I ch_logfile({nome_file}, 'ao')
 in una fase molto iniziale dell'avvio del programma.
 .TP
 \-\-nofork
-Direttamente [Foreground].  Per la versione GUI,
+Eseguire Vim irettamente [Foreground].  Per la versione GUI,
 .B Vim
 non crea [fork] una nuova finestra, indipendente dalla shell di invocazione.
 .TP
@@ -471,17 +482,19 @@ Non caricare plugin.  Implicito se si specifica \-u NONE.
 \-\-not\-a\-term
 Da usare per specificare a
 .B Vim
-che l'utente è consapevole che l'input e l'output non avvengono con un terminale
-vero e proprio.  Ciò serve per evitare il messaggio di avvertimento e il ritardo
-di due secondi che avverrebbero in assenza di questo argomento.
+che l'utente è consapevole che l'input e l'output non avvengono con un
+terminale vero e proprio.  Ciò serve per evitare il messaggio di avvertimento
+e il ritardo di due secondi, ossia il comportamento previsto in assenza di
+questo argomento.
 .TP
 \-\-remote
-Connettersi a un server Vim e chiedere di editare i file elencati come altri
-argomenti.  Se non si trova un server viene dato un messaggio e i file sono
-editati nel Vim corrente.
+Connettersi a un server Vim a cui chiedere di editare i file elencati come
+altri argomenti.  Se non si trova un server viene dato un messaggio e i file
+sono editati nel Vim corrente.
 .TP
-\-\-remote\-expr {expr}
-Connettersi a un server Vim, valutare {expr} e stampare il risultato su stdout.
+\-\-remote\-expr {espressione}
+Connettersi a un server Vim, valutare {espressione} e stampare il risultato su
+stdout.
 .TP
 \-\-remote\-send {chiavi}
 Connettersi a un server Vim e spedirgli {chiavi}.
@@ -490,16 +503,16 @@ Connettersi a un server Vim e spedirgli {chiavi}.
 Come \-\-remote, ma senza avvisare se non si trova un server.
 .TP
 \-\-remote-wait
-Come \-\-remote, ma Vim non termina finché i file non sono stati editati.
+Come \-\-remote, ma non terminare Vim finché i file non sono stati editati.
 .TP
 \-\-remote\-wait\-silent
 Come \-\-remote\-wait, ma senza avvisare se non si trova un server.
 .TP
 \-\-serverlist
-Elenca i nomi di tutti i server Vim disponibili.
+Elencare i nomi di tutti i server Vim disponibili.
 .TP
 \-\-servername {nome}
-Usa {nome} come nome del server usato per il Vim corrente, a meno che sia
+Usare {nome} come nome del server usato per il Vim corrente, a meno che sia
 usato con l'argomento \-\-remote, nel qual caso indica il server a cui
 connettersi.
 Quando si sta usando il server a socket [socketserver backend], se il nome
@@ -512,19 +525,20 @@ rispettivamente, o "socket" o "x11".  Disponibile solo se Vim
 compilato con le due funzionalità socketserver e X11.
 .TP
 \-\-socketid {id}
-Solo per GUI GTK: Usa meccanismo GtkPlug per eseguire gVim in un'altra finestra.
+Solo per GUI GTK: Usare meccanismo GtkPlug per eseguire gVim in un'altra
+finestra.
 .TP
 \-\-startuptime {nome_file}
-Durante la fase iniziale, scrive messaggi di log al file {nome_file}.
+Durante la fase iniziale, scrivere messaggi di log al file {nome_file}.
 .TP
 \-\-ttyfail
-Quando stdin o stdout non sono un terminale (tty) esce subito da Vim.
+Quando stdin o stdout non sono un terminale (tty) uscire subito da Vim.
 .TP
 \-\-version
-Stampa la versione di Vim ed esce.
+Stampare la versione di Vim e uscire.
 .TP
 \-\-windowid {id}
-Solo per GUI Win32: Chiede a gVim di provare a user l'ID di window {id}
+Solo per GUI Win32: Chiedere a gVim di provare a user l'ID di window {id}
 come padre, in modo da venir eseguito all'interno della finestra specificata.
 .SH AIUTO ONLINE
 Battere ":help" in
@@ -532,10 +546,11 @@ Battere ":help" in
 per iniziare.
 Battere ":help argomento" per ricevere aiuto su uno specifico argomento.
 Per esempio: ":help ZZ" per ricevere aiuto sul comando "ZZ".
-Usare <Tab> e CTRL\-D per completare gli argomenti (":help cmdline\-completion").
+Usare <Tab> e CTRL\-D per completare gli argomenti
+(":help cmdline\-completion").
 Ci sono "tag" nei file di help per passare da un argomento a un altro
 (simili a legami ipertestuali, vedere ":help").
-Tutti i file di documentazione possono essere navigati così.  Ad es.:
+Tutti i file di documentazione possono essere navigati così.  P.es.:
 ":help syntax.txt".
 .SH FILE
 .TP 15
@@ -546,11 +561,11 @@ I file di documentazione di
 Usare ":help doc\-file\-list" per avere la lista completa.
 .br
 .I vim??
-è il numero di versione corto, p.es., vim91 per indicare
-.B Vim 9.1
+è il numero di versione corto, p.es., vim92 per indicare
+.B Vim 9.2
 .TP
 /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/doc/tags
-Il file di tags usato per trovare informazioni nei file di documentazione.
+Il file di tag usato per trovare informazioni nei file di documentazione.
 .TP
 /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/syntax/syntax.vim
 Inizializzazioni sintattiche a livello di sistema.
@@ -586,18 +601,21 @@ Inizializzazioni del men
 a livello di sistema.
 .TP
 /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/bugreport.vim
-Script Vim per generare una segnalazione di errore.  Vedere ":help bugs".
+Script Vim per generare una segnalazione di errore.
+Vedere ":help bugs".
 .TP
 /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/filetype.vim
-Script Vim per determinare il tipo di un file dal suo nome. Vedere ":help 'filetype'".
+Script Vim per determinare il tipo di un file dal suo nome.
+Vedere ":help 'filetype'".
 .TP
 /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/scripts.vim
-Script Vim per determinare il tipo di un file dal suo contenuto. Vedere ":help 'filetype'".
+Script Vim per determinare il tipo di un file dal suo contenuto.
+Vedere ":help 'filetype'".
 .TP
 /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/print/*.ps
 File usati per stampa PostScript.
 .PP
-Per informazioni aggiornate [in inglese \- NdT] vedere la home page di Vim:
+Per informazioni aggiornate [in inglese] vedere la home page di Vim:
 .br
 <URL:http://www.vim.org/>
 .SH VEDERE ANCHE
@@ -614,12 +632,12 @@ Vedere ":help credits" in
 Tony Andrews e G.R. (Fred) Walter.
 In verità, poco o nulla è rimasto del loro codice originale.
 .SH BUG
-Probabilmente.
+È probabile che ce ne siano.
 Vedere ":help todo" per una lista di problemi noti.
 .PP
-Si noti che un certo numero di comportamenti che possono essere considerati errori
-da qualcuno, sono in effetti causati da una riproduzione fin troppo fedele del
-comportamento di Vi. Se si ritiene che altre cose siano errori "perché Vi si comporta
-diversamente", si dia prima un'occhiata al file vi_diff.txt (o si immetta
-:help vi_diff.txt da Vim).
-Un'occhiata va data anche alle opzioni 'compatible' e 'cpoptions.
+Si noti che un certo numero di comportamenti che possono essere visti come
+errori, sono in effetti causati da una riproduzione fin troppo fedele del
+comportamento di Vi. Se si ritiene che altre cose siano errori "perché Vi si
+comporta diversamente", si dia prima un'occhiata al file vi_diff.txt
+(o si immetta :help vi_diff.txt da Vim).
+Un'occhiata va data anche alle opzioni 'compatible' e 'cpoptions'.

runtime/doc/vim-it.UTF-8.1

@@ -36,8 +36,9 @@ Può essere usato per editare qualsiasi file di testo.
 Particolarmente utile per editare programmi.
 .PP
 Ci sono parecchi miglioramenti rispetto a Vi: undo multipli, finestre e buffer
-multipli, evidenziazione sintattica, possibilità di modificare la riga di comando,
-completamento nomi file, help in linea, selezione testi in Modo Visual, etc..
+multipli, evidenziazione sintattica, possibilità di modificare la riga di
+comando, completamento nomi file, help online, selezione testi in Modo
+Visual, etc.
 Vedere ":help vi_diff.txt" per un sommario delle differenze fra
 .B Vim
 e Vi.
@@ -67,9 +68,10 @@ essere usata per scegliere uno o più file da modificare.
 nome_file ..
 Una lista di nomi di file.
 Il primo di questi sarà il file corrente, e verrà letto nel buffer.
-Il cursore sarà posizionato sulla prima linea del buffer.
+Il cursore sarà posizionato sulla prima riga del buffer.
 Si può arrivare agli altri file col comando ":next".
-Per editare un file il cui nome inizia per "\-" premettete "\-\-" alla lista_file.
+Per editare un file il cui nome inizia per "\-" premettete "\-\-" alla
+lista_file.
 .TP
 \-
 Il file da editare è letto dallo stdin.
@@ -77,7 +79,7 @@ I comandi sono letti da stderr, che dovrebbe essere un terminale [tty].
 .TP
 \-t {tag}
 Il file da editare e la posizione iniziale del cursore dipendono da "tag",
-una specie di "etichetta" a cui saltare.
+una "etichetta" a cui saltare.
 {tag} viene cercata nel file "tags", e il file a essa associato diventa
 quello corrente, e il comando a essa associato viene eseguito.
 Di solito si usa per programmi C, nel qual caso {tag} potrebbe essere un
@@ -87,7 +89,7 @@ e il cursore è posizionato all'inizio della funzione.
 Vedere ":help tag\-commands".
 .TP
 \-q [file_errori]
-Inizia in Modo QuickFix [correzione veloce].
+Iniziare in Modo QuickFix [correzione veloce].
 Il file [file_errori] è letto e il primo errore è visualizzato.
 Se [file_errori] non è indicato, il suo nome è ottenuto dal valore
 dell'opzione 'errorfile' (che, se non specificata, vale "AztecC.Err"
@@ -97,28 +99,28 @@ Vedere ":help quickfix".
 .PP
 .B Vim
 si comporta in modo diverso se invocato con nomi differenti (il programma
-eseguibile "soggiacente" può essere sempre lo stesso).
+eseguibile "sottostante" può essere sempre lo stesso).
 .TP 10
 vim
-Modo Normal, comportamento predefinito.
+Iniziare in Modo Normal, comportamento predefinito.
 .TP
 ex
-Inizia in Modo "Ex".
+Iniziare in Modo "Ex".
 Si può passare in Modo Normal col comando ":vi".
 Si può invocare il Modo "Ex" anche con l'argomento "\-e".
 .TP
 view
-Inizia in Modo Read-only (Sola Lettura).  Non si possono modificare i file.
+Iniziare in Modo Read-only (sola-lettura).  Non si possono modificare i file.
 Si può invocare il Modo Read-only anche con l'argomento "\-R".
 .TP
 gvim gview
-La versione GUI [Graphical User Interface].
-Apre una nuova finestra.
+Usare la versione GUI [Graphical User Interface].
+Viene aperta una nuova finestra.
 Si può invocare il Modo GUI anche con l'argomento "\-g".
 .TP
 evim eview
-La versione GUI in Modo Easy (semplificata).
-Apre una nuova finestra.
+Usare la versione GUI in Modo Easy (semplificato).
+Viene aperta una nuova finestra.
 Si può invocare il Modo Easy anche con l'argomento "\-y".
 .TP
 rvim rview rgvim rgview
@@ -128,21 +130,21 @@ della shell o sospendere
 Si può chiedere la stessa cosa anche con l'argomento "\-Z".
 .SH OPZIONI
 Le opzioni possono essere in un ordine qualsiasi, prima o dopo i nomi di file.
-Opzioni che non hanno un argomento si possono specificare dietro a un solo "\-".
+Opzioni che non hanno un argomento si possono specificare insieme dietro a un
+solo "\-".
 .TP 12
 +[numero]
-Nel primo file il cursore sarà posizionato sulla linea "numero".
-Se "numero" manca, il cursore sarà posizionato sull'ultima linea del file.
+Nel primo file, posizionare il cursore sulla riga numero "numero".
+Se "numero" manca, il cursore sarà posizionato sull'ultima riga del file.
 .TP
 +/{espressione}
-Nel primo file il cursore sarà posizionato alla
-prima occorrenza di {espressione}.
+Nel primo file posizionare il cursore alla prima occorrenza di {espressione}.
 Vedere ":help search\-pattern" per come specificare l'espressione.
 .TP
 +{comando}
 .TP
 \-c {comando}
-{comando} sarà eseguito dopo che il primo file è stato letto.
+Eseguire {comando} dopo che il primo file è stato letto.
 {comando} è interpretato come un comando Ex.
 Se il {comando} contiene spazi deve essere incluso fra doppi apici
 (o altro delimitatore, a seconda della shell che si sta usando).
@@ -154,7 +156,7 @@ Note: Si possono avere fino a 10 comandi "+" o "\-c".
 Se
 .B Vim
 è stato compilato con supporto ARABIC per editare file con orientamento
-destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura araba, quest'opzione inizia
+destra-sinistra e tastiera con mappatura araba, quest'opzione fa iniziare
 .B Vim
 in Modo Arabic, cioè impostando 'arabic'.
 Altrimenti viene dato un messaggio di errore e
@@ -162,32 +164,32 @@ Altrimenti viene dato un messaggio di errore e
 termina in modo anormale.
 .TP
 \-b
-Modo Binary (binario).
-Vengono impostate alcune opzioni che permettono di modificare un file
-binario o un file che contiene un programma eseguibile.
+Eseguire Vim in Modo Binary (binario).
+Vengono impostate alcune opzioni che permettono di modificare un file binario
+o un file che contiene un programma eseguibile.
 .TP
 \-C
-Compatibile.  Imposta l'opzione 'compatible'.
+Compatibile.  Impostare l'opzione 'compatible'.
 In questo modo
 .B Vim
 ha quasi lo stesso comportamento di Vi, anche in presenza di un file .vimrc.
 .TP
 \-d
-Inizia in Modo Diff [differenze].
-Dovrebbero esserci come argomenti da due o otto nomi di file.
+Iniziare in Modo Diff [differenze].
+Dovrebbero esserci come argomenti da due fino a otto nomi di file.
 .B Vim
 aprirà tutti i file evidenziando le differenze fra gli stessi.
 Funziona come vimdiff(1).
 .TP
 \-d {dispositivo}, \-dev {dispositivo}
-Apre {dispositivo} per usarlo come terminale.
+Aprire {dispositivo} per usarlo come terminale.
 Solo per l'Amiga.
 Esempio:
 "\-d con:20/30/600/150".
 .TP
 \-D
-Debugging.  Vim si mette in Modo "debugging" a partire
-dall'esecuzione del primo comando da uno script.
+Debugging.  Entrare in Modo "debugging" a partire dall'esecuzione del primo
+comando di uno script.
 .TP
 \-e
 Eseguire
@@ -202,15 +204,15 @@ in Modo Ex migliorato, come se il programma eseguito sia "exim".
 \-f
 Direttamente [Foreground].  Per la versione GUI,
 .B Vim
-non crea [fork] una nuova finestra, indipendente dalla shell di invocazione.
-Per l'Amiga,
+non creare [fork] una nuova finestra, indipendente dalla shell di invocazione.
+Per l'Amiga, non fa ripartire
 .B Vim
-non è fatto ripartire per aprire una nuova finestra.
+per aprire una nuova finestra.
 Opzione da usare quando
 .B Vim
-è eseguito da un programma che attende la fine della
-sessione di edit (p.es., mail).
-Sull'Amiga i comandi ":sh" e ":!" non sono disponibili.
+è eseguito da un programma che attende la fine della sessione di edit (p.es.,
+mail).
+In ambiente Amiga, i comandi ":sh" e ":!" non sono disponibili.
 .TP
 \-F
 Se
@@ -229,7 +231,8 @@ Nota: Il supporto Farsi è stato rimosso a partire dalla patch 8.1.0932.
 Se
 .B Vim
 è stato compilato con supporto GUI, quest'opzione chiede di usarla.
-Se Vim è stato compilato senza supporto GUI viene dato un messaggio di errore e
+Se Vim è stato compilato senza supporto GUI viene dato un messaggio di
+errore e
 .B Vim
 termina in modo anormale.
 .TP
@@ -246,145 +249,148 @@ termina in modo anormale.
 .TP
 \-i {viminfo}
 Se è abilitato l'uso di un file viminfo, quest'opzione indica il nome
-del file da usare invece di quello predefinito "~/.viminfo".
+del file da usare invece del file predefinito "~/.viminfo".
 Si può anche evitare l'uso di un file .viminfo, dando come nome
 "NONE".
 .TP
 \-l
-Modo Lisp.
-Imposta le opzioni 'lisp' e 'showmatch'.
+Eseguire Vim in Modo Lisp.
+Vengono impostate le opzioni 'lisp' e 'showmatch'.
 .TP
 \-L
 Equivalente a \-r.
 .TP
 \-m
-Inibisce modifica file.
-Inibisce l'opzione 'write'.
+Inibire modifica file.
+Viene inibita l'opzione 'write'.
 È ancora possibile modificare un buffer, ma non riscriverlo.
 .TP
 \-M
 Modifiche non permesse.  Le opzioni 'modifiable' e 'write' sono annullate,
-in modo da impedire sia modifiche che riscritture.  Da notare che queste
-opzioni possono essere abilitate in seguito, permettendo così modifiche.
+in modo da impedire sia modifiche che riscritture.  Si noti che queste opzioni
+possono essere cambiate in seguito, per consentire modifiche.
 .TP
 \-n
-Inibisce l'uso di un file di swap.
-Il recupero dopo una caduta di macchina sarà impossibile.
+Inibire l'uso di un file di swap.
+Ripristinare il file in caso di fine anormale sarà impossibile.
 Utile per editare un file su un supporto molto lento (p.es., floppy).
 Il comando ":set uc=0" ha lo stesso effetto.
-Per abilitare il recupero usare ":set uc=200".
+Per abilitare il ripristino usare ":set uc=200".
 .TP
 \-N
-Modo "Non-compatibile".  Annulla l'opzione 'compatible'.
+Eseguire Vim in Modo "Non-compatibile".  Annulla l'opzione 'compatible'.
 Così
 .B Vim
-si comporta un po' meglio, ma è meno compatibile con Vi, anche in assenza di un
-file .vimrc.
+si comporta un po' meglio, ma è meno compatibile con Vi, anche in assenza di
+un file .vimrc.
 .TP
 \-nb
-Diviene un Editor server per NetBeans.  Vedere la documentazione per dettagli.
+Fare di Vim un Editor server per NetBeans.  Vedere la documentazione per
+dettagli.
 .TP
 \-o[N]
-Apre N finestre in orizzontale.
-Se N manca, apre una finestra per ciascun file.
+Aprire N finestre in orizzontale.
+Se N manca, aprire una finestra per ciascun file.
 .TP
 \-O[N]
-Apre N finestre, in verticale.
-Se N manca, apre una finestra per ciascun file.
+Aprire N finestre, in verticale.
+Se N manca, aprire una finestra per ciascun file.
 .TP
 \-p[N]
-Apre N pagine di linguette.
-Quando N è omesso, apre una pagine di linguette per ciascun file.
+Aprire N pagine di schede.
+Quando N è omesso, aprire una pagine di schede per ciascun file.
 .TP
 \-P {titolo-padre}
-Solo per GUI Win32: Specifica il titolo dell'applicazione-padre.  Se possibile,
-Vim viene eseguito in una finestra MDI (Multiple-Document Interface).
-{titolo-padre} deve apparire nel titolo della applicazione-padre.  Accertatevi
+Solo per GUI Win32: Specificare il titolo dell'applicazione-padre.  Se
+possibile, Vim viene eseguito in una finestra MDI
+(Multiple-Document Interface).
+{titolo-padre} deve apparire nel titolo dell'applicazione-padre.  Accertarsi
 che sia sufficientemente esplicativo.  Notare che l'implementazione è ancora
 rudimentale.  Non funziona per tutte le applicazioni, e il menù non funziona.
 .TP
 \-r
-Lista file di swap, e informazioni su come usarli per ripristinare file.
+Listare file di swap, con informazioni su come usarli per ripristinare file.
 .TP
 \-r {file}
-Modo Recovery (ripristino).
+Eseguire Vim in Modo Recovery (ripristino).
 Il file di swap è usato per recuperare una sessione di edit finita male.
-Il file di swap è un file con lo stesso nome file del file di testo
-editato, col suffisso ".swp".
+Il file di swap è un file con lo stesso nome file del file di testo editato,
+col prefisso "." e col suffisso ".swp".
 Vedere ":help recovery".
 .TP
 \-R
-Modo Read-only (Sola Lettura).
-Imposta l'opzione 'readonly'.
-Si può ancora modificare il buffer, ma il file è protetto da una riscrittura
-involontaria.
-Se si vuole davvero riscrivere il file, occorre aggiungere un punto esclamativo
-al comando Ex, come in ":w!".
+Eseguire Vim in Modo Read-only (Sola Lettura).
+Viene impostata l'opzione 'readonly'.
+È ancora possibile modificare il buffer, ma il file è protetto da una
+riscrittura involontaria.
+Se si vuole davvero riscrivere il file, occorre aggiungere un punto
+esclamativo al comando Ex, come in ":w!".
 L'opzione \-R implica anche l'opzione \-n (vedere sopra).
 L'opzione 'readonly' può essere annullata con ":set noro".
 Vedere ":help 'readonly'".
 .TP
 \-s
-Modo silenzioso.  Solo quando invocato come "Ex" o quando l'opzione
-"\-e" è stata data prima dell'opzione "\-s".
+Eseguire Vim in Modo silenzioso.  Solo quando invocato come "Ex" o quando
+l'opzione "\-e" è stata specificata prima dell'opzione "\-s".
 .TP
 \-s {script_in_input}
-Lo script file {script_in_input} è letto.
+Eseguire lo script file {script_in_input}.
 I caratteri nel file sono interpretati come se immessi da terminale.
 Lo stesso risultato si può ottenere col comando ":source! {script_in_input}".
 Se la fine del file di input viene raggiunta prima che Vim termini,
 l'ulteriore input verrà preso dalla tastiera.
 .TP
 \-S {file}
-I comandi contenuti in {file} sono eseguiti dopo la lettura del primo file.
+Eseguire i comandi contenuti in {file} dopo la lettura del primo file.
 Equivalente a \-c "source {file}".
 {file} non può avere un nome che inizia per '\-'.
 Se {file} è omesso si usa "Session.vim" (funziona solo se \-S è l'ultimo
 argomento specificato).
 .TP
 \-T {terminale}
-Dice a
+Specificare a
 .B Vim
-quale tipo di terminale state usando.
+il tipo di terminale che si sta usando.
 Utile solo se il terminale non viene riconosciuto correttamente da Vim.
 Dovrebbe essere un terminale noto a
 .B Vim
 (predefinito) o definito nei file termcap o terminfo.
 .TP
 \-u {vimrc}
-Usa i comandi nel file {vimrc} per inizializzazioni.
+Usare i comandi nel file {vimrc} per inizializzazioni.
 Tutte le altre inizializzazioni non sono eseguite.
 Usare quest'opzione per editare qualche file di tipo speciale.
 Si possono anche omettere tutte le inizializzazioni dando come nome "NONE".
 Vedere ":help initialization" da vim per ulteriori dettagli.
 .TP
 \-U {gvimrc}
-Usa i comandi nel file {gvimrc} per inizializzazioni GUI.
+Usare i comandi nel file {gvimrc} per inizializzare la GUI.
 Tutte le altre inizializzazioni GUI non sono eseguite.
-Si possono anche omettere tutte le inizializzazioni GUI dando come nome "NONE".
+Si possono anche omettere tutte le inizializzazioni GUI dando come nome
+"NONE".
 Vedere ":help gui\-init" da vim per ulteriori dettagli.
 .TP
 \-v
-Inizia
+Iniziare
 .B Vim
 in Modo Vi, come se il programma eseguibile fosse "vi".  Questo ha
 effetto solo quando Vim viene invocato con il nome "ex".
 .TP
 \-V[N]
-Verboso.  Vim manda messaggi relativi ai file di script che esegue
-e quando legge o scrive un file viminfo.  Il numero opzionale N è il valore
-dell'opzione 'verbose'.  Il valore predefinito è 10.
+Verboso.  Fare inviare a Vim messaggi relativi ai file di script eseguiti
+e alla lettura/scrittura di un file viminfo.  Il numero opzionale N è il
+valore dell'opzione 'verbose'.  Il valore predefinito è 10.
 .TP
 \-V[N]{nome_file}
-Come \-V  imposta 'verbosefile' a {nome_file}.  Il risultato è che i messaggi
-non sono visualizzati, ma scritti sul file {nome_file}.  Il {nome_file} non
-deve iniziare con un numero.
+Come \-V, e si imposta 'verbosefile' a {nome_file}.  Il risultato è che i
+messaggi non sono visualizzati, ma scritti sul file {nome_file}.  Il
+{nome_file} non deve iniziare con un numero.
 .TP
 \-w{numero}
-Imposta l'opzione 'window' a {numero}.
+Impostare l'opzione 'window' a {numero}.
 .TP
 \-w {script_file}
-Ogni carattere immesso viene registrato nel file {script_file},
+Registrare ogni carattere immesso nel file {script_file},
 finché non si esce da
 .B Vim.
 Utile se si vuole creare uno script file da usare con "vim \-s" o
@@ -402,7 +408,7 @@ nella scrittura dei file.  Verrà chiesta una chiave di cifratura.
 .TP
 \-X
 Non connettersi al server X.  Vim parte più rapidamente,
-ma il titolo della finestra e la clipboard non sono usati.
+ma il titolo della finestra e gli appunti non sono disponibili.
 .TP
 \-Y
 Non connettersi al compositore Wayland.
@@ -410,17 +416,19 @@ Non connettersi al compositore Wayland.
 \-y
 Eseguire
 .B Vim
-in Modo Easy (semplificato), come se l'eseguibile invocato sia "evim" o "eview".
+in Modo Easy (semplificato), come se l'eseguibile invocato sia "evim" o
+"eview".
 Fa sì che
 .B Vim
 si comporti come un editor che usa solo il mouse e i caratteri.
 .TP
 \-Z
-Modo ristretto.  Vim si comporta come se invocato con un nome che inizia per "r".
+Eseguire Vim in Modo ristretto.  Vim si comporta come se invocato con un nome
+che inizia per "r".
 .TP
 \-\-
-Specifica la fine delle opzioni.
-Argomenti specificati dopo questo sono considerati nomi file.
+In questo modo si specifica la fine delle opzioni.
+Argomenti aggiunti dopo questo sono considerati nomi file.
 Si può usare per editare un file il cui nome inizi per '-'.
 .TP
 \-\-clean
@@ -428,40 +436,43 @@ Richiede di non usare alcun file di personalizzazione (vimrc, plugin, etc.).
 Utile per verificare se un problema persiste invocando Vim "originale".
 .TP
 \-\-cmd {comando}
-Come "\-c", ma il comando è eseguito subito PRIMA
-di eseguire qualsiasi file vimrc.
-Si possono usare fino a 10 di questi comandi, indipendentemente dai comandi "\-c".
+Come "\-c", ma eseguire il comando subito PRIMA di eseguire qualsiasi file
+vimrc.
+Si possono usare fino a 10 di questi comandi, indipendentemente dai comandi
+"\-c".
 .TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
-Solo per GUI GTK: Visualizza ID di Window su stdout.
+Solo per GUI GTK: Visualizzare ID di Window su stdout.
 .TP
 \-\-gui-dialog-file {nome}
 Quando si usa la GUI, invece di visualizzare un dialogo, il titolo e il
 messaggio del dialogo sono scritti sul file {nome}.  Il file viene creato o,
 se già esistente, viene esteso.  Quest'opzione serve solo in fase di test,
-per evitare di restare bloccati da un dialogo che non si riesce a visualizzare.
+per evitare di restare bloccati da un dialogo che non si riesce a
+visualizzare.
 Se si sta lavorando senza la GUI l'argomento viene ignorato.
 .TP
 \-\-help, \-h, \-?
-Un po' di aiuto su opzioni e argomenti che si possono dare invocando Vim.
+Visualizzare opzioni e argomenti che si possono specificare invocando Vim.
 Subito dopo
 .B Vim
 esce.
 .TP
 \-\-literal
-Considera i nomi passati come argomenti letterali, senza espandere metacaratteri.
+Considerare i nomi passati come argomenti letterali, senza espandere
+metacaratteri.
 Non ha effetto in Unix, dove la shell espande comunque i metacaratteri.
 .TP
 \-\-log {nome_file}
 Se
 .B Vim
-è stato compilato con le funzionalità eval e channel, inizia a registrare
-e scrive le registrazioni a {nome_file}.  Ciò equivale a chiamare
+è stato compilato con le funzionalità eval e channel, iniziare a registrare
+e scrivere le registrazioni a {nome_file}.  Ciò equivale a chiamare
 .I ch_logfile({nome_file}, 'ao')
 in una fase molto iniziale dell'avvio del programma.
 .TP
 \-\-nofork
-Direttamente [Foreground].  Per la versione GUI,
+Eseguire Vim irettamente [Foreground].  Per la versione GUI,
 .B Vim
 non crea [fork] una nuova finestra, indipendente dalla shell di invocazione.
 .TP
@@ -471,17 +482,19 @@ Non caricare plugin.  Implicito se si specifica \-u NONE.
 \-\-not\-a\-term
 Da usare per specificare a
 .B Vim
-che l'utente è consapevole che l'input e l'output non avvengono con un terminale
-vero e proprio.  Ciò serve per evitare il messaggio di avvertimento e il ritardo
-di due secondi che avverrebbero in assenza di questo argomento.
+che l'utente è consapevole che l'input e l'output non avvengono con un
+terminale vero e proprio.  Ciò serve per evitare il messaggio di avvertimento
+e il ritardo di due secondi, ossia il comportamento previsto in assenza di
+questo argomento.
 .TP
 \-\-remote
-Connettersi a un server Vim e chiedere di editare i file elencati come altri
-argomenti.  Se non si trova un server viene dato un messaggio e i file sono
-editati nel Vim corrente.
+Connettersi a un server Vim a cui chiedere di editare i file elencati come
+altri argomenti.  Se non si trova un server viene dato un messaggio e i file
+sono editati nel Vim corrente.
 .TP
-\-\-remote\-expr {expr}
-Connettersi a un server Vim, valutare {expr} e stampare il risultato su stdout.
+\-\-remote\-expr {espressione}
+Connettersi a un server Vim, valutare {espressione} e stampare il risultato su
+stdout.
 .TP
 \-\-remote\-send {chiavi}
 Connettersi a un server Vim e spedirgli {chiavi}.
@@ -490,16 +503,16 @@ Connettersi a un server Vim e spedirgli {chiavi}.
 Come \-\-remote, ma senza avvisare se non si trova un server.
 .TP
 \-\-remote-wait
-Come \-\-remote, ma Vim non termina finché i file non sono stati editati.
+Come \-\-remote, ma non terminare Vim finché i file non sono stati editati.
 .TP
 \-\-remote\-wait\-silent
 Come \-\-remote\-wait, ma senza avvisare se non si trova un server.
 .TP
 \-\-serverlist
-Elenca i nomi di tutti i server Vim disponibili.
+Elencare i nomi di tutti i server Vim disponibili.
 .TP
 \-\-servername {nome}
-Usa {nome} come nome del server usato per il Vim corrente, a meno che sia
+Usare {nome} come nome del server usato per il Vim corrente, a meno che sia
 usato con l'argomento \-\-remote, nel qual caso indica il server a cui
 connettersi.
 Quando si sta usando il server a socket [socketserver backend], se il nome
@@ -512,19 +525,20 @@ rispettivamente, o "socket" o "x11".  Disponibile solo se Vim è stato
 compilato con le due funzionalità socketserver e X11.
 .TP
 \-\-socketid {id}
-Solo per GUI GTK: Usa meccanismo GtkPlug per eseguire gVim in un'altra finestra.
+Solo per GUI GTK: Usare meccanismo GtkPlug per eseguire gVim in un'altra
+finestra.
 .TP
 \-\-startuptime {nome_file}
-Durante la fase iniziale, scrive messaggi di log al file {nome_file}.
+Durante la fase iniziale, scrivere messaggi di log al file {nome_file}.
 .TP
 \-\-ttyfail
-Quando stdin o stdout non sono un terminale (tty) esce subito da Vim.
+Quando stdin o stdout non sono un terminale (tty) uscire subito da Vim.
 .TP
 \-\-version
-Stampa la versione di Vim ed esce.
+Stampare la versione di Vim e uscire.
 .TP
 \-\-windowid {id}
-Solo per GUI Win32: Chiede a gVim di provare a user l'ID di window {id}
+Solo per GUI Win32: Chiedere a gVim di provare a user l'ID di window {id}
 come padre, in modo da venir eseguito all'interno della finestra specificata.
 .SH AIUTO ONLINE
 Battere ":help" in
@@ -532,10 +546,11 @@ Battere ":help" in
 per iniziare.
 Battere ":help argomento" per ricevere aiuto su uno specifico argomento.
 Per esempio: ":help ZZ" per ricevere aiuto sul comando "ZZ".
-Usare <Tab> e CTRL\-D per completare gli argomenti (":help cmdline\-completion").
+Usare <Tab> e CTRL\-D per completare gli argomenti
+(":help cmdline\-completion").
 Ci sono "tag" nei file di help per passare da un argomento a un altro
 (simili a legami ipertestuali, vedere ":help").
-Tutti i file di documentazione possono essere navigati così.  Ad es.:
+Tutti i file di documentazione possono essere navigati così.  P.es.:
 ":help syntax.txt".
 .SH FILE
 .TP 15
@@ -546,11 +561,11 @@ I file di documentazione di
 Usare ":help doc\-file\-list" per avere la lista completa.
 .br
 .I vim??
-è il numero di versione corto, p.es., vim91 per indicare
-.B Vim 9.1
+è il numero di versione corto, p.es., vim92 per indicare
+.B Vim 9.2
 .TP
 /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/doc/tags
-Il file di tags usato per trovare informazioni nei file di documentazione.
+Il file di tag usato per trovare informazioni nei file di documentazione.
 .TP
 /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/syntax/syntax.vim
 Inizializzazioni sintattiche a livello di sistema.
@@ -586,18 +601,21 @@ Inizializzazioni del menù
 a livello di sistema.
 .TP
 /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/bugreport.vim
-Script Vim per generare una segnalazione di errore.  Vedere ":help bugs".
+Script Vim per generare una segnalazione di errore.
+Vedere ":help bugs".
 .TP
 /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/filetype.vim
-Script Vim per determinare il tipo di un file dal suo nome. Vedere ":help 'filetype'".
+Script Vim per determinare il tipo di un file dal suo nome.
+Vedere ":help 'filetype'".
 .TP
 /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/scripts.vim
-Script Vim per determinare il tipo di un file dal suo contenuto. Vedere ":help 'filetype'".
+Script Vim per determinare il tipo di un file dal suo contenuto.
+Vedere ":help 'filetype'".
 .TP
 /usr/local/share/vim/vim??/print/*.ps
 File usati per stampa PostScript.
 .PP
-Per informazioni aggiornate [in inglese \- NdT] vedere la home page di Vim:
+Per informazioni aggiornate [in inglese] vedere la home page di Vim:
 .br
 <URL:http://www.vim.org/>
 .SH VEDERE ANCHE
@@ -614,12 +632,12 @@ Vedere ":help credits" in
 Tony Andrews e G.R. (Fred) Walter.
 In verità, poco o nulla è rimasto del loro codice originale.
 .SH BUG
-Probabilmente.
+È probabile che ce ne siano.
 Vedere ":help todo" per una lista di problemi noti.
 .PP
-Si noti che un certo numero di comportamenti che possono essere considerati errori
-da qualcuno, sono in effetti causati da una riproduzione fin troppo fedele del
-comportamento di Vi. Se si ritiene che altre cose siano errori "perché Vi si comporta
-diversamente", si dia prima un'occhiata al file vi_diff.txt (o si immetta
-:help vi_diff.txt da Vim).
-Un'occhiata va data anche alle opzioni 'compatible' e 'cpoptions.
+Si noti che un certo numero di comportamenti che possono essere visti come
+errori, sono in effetti causati da una riproduzione fin troppo fedele del
+comportamento di Vi. Se si ritiene che altre cose siano errori "perché Vi si
+comporta diversamente", si dia prima un'occhiata al file vi_diff.txt
+(o si immetta :help vi_diff.txt da Vim).
+Un'occhiata va data anche alle opzioni 'compatible' e 'cpoptions'.

runtime/doc/vim.1

@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ GTK GUI only: Use the GtkPlug mechanism to run gVim in another window.
 During startup write timing messages to the file {fname}.
 .TP
 \-\-ttyfail
-When stdin or stdout is not a a terminal (tty) then exit right away.
+When stdin or stdout is not a terminal (tty) then exit right away.
 .TP
 \-\-version
 Print version information and exit.

runtime/doc/vim.man

@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ OPTIONS
        --startuptime {file}
                    During startup write timing messages to the file {fname}.
 
-       --ttyfail   When  stdin  or  stdout is not a a terminal (tty) then exit
+       --ttyfail   When  stdin  or  stdout is not a terminal (tty) then exit
                    right away.
 
        --version   Print version information and exit.

runtime/doc/vim9.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*vim9.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -2355,11 +2355,6 @@ in Vim9 script.
 
 	let &laststatus=v:true
 	vim9cmd &laststatus = true
-<
-  - Not using a string where an argument requires a string (|E1174|) >vim
-
-	echo substitute('Hallo', 'a', 'e', v:true)
-	vim9cmd echo substitute('Hallo', 'a', 'e', true)  # E1174: String...
 <
 One consequence is that the item type of a list or dict given to |map()| must
 not change when its type is either declared or inferred.  For example, this

runtime/doc/wayland.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*wayland.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Feb 14
+*wayland.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Apr 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -54,15 +54,12 @@ try connecting again.
 2. Wayland Selections					*wayland-selections*
 
 Vim supports the wlr-data-control-unstable-v1 and ext-data-control-v1
-protocols, for accessing the current Wayland selection.  These are the best
-case scenario protocols, see |wayland-focus-steal|.  Selection in this case
+protocols, for accessing the current Wayland selection. Selection in this case
 essentially means the "clipboard."  You can check if your Wayland compositor
 supports either of these protocols by running the wayland-info command, which
 should be bundled with libwayland on your system: >
 	wayland-info | grep -E '(ext_data_control|zwlr_data_control)'
 <If grep finds a match, then you have either or both protocols on your system.
-If you don't get any match, then please see |wayland-focus-steal| for more
-information.
 
 Some compositors that are known to support either or both protocols:
     1. KWin (KDE)
@@ -90,39 +87,65 @@ Vim determines which one to use when accessing the clipboard using the
 
 						*wayland-primary-selection*
 If you find X11 style primary selections useful, Wayland also implements this
-behaviour in its own protocols:
+feature using the protocols that Vim supports.  This is unless you are using
+version 1 (not the same as the 'v1' in the protocol name), of the
+wlr-data-control protocol, then primary selection will not be supported. You
+can check this using >
+	wayland-info | grep -E '(ext_data_control|zwlr_data_control)'
+If the "version:" entry for "zwlr_data_control_manager_v1" is "2" or greater,
+then primary selection is supported.  If you also get
+"ext_data_control_manager_v1", then Vim will use that protocol instead, which
+has primary selection support builtin into it.
 
-- The primary selection protocol is the most widely supported, but requires
-  focus in order to be used, see |wayland-focus-steal|.
+If your Wayland compositor does not support the wlr-data-control-v1 or the
+ext-data-control-v1 protocol, Vim cannot access the clipboard directly through
+the Wayland protocol.  External tools such as wl-clipboard can be used instead
+via a user-defined |clipboard-providers|.
 
-- Data control protocol available on your system, such as the ext or wlr
-  protocols, then primary selection is also supported.  This is unless you are
-  using version 1 (not the same as the 'v1' in the protocol name), of the
-  wlr-data-control protocol.  Then the primary selection protocol will be used
-  as a fallback.
+Example: define a provider that shells out to `wl-copy` and `wl-paste`: >vim9
 
-					*wayland-focus-steal* *wayland-gnome*
-If you are using the GNOME desktop environment on Wayland, as of this writing,
-there is no method of accessing/modifying the clipboard for external clients
-such as Vim without being focused.  Focused in this case means the client has
-received some sort of input event, such as a window being focused.  This is
-what the wlr-data-control-unstable-v1 and ext-data-control-v1 protocols solve.
-If your Wayland compositor does not support the above protocols, then the
-above explanation applies.
+    vim9script
 
-To solve this problem, Vim implements a way of gaining focus in order to
-access the clipboard, by creating a temporary transparent top-level surface.
-This is by default disabled and can be enabled via the 'wlsteal' option.
-Moreover, a seat that has a keyboard is also required, see 'wlseat', and the
-xdg-shell protocol must be available.  Additionally, Vim must be compiled with
-the |+wayland_focus_steal| feature.
+    def Available(): bool
+	return executable('wl-copy') && executable('wl-paste')
+    enddef
 
-Note that this method can have several side effects from the result of focus
-stealing.  For example, if you have a taskbar that shows currently opened apps
-in your desktop environment, then when Vim attempts to steal focus, it may
-"flicker," as if a window was opened then immediately closed after.
-Additionally, if you are in fullscreen mode, this focus stealing won't work,
-because the created surface won't ever gain focus.  If this happens, Vim will
-seem to freeze temporarily, see 'wltimeoutlen' for more information.
+    def Copy(reg: string, type: string, str: list<string>)
+	var args = "wl-copy"
+
+	if reg == "*"
+	    args ..= " -p"
+	endif
+
+	system(args, str)
+    enddef
+
+    def Paste(reg: string): tuple<string, list<string>>
+	var args = "wl-paste --type text/plain;charset=utf-8"
+
+	if reg == "*"
+	    args ..= " -p"
+	endif
+
+	return ("", systemlist(args))
+    enddef
+
+    v:clipproviders["wl_clipboard"] = {
+	available: Available,
+	copy: {
+	    "+": Copy,
+	    "*": Copy
+	},
+	paste: {
+	    "+": Paste,
+	    "*": Paste
+	}
+    }
+
+    set clipmethod=wl_clipboard
+
+
+This relies on the wl-clipboard package being installed
+(https://github.com/bugaevc/wl-clipboard).
 
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 Mar 01
+*windows.txt*	For Vim version 9.2.  Last change: 2026 May 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -960,6 +960,9 @@ settings.  The option is a comma-separated list of values:
 			the value is "on", it must be set after border.
 	height		maximum height of the popup
 	highlight	highlight group of the popup (default is Pmenu)
+	opacity		opacity percentage 0-100 (default 100, fully opaque).
+			When less than 100, content beneath the popup shows
+			through.
 	resize		show resize handle: "on" (default) or "off"
 	shadow		"off" (default) or "on" using |hl-PmenuShadow|
 	width		maximum width of the popup
@@ -968,6 +971,7 @@ Example: >
 	:set previewpopup=height:10,width:60
 	:set previewpopup=border:single,borderhilight:PmenuBorder
 	:set previewpopup=border:custom:─;│;─;│;┌;┐;┘;└
+	:set previewpopup=border:round,opacity:80
 
 A few peculiarities:
 - If the file is in a buffer already, it will be re-used.  This will allow for

runtime/doc/xxd-it.1

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-.TH XXD 1 "Maggio 2024" "Pagina di manuale per xxd"
+.TH XXD 1 "Mar 2026" "Pagina di manuale per xxd"
 .\"
-.\" 21 Maggio 1996
-.\" Autore della pagina di manuale:
+.\" 21st May 1996
+.\" Man page author:
 .\"    Tony Nugent <tony@sctnugen.ppp.gu.edu.au> <T.Nugent@sct.gu.edu.au>
-.\"    Modificato da Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+.\"    Changes by Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 .SH NOME
 .I xxd
 \- Produce lista esadecimale da un file binario o viceversa.
@@ -170,11 +170,14 @@ byte assoluti (o relativi) di distanza all'interno di input_file.
 (o se in combinazione con \fI+ \fR: prima della posizione corrente nel file `standard input').
 Se non si specifica l'opzione \-s, xxd inizia dalla posizione corrente all'interno del file.
 .TP
+.I \-t
+Quando l'output è nello stile delle `include' di C (opzione \-i ) aggiungere uno zero binario a fine stringa.
+.TP
 .I \-u
-Usa lettere esadecimali maiuscole. Per default si usano lettere minuscole.
+Usare lettere esadecimali maiuscole. Per default si usano lettere minuscole.
 .TP
 .IR \-v " | " \-version
-Visualizza la stringa contenente la versione del programma.
+Visualizzare la stringa contenente la versione del programma.
 .SH ATTENZIONE
 .PP
 .I xxd \-r
@@ -182,7 +185,8 @@ Visualizza la stringa contenente la versione del programma.
 Se è possibili posizionarsi tramite `seek' sul file di output, il numero di riga
 di ogni riga esadecimale può essere non ordinato, delle righe possono mancare, o
 sovrapporsi. In tal caso xxd userà lseek(2) per posizionarsi all'interno del file.
-Se per il file di output non si può usare `seek', sono permessi solo dei "buchi", che saranno riempiti con zeri binari.
+Se per il file di output non si può usare `seek', sono permessi solo dei "buchi",
+che saranno riempiti con zeri binari.
 .PP
 .I xxd \-r
 non genera mai errori per parametri errati. I parametri extra sono silenziosamente ignorati.
@@ -246,25 +250,25 @@ Stampa 3 righe (0x30 byte in esadecimale) alla fine di
 \fI% xxd \-s \-0x30 file\fR
 .PP
 Nota: I risultati degli esempi seguenti sono riferiti alla versione di
-Maggio 2024 della pagina di manuale [quella che state leggendo].
+Marzo 2026 della pagina di manuale [quella che state leggendo].
 .PP
 .br
 Stampa 120 byte come immagine esadecimale continua con 20 byte per riga.
 .br
 \fI% xxd \-l 120 \-ps \-c 20 xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
 .br
-2e544820585844203120224d616767696f203230
+2e544820585844203120224d6172203230323622
 .br
-3234222022506167696e61206469206d616e7561
+2022506167696e61206469206d616e75616c6520
 .br
-6c652070657220787864220a2e5c220a2e5c2220
+70657220787864220a2e5c220a2e5c2220323173
 .br
-3231204d616767696f20313939360a2e5c222041
+74204d617920313939360a2e5c22204d616e2070
 .br
-75746f72652064656c6c6120706167696e612064
+61676520617574686f723a0a2e5c222020202054
+.br
+6f6e79204e7567656e74203c746f6e7940736374
 .br
-69206d616e75616c653a0a2e5c2220202020546f
-.PP
 
 .br
 Stampa i primi 120 byte di questa pagina di manuale a 12 byte per riga.
@@ -273,30 +277,30 @@ Stampa i primi 120 byte di questa pagina di manuale a 12 byte per riga.
 .br
 00000000: 2e54 4820 5858 4420 3120 224d  .TH XXD 1 "M
 .br
-0000000c: 6167 6769 6f20 3230 3234 2220  aggio 2024" 
+0000000c: 6172 2032 3032 3622 2022 5061  ar 2026" "Pa
 .br
-00000018: 2250 6167 696e 6120 6469 206d  "Pagina di m
+00000018: 6769 6e61 2064 6920 6d61 6e75  gina di manu
 .br
-00000024: 616e 7561 6c65 2070 6572 2078  anuale per x
+00000024: 616c 6520 7065 7220 7878 6422  ale per xxd"
 .br
-00000030: 7864 220a 2e5c 220a 2e5c 2220  xd"..\"..\" 
+00000030: 0a2e 5c22 0a2e 5c22 2032 3173  ..\\"..\\" 21s
 .br
-0000003c: 3231 204d 6167 6769 6f20 3139  21 Maggio 19
+0000003c: 7420 4d61 7920 3139 3936 0a2e  t May 1996..
 .br
-00000048: 3936 0a2e 5c22 2041 7574 6f72  96..\" Autor
+00000048: 5c22 204d 616e 2070 6167 6520  \\" Man page 
 .br
-00000054: 6520 6465 6c6c 6120 7061 6769  e della pagi
+00000054: 6175 7468 6f72 3a0a 2e5c 2220  author:..\\" 
 .br
-00000060: 6e61 2064 6920 6d61 6e75 616c  na di manual
+00000060: 2020 2054 6f6e 7920 4e75 6765     Tony Nuge
 .br
-0000006c: 653a 0a2e 5c22 2020 2020 546f  e:..\"    To
+0000006c: 6e74 203c 746f 6e79 4073 6374  nt <tony@sct
 .PP
 .br
-Visualizza la data dal file xxd-it.UTF-8.1
+Visualizza la data della prima versione di questa pagina dal file xxd-it.UTF-8.1
 .br
-\fI% xxd \-s 0x3c \-l 14 \-c 14 xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
+\fI% xxd \-s 0x39 \-l 13 \-c 13 xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
 .br
-0000003c: 3231 204d 6167 6769 6f20 3139 3936  21 Maggio 1996
+00000039: 3231 7374 204d 6179 2031 3939 36  21st May 1996
 .PP
 .br
 Copia
@@ -311,11 +315,11 @@ premettendogli 100 byte a 0x00.
 .br
 Modifica (patch) la data nel file xxd-it.UTF-8.1
 .br
-\fI% echo "000003c: 3331" | xxd \-r \- xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
+\fI% echo "0000039: 3331" | xxd \-r \- xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
 .br
-\fI% xxd \-s 0x3c \-l 14 \-c 14 xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
+\fI% xxd \-s 0x39 \-l 13 \-c 13 xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
 .br
-0000003c: 3331 204d 6167 6769 6f20 3139 3936  31 Maggio 1996
+00000039: 3331 7374 204d 6179 2031 3939 36  31st May 1996
 .PP
 .br
 Crea un file di 65537 byte tutto a 0x00,
@@ -366,6 +370,20 @@ Leggere singoli caratteri da una linea seriale
 .br
 \fI% echo \-n foo > /dev/term/b\fR
 .PP
+Output nello stile delle `include' di C (opzione \-i ) con uno zero binario a fine stringa
+.br
+\fI% echo -n \&"0123456789\&" > cifre\fR
+.br
+\fI% xxd -i -t cifre\fR
+.br
+unsigned char cifre[] = {
+.br
+  0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x00
+.br
+};
+.br
+unsigned int cifre_len = 10;
+.PP
 .SH CODICI DI RITORNO
 Il programma può restituire questi codici di errore:
 .TP

runtime/doc/xxd-it.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-.TH XXD 1 "Maggio 2024" "Pagina di manuale per xxd"
+.TH XXD 1 "Mar 2026" "Pagina di manuale per xxd"
 .\"
-.\" 21 Maggio 1996
-.\" Autore della pagina di manuale:
+.\" 21st May 1996
+.\" Man page author:
 .\"    Tony Nugent <tony@sctnugen.ppp.gu.edu.au> <T.Nugent@sct.gu.edu.au>
-.\"    Modificato da Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+.\"    Changes by Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 .SH NOME
 .I xxd
 \- Produce lista esadecimale da un file binario o viceversa.
@@ -170,11 +170,14 @@ byte assoluti (o relativi) di distanza all'interno di input_file.
 (o se in combinazione con \fI+ \fR: prima della posizione corrente nel file `standard input').
 Se non si specifica l'opzione \-s, xxd inizia dalla posizione corrente all'interno del file.
 .TP
+.I \-t
+Quando l'output è nello stile delle `include' di C (opzione \-i ) aggiungere uno zero binario a fine stringa.
+.TP
 .I \-u
-Usa lettere esadecimali maiuscole. Per default si usano lettere minuscole.
+Usare lettere esadecimali maiuscole. Per default si usano lettere minuscole.
 .TP
 .IR \-v " | " \-version
-Visualizza la stringa contenente la versione del programma.
+Visualizzare la stringa contenente la versione del programma.
 .SH ATTENZIONE
 .PP
 .I xxd \-r
@@ -182,7 +185,8 @@ Visualizza la stringa contenente la versione del programma.
 Se è possibili posizionarsi tramite `seek' sul file di output, il numero di riga
 di ogni riga esadecimale può essere non ordinato, delle righe possono mancare, o
 sovrapporsi. In tal caso xxd userà lseek(2) per posizionarsi all'interno del file.
-Se per il file di output non si può usare `seek', sono permessi solo dei "buchi", che saranno riempiti con zeri binari.
+Se per il file di output non si può usare `seek', sono permessi solo dei "buchi",
+che saranno riempiti con zeri binari.
 .PP
 .I xxd \-r
 non genera mai errori per parametri errati. I parametri extra sono silenziosamente ignorati.
@@ -246,25 +250,25 @@ Stampa 3 righe (0x30 byte in esadecimale) alla fine di
 \fI% xxd \-s \-0x30 file\fR
 .PP
 Nota: I risultati degli esempi seguenti sono riferiti alla versione di
-Maggio 2024 della pagina di manuale [quella che state leggendo].
+Marzo 2026 della pagina di manuale [quella che state leggendo].
 .PP
 .br
 Stampa 120 byte come immagine esadecimale continua con 20 byte per riga.
 .br
 \fI% xxd \-l 120 \-ps \-c 20 xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
 .br
-2e544820585844203120224d616767696f203230
+2e544820585844203120224d6172203230323622
 .br
-3234222022506167696e61206469206d616e7561
+2022506167696e61206469206d616e75616c6520
 .br
-6c652070657220787864220a2e5c220a2e5c2220
+70657220787864220a2e5c220a2e5c2220323173
 .br
-3231204d616767696f20313939360a2e5c222041
+74204d617920313939360a2e5c22204d616e2070
 .br
-75746f72652064656c6c6120706167696e612064
+61676520617574686f723a0a2e5c222020202054
+.br
+6f6e79204e7567656e74203c746f6e7940736374
 .br
-69206d616e75616c653a0a2e5c2220202020546f
-.PP
 
 .br
 Stampa i primi 120 byte di questa pagina di manuale a 12 byte per riga.
@@ -273,30 +277,30 @@ Stampa i primi 120 byte di questa pagina di manuale a 12 byte per riga.
 .br
 00000000: 2e54 4820 5858 4420 3120 224d  .TH XXD 1 "M
 .br
-0000000c: 6167 6769 6f20 3230 3234 2220  aggio 2024" 
+0000000c: 6172 2032 3032 3622 2022 5061  ar 2026" "Pa
 .br
-00000018: 2250 6167 696e 6120 6469 206d  "Pagina di m
+00000018: 6769 6e61 2064 6920 6d61 6e75  gina di manu
 .br
-00000024: 616e 7561 6c65 2070 6572 2078  anuale per x
+00000024: 616c 6520 7065 7220 7878 6422  ale per xxd"
 .br
-00000030: 7864 220a 2e5c 220a 2e5c 2220  xd"..\"..\" 
+00000030: 0a2e 5c22 0a2e 5c22 2032 3173  ..\\"..\\" 21s
 .br
-0000003c: 3231 204d 6167 6769 6f20 3139  21 Maggio 19
+0000003c: 7420 4d61 7920 3139 3936 0a2e  t May 1996..
 .br
-00000048: 3936 0a2e 5c22 2041 7574 6f72  96..\" Autor
+00000048: 5c22 204d 616e 2070 6167 6520  \\" Man page 
 .br
-00000054: 6520 6465 6c6c 6120 7061 6769  e della pagi
+00000054: 6175 7468 6f72 3a0a 2e5c 2220  author:..\\" 
 .br
-00000060: 6e61 2064 6920 6d61 6e75 616c  na di manual
+00000060: 2020 2054 6f6e 7920 4e75 6765     Tony Nuge
 .br
-0000006c: 653a 0a2e 5c22 2020 2020 546f  e:..\"    To
+0000006c: 6e74 203c 746f 6e79 4073 6374  nt <tony@sct
 .PP
 .br
-Visualizza la data dal file xxd-it.UTF-8.1
+Visualizza la data della prima versione di questa pagina dal file xxd-it.UTF-8.1
 .br
-\fI% xxd \-s 0x3c \-l 14 \-c 14 xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
+\fI% xxd \-s 0x39 \-l 13 \-c 13 xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
 .br
-0000003c: 3231 204d 6167 6769 6f20 3139 3936  21 Maggio 1996
+00000039: 3231 7374 204d 6179 2031 3939 36  21st May 1996
 .PP
 .br
 Copia
@@ -311,11 +315,11 @@ premettendogli 100 byte a 0x00.
 .br
 Modifica (patch) la data nel file xxd-it.UTF-8.1
 .br
-\fI% echo "000003c: 3331" | xxd \-r \- xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
+\fI% echo "0000039: 3331" | xxd \-r \- xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
 .br
-\fI% xxd \-s 0x3c \-l 14 \-c 14 xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
+\fI% xxd \-s 0x39 \-l 13 \-c 13 xxd-it.UTF-8.1\fR
 .br
-0000003c: 3331 204d 6167 6769 6f20 3139 3936  31 Maggio 1996
+00000039: 3331 7374 204d 6179 2031 3939 36  31st May 1996
 .PP
 .br
 Crea un file di 65537 byte tutto a 0x00,
@@ -366,6 +370,20 @@ Leggere singoli caratteri da una linea seriale
 .br
 \fI% echo \-n foo > /dev/term/b\fR
 .PP
+Output nello stile delle `include' di C (opzione \-i ) con uno zero binario a fine stringa
+.br
+\fI% echo -n \&"0123456789\&" > cifre\fR
+.br
+\fI% xxd -i -t cifre\fR
+.br
+unsigned char cifre[] = {
+.br
+  0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x00
+.br
+};
+.br
+unsigned int cifre_len = 10;
+.PP
 .SH CODICI DI RITORNO
 Il programma può restituire questi codici di errore:
 .TP

runtime/doc/xxd-ru.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH XXD 1 "May 2024" "Справочник по программе xxd"
+.TH XXD 1 "Март 2026" "Справочник по программе xxd"
 .\"
 .\" 21st May 1996
 .\" Man page author:
@@ -203,6 +203,10 @@ ASCII,
 Если аргумент \-s не используется, то программа xxd начинает обработку
 от текущей позиции в файле.
 .TP
+.I \-t
+При использовании аргумента \-i для вывода в стиле подключаемых заголовочных
+файлов языка Си также включать завершающий нулевой символ
+.TP
 .I \-u
 Указывает, что в выводе отображать шестнадцатеричные цифры в верхнем регистре.
 По умолчанию используются символы в нижнем регистре символов.
@@ -304,7 +308,7 @@ PostScript
 .br
 \fI% xxd \-l 120 \-ps \-c 20 xxd.1\fR
 .br
-2e544820585844203120224d6179203230323422
+2e544820585844203120224d6172203230323622
 .br
 20224d616e75616c207061676520666f72207878
 .br
@@ -327,7 +331,7 @@ PostScript
 .br
 00000000: 2e54 4820 5858 4420 3120 224d  .TH XXD 1 "M
 .br
-0000000c: 6179 2032 3032 3422 2022 4d61  ay 2024" "Ma
+0000000c: 6172 2032 3032 3622 2022 4d61  ar 2026" "Ma
 .br
 00000018: 6e75 616c 2070 6167 6520 666f  nual page fo
 .br
@@ -433,6 +437,20 @@ PostScript
 .br
 \fI% echo \-n foo \> /dev/term/b\fR
 .PP
+Вывод в стиле подключаемых заголовочных файлв языка Си с завершающим нулём
+.br
+\fI% echo -n \&"0123456789\&" > digits\fR
+.br
+\fI% xxd -i -t digits\fR
+.br
+unsigned char digits[] = {
+.br
+  0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x00
+.br
+};
+.br
+unsigned int digits_len = 10;
+.PP
 .SH КОДЫ ЗАВЕРШЕНИЯ
 При завершении работы, программа xxd возвращает следующие значения:
 .TP

runtime/doc/xxd-ru.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH XXD 1 "May 2024" "Справочник по программе xxd"
+.TH XXD 1 "Март 2026" "Справочник по программе xxd"
 .\"
 .\" 21st May 1996
 .\" Man page author:
@@ -203,6 +203,10 @@ ASCII, которые можно передавать по электронно
 Если аргумент \-s не используется, то программа xxd начинает обработку
 от текущей позиции в файле.
 .TP
+.I \-t
+При использовании аргумента \-i для вывода в стиле подключаемых заголовочных
+файлов языка Си также включать завершающий нулевой символ
+.TP
 .I \-u
 Указывает, что в выводе отображать шестнадцатеричные цифры в верхнем регистре.
 По умолчанию используются символы в нижнем регистре символов.
@@ -304,7 +308,7 @@ PostScript с помощью команды xxd \-r \-p количество к
 .br
 \fI% xxd \-l 120 \-ps \-c 20 xxd.1\fR
 .br
-2e544820585844203120224d6179203230323422
+2e544820585844203120224d6172203230323622
 .br
 20224d616e75616c207061676520666f72207878
 .br
@@ -327,7 +331,7 @@ PostScript с помощью команды xxd \-r \-p количество к
 .br
 00000000: 2e54 4820 5858 4420 3120 224d  .TH XXD 1 "M
 .br
-0000000c: 6179 2032 3032 3422 2022 4d61  ay 2024" "Ma
+0000000c: 6172 2032 3032 3622 2022 4d61  ar 2026" "Ma
 .br
 00000018: 6e75 616c 2070 6167 6520 666f  nual page fo
 .br
@@ -433,6 +437,20 @@ PostScript с помощью команды xxd \-r \-p количество к
 .br
 \fI% echo \-n foo \> /dev/term/b\fR
 .PP
+Вывод в стиле подключаемых заголовочных файлв языка Си с завершающим нулём
+.br
+\fI% echo -n \&"0123456789\&" > digits\fR
+.br
+\fI% xxd -i -t digits\fR
+.br
+unsigned char digits[] = {
+.br
+  0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x00
+.br
+};
+.br
+unsigned int digits_len = 10;
+.PP
 .SH КОДЫ ЗАВЕРШЕНИЯ
 При завершении работы, программа xxd возвращает следующие значения:
 .TP

runtime/doc/xxd.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH XXD 1 "May 2024" "Manual page for xxd"
+.TH XXD 1 "Mar 2026" "Manual page for xxd"
 .\"
 .\" 21st May 1996
 .\" Man page author:
@@ -169,6 +169,9 @@ should be that many characters from the end of the input (or if combined with
 \fI+\fR: before the current stdin file position).
 Without \-s option, xxd starts at the current file position.
 .TP
+.I \-t
+When outputting in C include file style using \-i include the terminating zero.
+.TP
 .I \-u
 Use upper-case hex letters. Default is lower-case.
 .TP
@@ -243,14 +246,14 @@ Print 3 lines (hex 0x30 bytes) from the end of
 \fI% xxd \-s \-0x30 file\fR
 .PP
 Note: The results of the examples below are relevant to the xxd.1 man page as of
-May 2024
+March 2026
 .PP
 .br
 Print 120 bytes as a continuous hex dump with 20 octets per line.
 .br
 \fI% xxd \-l 120 \-ps \-c 20 xxd.1\fR
 .br
-2e544820585844203120224d6179203230323422
+2e544820585844203120224d6172203230323622
 .br
 20224d616e75616c207061676520666f72207878
 .br
@@ -270,7 +273,7 @@ Hex dump the first 120 bytes of this man page with 12 octets per line.
 .br
 00000000: 2e54 4820 5858 4420 3120 224d  .TH XXD 1 "M
 .br
-0000000c: 6179 2032 3032 3422 2022 4d61  ay 2024" "Ma
+0000000c: 6172 2032 3032 3622 2022 4d61  ar 2026" "Ma
 .br
 00000018: 6e75 616c 2070 6167 6520 666f  nual page fo
 .br
@@ -363,6 +366,20 @@ Read single characters from a serial line
 .br
 \fI% echo \-n foo > /dev/term/b\fR
 .PP
+Output in C style include output with terminating zero
+.br
+\fI% echo -n \&"0123456789\&" > digits\fR
+.br
+\fI% xxd -i -t digits\fR
+.br
+unsigned char digits[] = {
+.br
+  0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x00
+.br
+};
+.br
+unsigned int digits_len = 10;
+.PP
 .SH "RETURN VALUES"
 The following error values are returned:
 .TP

runtime/doc/xxd.man

@@ -119,26 +119,29 @@ OPTIONS
               (or if combined with +: before the current stdin file position).
               Without -s option, xxd starts at the current file position.
 
+       -t     When outputting in C include file style  using  -i  include  the
+              terminating zero.
+
        -u     Use upper-case hex letters. Default is lower-case.
 
        -v | -version
               Show version string.
 
 CAVEATS
-       xxd -r has some built-in magic while evaluating  line  number  informa‐
-       tion.   If  the  output  file is seekable, then the line numbers at the
-       start of each hex dump line may be out of order, lines may be  missing,
-       or  overlapping. In these cases xxd will lseek(2) to the next position.
-       If the output file is not seekable, only gaps are allowed,  which  will
+       xxd  -r  has  some built-in magic while evaluating line number informa‐
+       tion.  If the output file is seekable, then the  line  numbers  at  the
+       start  of each hex dump line may be out of order, lines may be missing,
+       or overlapping. In these cases xxd will lseek(2) to the next  position.
+       If  the  output file is not seekable, only gaps are allowed, which will
        be filled by null-bytes.
 
        xxd -r never generates parse errors. Garbage is silently skipped.
 
        When editing hex dumps, please note that xxd -r skips everything on the
        input line after reading enough columns of hexadecimal data (see option
-       -c).  This  also  means that changes to the printable ASCII (or EBCDIC)
+       -c). This also means that changes to the printable  ASCII  (or  EBCDIC)
        columns are always ignored. Reverting a plain (or PostScript) style hex
-       dump with xxd -r -p does not depend on the correct number  of  columns.
+       dump  with  xxd -r -p does not depend on the correct number of columns.
        Here, anything that looks like a pair of hex digits is interpreted.
 
        Note the difference between
@@ -146,28 +149,28 @@ CAVEATS
        and
        % xxd -i < file
 
-       xxd  -s +seek may be different from xxd -s seek, as lseek(2) is used to
+       xxd -s +seek may be different from xxd -s seek, as lseek(2) is used  to
        "rewind" input.  A '+' makes a difference if the input source is stdin,
-       and if stdin's file position is not at the start of  the  file  by  the
-       time  xxd  is  started and given its input.  The following examples may
+       and  if  stdin's  file  position is not at the start of the file by the
+       time xxd is started and given its input.  The  following  examples  may
        help to clarify (or further confuse!):
 
-       Rewind stdin before reading; needed because the `cat' has already  read
+       Rewind  stdin before reading; needed because the `cat' has already read
        to the end of stdin.
        % sh -c "cat > plain_copy; xxd -s 0 > hex_copy" < file
 
-       Hex  dump  from  file position 0x480 (=1024+128) onwards.  The `+' sign
+       Hex dump from file position 0x480 (=1024+128) onwards.   The  `+'  sign
        means "relative to the current position", thus the `128' adds to the 1k
        where dd left off.
-       % sh -c "dd of=plain_snippet bs=1k count=1; xxd -s +128 >  hex_snippet"
+       %  sh -c "dd of=plain_snippet bs=1k count=1; xxd -s +128 > hex_snippet"
        < file
 
        Hex dump from file position 0x100 (=1024-768) onwards.
        % sh -c "dd of=plain_snippet bs=1k count=1; xxd -s +-768 > hex_snippet"
        < file
 
-       However,  this is a rare situation and the use of `+' is rarely needed.
-       The author prefers to monitor the  effect  of  xxd  with  strace(1)  or
+       However, this is a rare situation and the use of `+' is rarely  needed.
+       The  author  prefers  to  monitor  the  effect of xxd with strace(1) or
        truss(1), whenever -s is used.
 
 EXAMPLES
@@ -177,12 +180,12 @@ EXAMPLES
        Print 3 lines (hex 0x30 bytes) from the end of file.
        % xxd -s -0x30 file
 
-       Note:  The  results of the examples below are relevant to the xxd.1 man
-       page as of May 2024
+       Note: The results of the examples below are relevant to the  xxd.1  man
+       page as of March 2026
 
        Print 120 bytes as a continuous hex dump with 20 octets per line.
        % xxd -l 120 -ps -c 20 xxd.1
-       2e544820585844203120224d6179203230323422
+       2e544820585844203120224d6172203230323622
        20224d616e75616c207061676520666f72207878
        64220a2e5c220a2e5c222032317374204d617920
        313939360a2e5c22204d616e2070616765206175
@@ -192,7 +195,7 @@ EXAMPLES
        Hex dump the first 120 bytes of this man page with 12 octets per line.
        % xxd -l 120 -c 12 xxd.1
        00000000: 2e54 4820 5858 4420 3120 224d  .TH XXD 1 "M
-       0000000c: 6179 2032 3032 3422 2022 4d61  ay 2024" "Ma
+       0000000c: 6172 2032 3032 3622 2022 4d61  ar 2026" "Ma
        00000018: 6e75 616c 2070 6167 6520 666f  nual page fo
        00000024: 7220 7878 6422 0a2e 5c22 0a2e  r xxd"..\"..
        00000030: 5c22 2032 3173 7420 4d61 7920  \" 21st May
@@ -214,7 +217,7 @@ EXAMPLES
        % xxd -s 0x33 -l 13 -c 13 xxd.1
        00000033: 3235 7468 204d 6179 2031 3939 36  25th May 1996
 
-       Create a 65537 byte file with all bytes 0x00, except for the  last  one
+       Create  a  65537 byte file with all bytes 0x00, except for the last one
        which is 'A' (hex 0x41).
        % echo "010000: 41" | xxd -r > file
 
@@ -225,11 +228,11 @@ EXAMPLES
        0000fffc: 0000 0000 41                   ....A
 
        Create a 1 byte file containing a single 'A' character.  The number af‐
-       ter  '-r -s' adds to the line numbers found in the file; in effect, the
+       ter '-r -s' adds to the line numbers found in the file; in effect,  the
        leading bytes are suppressed.
        % echo "010000: 41" | xxd -r -s -0x10000 > file
 
-       Use xxd as a filter within an editor such as vim(1) to hex dump  a  re‐
+       Use  xxd  as a filter within an editor such as vim(1) to hex dump a re‐
        gion marked between `a' and `z'.
        :'a,'z!xxd
 
@@ -246,6 +249,14 @@ EXAMPLES
        % stty < /dev/term/b -echo -opost -isig -icanon min 1
        % echo -n foo > /dev/term/b
 
+       Output in C style include output with terminating zero
+       % echo -n "0123456789" > digits
+       % xxd -i -t digits
+       unsigned char digits[] = {
+         0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37, 0x38, 0x39, 0x00
+       };
+       unsigned int digits_len = 10;
+
 RETURN VALUES
        The following error values are returned:
 
@@ -283,4 +294,4 @@ AUTHOR
        <tony@sctnugen.ppp.gu.edu.au> <T.Nugent@sct.gu.edu.au>
        Small changes by Bram Moolenaar.  Edited by Juergen Weigert.
 
-Manual page for xxd                May 2024                             XXD(1)
+Manual page for xxd                Mar 2026                             XXD(1)

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:		The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-" Last Change:		2026 Mar 19
+" Last Change:		2026 Apr 20
 " Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 " If the filetype can be detected from extension or file name(the final path component),
@@ -119,10 +119,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */boot/grub/menu.lst,*/boot/grub/grub.conf,*/etc/grub.conf
 " *.mc omitted - used by dist#ft#McSetf()
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.demo,*.dm{1,2,3,t},*.wxm,maxima-init.mac setf maxima
 
+" ObjectScript routine or assembly
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mac			call dist#ft#FTmac()
+
 " Assembly (all kinds)
 " *.lst is not pure assembly, it has two extra columns (address, byte codes)
 " *.[sS], *.[aA] usually Assembly - GNU
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asm,*.[sS],*.[aA],*.mac,*.lst	call dist#ft#FTasm()
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asm,*.[sS],*.[aA],*.lst	call dist#ft#FTasm()
 
 " BASIC or Visual Basic
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.bas			call dist#ft#FTbas()
@@ -572,6 +575,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pro			call dist#ft#ProtoCheck('idlang')
 " Initng
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/initng/*/*.i,*.ii	setf initng
 
+" Intel HEX or ObjectScript routine
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.int			call dist#ft#FTint()
+
 " Innovation Data Processing
 au BufNewFile,BufRead upstream.dat\c,upstream.*.dat\c,*.upstream.dat\c	setf upstreamdat
 au BufNewFile,BufRead fdrupstream.log,upstream.log\c,upstream.*.log\c,*.upstream.log\c,UPSTREAM-*.log\c	setf upstreamlog
@@ -884,7 +890,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead requirements/*.txt	setf requirements
 au BufNewFile,BufRead requires/*.txt		setf requirements
 
 " Pkl
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pkl,*.pcf,pkl-lsp://*	setf pkl
+au BufNewFile,BufRead PklProject,*.pkl,*.pcf,pkl-lsp://*	setf pkl
+
+" WIC kickstarter files
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wks,*.wks.in,*.wks.inc	setf wks
 
 " Povray, Pascal, PHP or assembly
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.inc			call dist#ft#FTinc()
@@ -1303,7 +1312,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *Xmodmap			setf xmodmap
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.y			call dist#ft#FTy()
 
 " Yaml
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */.kube/config,*/.kube/kuberc	setf yaml
+au BufNewFile,BufRead buf.lock,*/.kube/config,*/.kube/kuberc	setf yaml
 
 " yum conf (close enough to dosini)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf		setf dosini
@@ -1608,6 +1617,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.txt
 	\|   setf text
 	\| endif
 
+" Ghostty configuration
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */ghostty/config                      setf ghostty
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */ghostty/themes/*                    call s:StarSetf('ghostty')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */com.mitchellh.ghostty/config        setf ghostty
 
 
 " Generic log file

runtime/ftplugin/algol68.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin
+" Language:		Algol 68
+" Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:		2026 Apr 23
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" TODO: 'comments'
+
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s\ #
+
+let &l:include='\c\%(^\|;\)\s*\%(PR\|PRAGMAT\)\s\+\%(read\|include\)'
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< inc<"
+
+if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
+  let b:match_ignorecase = 0
+  let b:match_words = '\<BEGIN\>:\<END\>,' ..
+	\	      '\<IF\>:\<THEN\>:\<ELIF\>:\<ELSE\>:\<FI\>,' ..
+	\	      '\<CASE\>:\<IN\>:\<OUSE\>:\<OUT\>:\<ESAC\>,' ..
+	"\ TODO: loops have overlapping start and intermediate keywords like
+	"\ `TO` which are difficult to match with patterns alone.
+	\	      '\<DO\>:\<OD\>'
+  let b:match_skip = 's:Comment\|String\|PreProc'
+  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= " | unlet! b:match_ignorecase b:match_skip b:match_words"
+endif
+
+if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
+  let b:browsefilter = "Algol 68 Source Files (*.a68)\t*.a68\n"
+  if has("win32")
+    let b:browsefilter ..= "All Files (*.*)\t*\n"
+  else
+    let b:browsefilter ..= "All Files (*)\t*\n"
+  endif
+  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= " | unlet! b:browsefilter"
+endif
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8

runtime/ftplugin/cucumber.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,8 @@
 " Language:	Cucumber
 " Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
 " Last Change:	2016 Aug 29
+" 2026 May 26 by Vim Project: prevent Code Injection
+" https://github.com/vim/vim/security/advisories/GHSA-4473-94jm-w5x9
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
 if (exists("b:did_ftplugin"))
@@ -96,7 +98,8 @@ function! s:stepmatch(receiver,target)
   catch
   endtry
   if has("ruby") && pattern !~ '\\\@<!#{'
-    ruby VIM.command("return #{if (begin; Kernel.eval('/'+VIM.evaluate('pattern')+'/'); rescue SyntaxError; end) === VIM.evaluate('a:target') then 1 else 0 end}")
+    " Use Regexp.new, so the pattern stays untrusted data and cannot inject Ruby
+    ruby VIM.command("return #{if (begin; Regexp.new(VIM.evaluate('pattern')); rescue RegexpError; end) === VIM.evaluate('a:target') then 1 else 0 end}")
   else
     return 0
   endif

runtime/ftplugin/fish.vim

@@ -5,10 +5,15 @@
 " Last Change:  February 1, 2023
 "               2023 Aug 28 by Vim Project (undo_ftplugin)
 "               2024 May 23 by Riley Bruins <ribru17@gmail.com> ('commentstring')
+"               2026 Mar 16 by Phạm Bình An (add matchit support)
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
     finish
 endif
+
+let s:saved_cpo = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
 setlocal iskeyword=@,48-57,_,192-255,-,.
@@ -17,3 +22,20 @@ setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
 setlocal formatoptions+=crjq
 
 let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl cms< com< fo< isk<"
+
+" Define patterns for the matchit plugin
+if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
+  let b:match_words =
+      \ '\<\%(else\s\+\)\@<!if\>\|\<\%(switch\|begin\|function\|while\|for\)\>:' ..
+      \ '\<else\%(\s\+if\)\?\>\|\<case\>:' ..
+      \ '\<end\>'
+
+  let b:match_ignorecase = 0
+  let b:match_skip = "S:keyword"
+
+  let b:undo_ftplugin ..= " | unlet! b:match_words b:match_ignorecase b:match_skip"
+endif
+
+" Restore 'cpo' to its original value
+let &cpo = s:saved_cpo
+unlet s:saved_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/ghostty.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language: ghostty
+
+" Quit if a ftplugin file was already loaded
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+
+" Use the cfg plugin, it's similar enough.
+runtime! ftplugin/cfg.vim

runtime/ftplugin/help.vim

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 " Last Change:          2025 Apr 08
 " 2025 Apr 08 by Vim project (set 'omnifunc' and 'iskeyword', #17073)
 " 2025 Aug 08 by Vim project (unset comment options, #17889)
+" 2026 Apr 26 by Vim project (make HelpComplete global, #20024)
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -17,14 +18,14 @@ let b:undo_ftplugin = "setl isk< fo< tw< cole< cocu< keywordprg< omnifunc< comme
 
 setl comments= cms=
 
-setlocal formatoptions+=tcroql textwidth=78 keywordprg=:help omnifunc=s:HelpComplete
+setlocal formatoptions+=tcroql textwidth=78 keywordprg=:help omnifunc=HelpComplete
 let &l:iskeyword='!-~,^*,^|,^",192-255'
 if has("conceal")
   setlocal cole=2 cocu=nc
 endif
 
-if !exists('*s:HelpComplete')
-  func s:HelpComplete(findstart, base)
+if !exists('*HelpComplete')
+  func HelpComplete(findstart, base)
     if a:findstart
       let colnr = col('.') - 1 " Get the column number before the cursor
       let line = getline('.')

runtime/ftplugin/just.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Language:	Justfile
 " Maintainer:	Peter Benjamin <@pbnj>
 " Last Change:	2025 Jan 19
+" 2026 May 17 by Vim Project: add 'suffixesadd' #20197
 " Credits:	The original author, Noah Bogart <https://github.com/NoahTheDuke/vim-just/>
 
 " Only do this when not done yet for this buffer
@@ -13,5 +14,6 @@ let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 setlocal iskeyword+=-
 setlocal comments=n:#
 setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+setlocal suffixesadd=.just
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal iskeyword< comments< commentstring<"
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal iskeyword< comments< commentstring< suffixesadd<"

runtime/ftplugin/ptx.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
-" Language:	Nvidia PTX (Parellel Thread Execution)
+" Language:	Nvidia PTX (Parallel Thread Execution)
 " Maintainer:	Yinzuo Jiang <jiangyinzuo@foxmail.com>
 " Last Change:	2024-12-05
+" 2026 May 04 by Vim Project: fix typo
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish

runtime/ftplugin/racket.vim

@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
 " Previous Maintainer:  Will Langstroth <will@langstroth.com>
 " URL:                  https://github.com/benknoble/vim-racket
 " Last Change:          2025 Aug 09
+" 2026 Mar 31 by Vim project: use shellescape for the K mapping
+" 2026 Apr 01 by Vim project: make K mapping more robust for shell injection
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -51,7 +53,7 @@ if !exists("no_plugin_maps") && !exists("no_racket_maps")
     try
       let l:old_a = @a
       normal! gv"ay
-      call system("raco docs '". @a . "'")
+      call system("raco docs -- ". string(shellescape(@a)))
       redraw!
       return @a
     finally

runtime/ftplugin/readline.vim

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 " Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Last Change:		2024 Sep 19 (simplify keywordprg #15696)
 " 2024 Jul 22 by Vim project (use :hor term #17822)
+" 2026 May 04 by Vim Project: fix typo
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ if exists("loaded_matchit") && !exists("b:match_words")
 endif
 
 if (has("gui_win32") || has("gui_gtk")) && !exists("b:browsefilter")
-  let b:browsefilter = "Readline Intialization Files (inputrc, .inputrc)\tinputrc;*.inputrc\n"
+  let b:browsefilter = "Readline Initialization Files (inputrc, .inputrc)\tinputrc;*.inputrc\n"
   if has("win32")
     let b:browsefilter ..= "All Files (*.*)\t*\n"
   else

runtime/ftplugin/wks.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	OpenEmbedded Image Creator (WIC) Kickstarter files wks
+" Maintainer:	Anakin Childerhose <anakin@childerhose.ca>
+" Last Change:	2026 Mar 23
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+
+setlocal comments=:#
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+
+let b:undo_ftplugin = 'setlocal com< cms<'

runtime/gvim.desktop

@@ -9,9 +9,13 @@ Name[es]=GVim
 Name[fi]=GVim
 Name[fr]=GVim
 Name[ga]=GVim
+Name[hy]=ԳՎիմ
 Name[it]=GVim
-Name[ru]=GVim
+Name[ja]=GVim
+Name[ru]=gVim
 Name[sr]=GVim
+Name[sv]=GVim
+Name[ta]=சிவிம்
 Name[tr]=GVim
 Name[uk]=GVim
 Name[zh_CN]=GVim
@@ -24,12 +28,14 @@ GenericName[es]=Editor de texto
 GenericName[fi]=Tekstinmuokkain
 GenericName[fr]=Éditeur de texte
 GenericName[ga]=Eagarthóir Téacs
+GenericName[hy]=Տեքստի խմբագիր
 GenericName[it]=Editor di testi
 GenericName[ja]=テキストエディタ
 GenericName[ru]=Текстовый редактор
-GenericName[sr]=Едитор текст
+GenericName[sr]=Едитор текста
 GenericName[sv]=Textredigerare
-GenericName[tr]=Metin Düzenleyici
+GenericName[ta]=உரை திருத்தி
+GenericName[tr]=Metin Düzenleyicisi
 GenericName[uk]=Редактор Тексту
 GenericName[zh_CN]=文本编辑器
 GenericName=Text Editor
@@ -41,11 +47,14 @@ Comment[es]=Editar archivos de texto
 Comment[fi]=Muokkaa tekstitiedostoja
 Comment[fr]=Éditer des fichiers texte
 Comment[ga]=Cuir comhaid téacs in eagar
+Comment[hy]=Խմբագրել տեքստային ֆայլերը
 Comment[it]=Edita file di testo
 Comment[ja]=テキストファイルを編集します
-Comment[ru]=Редактирование текстовых файлов
+Comment[ru]=Редактировать текстовые файлы
 Comment[sr]=Уређујте текст фајлове
-Comment[tr]=Metin dosyaları düzenleyin
+Comment[sv]=Redigera textfiler
+Comment[ta]=உரை கோப்புகளைத் திருத்தவும்
+Comment[tr]=Metin dosyalarını düzenleyin
 Comment[uk]=Редагувати текстові файли
 Comment[zh_CN]=编辑文本文件
 Comment=Edit text files
@@ -55,7 +64,6 @@ GenericName[da]=Teksteditor
 GenericName[pl]=Edytor tekstu
 GenericName[is]=Ritvinnsluforrit
 Comment[af]=Redigeer tekslêers
-Comment[am]=የጽሑፍ ፋይሎች ያስተካክሉ
 Comment[ar]=حرّر ملفات نصية
 Comment[az]=Mətn fayllarını redaktə edin
 Comment[be]=Рэдагаваньне тэкставых файлаў
@@ -102,8 +110,6 @@ Comment[sk]=Úprava textových súborov
 Comment[sl]=Urejanje datotek z besedili
 Comment[sq]=Përpuno files teksti
 Comment[sr@Latn]=Izmeni tekstualne datoteke
-Comment[sv]=Redigera textfiler
-Comment[ta]=உரை கோப்புகளை தொகுக்கவும்
 Comment[th]=แก้ไขแฟ้มข้อความ
 Comment[tk]=Metin faýllary editle
 Comment[vi]=Soạn thảo tập tin văn bản
@@ -121,11 +127,13 @@ Keywords[es]=Texto;editor;
 Keywords[fi]=Teksti;muokkain;editori;
 Keywords[fr]=Texte;éditeur;
 Keywords[ga]=Téacs;eagarthóir;
+Keywords[hy]=Տեքստ;խմբագիր;
 Keywords[it]=Testo;editor;
 Keywords[ja]=テキスト;エディタ;
 Keywords[ru]=текст;текстовый редактор;
 Keywords[sr]=Текст;едитор;
-Keywords[sv]=Text;Redigerare;
+Keywords[sv]=Text;redigerare;
+Keywords[ta]=உரை;திருத்தி;
 Keywords[tr]=Metin;düzenleyici;
 Keywords[uk]=текст;редактор;
 Keywords[zh_CN]=Text;editor;文本;编辑器;

runtime/indent/cdl.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Maintainer:	Raul Segura Acevedo <raulseguraaceved@netscape.net> (Invalid email address)
 " 		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " Last Change:	2022 Apr 06
+" 2026 May 04 by Vim Project: fix typo
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
     "finish
@@ -71,7 +72,7 @@ fun! CdlGetIndent(lnum)
   " One 'closing' element at the beginning of the line has already reduced the
   " indent, but 'else', 'elseif' & 'then' increment it for the next line.
   " '=' at the beginning already has the right indent (increased for
-  " asignments).
+  " assignments).
   let f = -1
   let inicio = matchend(line, '^\c\s*\(else\a*\|then\|endif\|/[*/]\|[);={]\)')
   if inicio > 0

runtime/indent/javascriptreact.vim

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-" Placeholder for backwards compatilibity: .jsx used to stand for JavaScript.
+" Placeholder for backwards compatibility: .jsx used to stand for JavaScript.
 runtime! indent/javascript.vim

runtime/indent/rust.vim

@@ -4,8 +4,9 @@
 " Last Change:      2023-09-11
 " 2024 Jul 04 by Vim Project: use shiftwidth() instead of hard-coding shifted values #15138
 " 2025 Dec 29 by Vim Project: clean up
-" 2025 Dec 31 by Vim Project: correcly indent after nested array literal #19042
+" 2025 Dec 31 by Vim Project: correctly indent after nested array literal #19042
 " 2026 Jan 28 by Vim Project: fix indentation when a string literal contains 'if' #19265
+" 2026 May 04 by Vim Project: fix typo
 
 " For bugs, patches and license go to https://github.com/rust-lang/rust.vim
 " Note: upstream seems umaintained: https://github.com/rust-lang/rust.vim/issues/502

runtime/indent/sh.vim

@@ -3,10 +3,11 @@
 " Maintainer:          Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Original Author:     Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Previous Maintainer: Peter Aronoff <telemachus@arpinum.org>
-" Latest Revision:     2019-10-24
+" Latest Revision:     20260504
 " License:             Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:          https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sh-indent
 " Changelog:
+"          20260504  - fix typo
 "          20250906  - indent function closing properly on multiline commands
 "          20250318  - Detect local arrays in functions
 "          20241411  - Detect dash character in function keyword for
@@ -233,7 +234,7 @@ function! s:is_array(line)
 endfunction
 
 function! s:is_in_block(line)
-  " checks whether a:line is whithin a 
+  " checks whether a:line is within a
   " block e.g. a shell function
   " foo() {
   " ..

runtime/indent/stylus.vim

@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 " Language: Stylus
 " Maintainer: Marc Harter
 " Last Change: 2010 May 21
+" 2026 May 04 by Vim Project: fix typo
 " Based On: sass.vim from Tim Pope
 "
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -97,7 +98,7 @@ function! GetStylusIndent()
   let line     = substitute(getline(lnum),'[\s()]\+$','','')  " get last line strip ending whitespace
   let cline    = substitute(substitute(getline(v:lnum),'\s\+$','',''),'^\s\+','','')  " get current line, trimmed
   let lastcol  = strlen(line)  " get last col in prev line
-  let line     = substitute(line,'^\s\+','','')  " then remove preceeding whitespace
+  let line     = substitute(line,'^\s\+','','')  " then remove preceding whitespace
   let indent   = indent(lnum)  " get indent on prev line
   let cindent  = indent(v:lnum)  " get indent on current line
   let increase = indent + &sw  " increase indent by the shift width

runtime/indent/typescriptreact.vim

@@ -1,2 +1,2 @@
-" Placeholder for backwards compatilibity: .tsx used to stand for TypeScript.
+" Placeholder for backwards compatibility: .tsx used to stand for TypeScript.
 runtime! indent/typescript.vim

runtime/optwin.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " These commands create the option window.
 "
 " Maintainer:	The Vim Project <https://github.com/vim/vim>
-" Last Change:	2026 Mar 11
+" Last Change:	2026 May 17
 " Former Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 " If there already is an option window, jump to that one.
@@ -315,6 +315,8 @@ call append("$", "\t" .. s:global_or_local)
 call <SID>OptionG("tc", &tc)
 call <SID>AddOption("tagrelative", gettext("file names in a tags file are relative to the tags file"))
 call <SID>BinOptionG("tr", &tr)
+call <SID>AddOption("tagsecure", gettext("a :tag command cannot access remote files"))
+call <SID>BinOptionG("tsc", &tsc)
 call <SID>AddOption("tagstack", gettext("a :tag command will use the tagstack"))
 call <SID>BinOptionG("tgst", &tgst)
 call <SID>AddOption("showfulltag", gettext("when completing tags in Insert mode show more info"))
@@ -351,6 +353,8 @@ call append("$", "\t" .. s:local_to_window)
 call <SID>BinOptionL("sms")
 call <SID>AddOption("scrolloff", gettext("number of screen lines to show around the cursor"))
 call append("$", " \tset so=" . &so)
+call <SID>AddOption("scrolloffpad", gettext("vertically center cursor even at end of file"))
+call append("$", " \tset sop=" . &sop)
 call <SID>AddOption("wrap", gettext("long lines wrap"))
 call append("$", "\t" .. s:local_to_window)
 call <SID>BinOptionL("wrap")
@@ -833,10 +837,6 @@ if has('wayland')
   call <SID>AddOption("wlseat", gettext("Wayland seat to use"))
   call <SID>OptionG("wse", &wse)
 endif
-if has("wayland_focus_steal")
-  call <SID>AddOption("wlsteal", gettext("Enable wayland focus stealing functionality in order to access the clipboard"))
-  call <SID>BinOptionG("wst", &wst)
-endif
 call <SID>AddOption("keymodel", gettext("\"startsel\" and/or \"stopsel\"; what special keys can do"))
 call <SID>OptionG("km", &km)
 
@@ -913,6 +913,8 @@ if has("insert_expand")
   call <SID>OptionG("pmw", &pmw)
   call <SID>AddOption("pumborder", gettext("popup border style"))
   call <SID>OptionG("pb", &pb)
+  call <SID>AddOption("pumopt", gettext("additional options for the popup menu"))
+  call <SID>OptionG("pumopt", &pumopt)
   call <SID>AddOption("completefunc", gettext("user defined function for Insert mode completion"))
   call append("$", "\t" .. s:local_to_buffer)
   call <SID>OptionL("cfu")
@@ -1106,6 +1108,8 @@ call append("$", "\t" .. s:local_to_buffer)
 call <SID>BinOptionL("ml")
 call <SID>AddOption("modelineexpr", gettext("allow setting expression options from a modeline"))
 call <SID>BinOptionG("mle", &mle)
+call <SID>AddOption("modelinestrict", gettext("only allow safe options to be set from a modeline"))
+call <SID>BinOptionG("modelinestrict", &modelinestrict)
 call <SID>AddOption("modelines", gettext("number of lines to check for modelines"))
 call append("$", " \tset mls=" . &mls)
 call <SID>AddOption("binary", gettext("binary file editing"))

runtime/pack/dist/opt/hlyank/plugin/hlyank.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 vim9script
 
 # Highlight Yank plugin
-# Last Change: 2025 Mar 22
+# Last Change: 2026 May 11
 
 def HighlightedYank()
 
@@ -28,12 +28,42 @@ def HighlightedYank()
       return [v[0][1], col_beg, col_end - col_beg]
     }))
     var winid = win_getid()
-    timer_start(duration, (_) => m->matchdelete(winid))
+    timer_start(duration, (_) => {
+      if winbufnr(winid) != -1
+        m->matchdelete(winid)
+      endif
+    })
   endif
 enddef
 
+export def HighlightedPut()
+    if !get(g:, "hlput_enable", false)
+      return
+    endif
+
+    var hlgroup = get(g:, "hlput_hlgroup", "IncSearch")
+    var duration = min([get(g:, "hlput_duration", 300), 3000])
+
+    var [beg, end] = [getpos("'["), getpos("']")]
+    var type = v:event.regtype ?? 'v'
+    var pos = getregionpos(beg, end, {type: type, exclusive: false})
+
+    var m = matchaddpos(hlgroup, pos->mapnew((_, v) => {
+        var col_beg = v[0][2] + v[0][3]
+        var col_end = v[1][2] + v[1][3] + 1
+        return [v[0][1], col_beg, col_end - col_beg]
+    }))
+    var winid = win_getid()
+    timer_start(duration, (_) => {
+        if winbufnr(winid) != -1
+            m->matchdelete(winid)
+        endif
+    })
+enddef
+
 augroup hlyank
   autocmd!
   autocmd TextYankPost * HighlightedYank()
+  autocmd TextPutPost * HighlightedPut()
 augroup END
 # vim:sts=2:sw=2:et:

runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/autoload/netrw.vim

@@ -1,27 +1,7 @@
 " Creator:    Charles E Campbell
 " Previous Maintainer: Luca Saccarola <github.e41mv@aleeas.com>
 " Maintainer: This runtime file is looking for a new maintainer.
-" Last Change:
-" 2025 Aug 07 by Vim Project (use correct "=~#" for netrw_stylesize option #17901)
-" 2025 Aug 07 by Vim Project (netrw#BrowseX() distinguishes remote files #17794)
-" 2025 Aug 22 by Vim Project netrw#Explore handle terminal correctly #18069
-" 2025 Sep 05 by Vim Project ensure netrw#fs#Dirname() returns trailing slash #18199
-" 2025 Sep 11 by Vim Project only keep cursor position in tree mode #18275
-" 2025 Sep 17 by Vim Project tighten the regex to handle remote compressed archives #18318
-" 2025 Sep 18 by Vim Project 'equalalways' not always respected #18358
-" 2025 Oct 01 by Vim Project fix navigate to parent folder #18464
-" 2025 Oct 26 by Vim Project fix parsing of remote user names #18611
-" 2025 Oct 27 by Vim Project align comment after #18611
-" 2025 Nov 01 by Vim Project fix NetrwChgPerm #18674
-" 2025 Nov 13 by Vim Project don't wipe unnamed buffers #18740
-" 2025 Nov 18 by Vim Project use UNC paths when using scp and Windows paths #18764
-" 2025 Nov 28 by Vim Project fix undefined variable in *NetrwMenu #18829
-" 2025 Dec 26 by Vim Project fix use of g:netrw_cygwin #19015
-" 2026 Jan 19 by Vim Project do not create swapfiles #18854
-" 2026 Feb 15 by Vim Project fix global variable initialization for MS-Windows #19287
-" 2026 Feb 21 by Vim Project better absolute path detection on MS-Windows #19477
-" 2026 Feb 27 by Vim Project Make the hostname validation more strict
-" 2026 Mar 01 by Vim Project include portnumber in hostname checking #19533
+" Last Change: 2026 May 17
 " Copyright:  Copyright (C) 2016 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "             Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "             with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -396,7 +376,6 @@ else
   call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_glob_escape",'*[]?`{~$\')
 endif
 call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_menu_escape",'.&? \')
-call s:NetrwInit("g:netrw_tmpfile_escape",' &;')
 call s:NetrwInit("s:netrw_map_escape","<|\n\r\\\<C-V>\"")
 if has("gui_running") && (&enc == 'utf-8' || &enc == 'utf-16' || &enc == 'ucs-4')
   let s:treedepthstring= "│ "
@@ -527,8 +506,8 @@ function netrw#Explore(indx,dosplit,style,...)
   NetrwKeepj norm! 0
 
   if a:0 > 0
-    if a:1 =~ '^\~' && (has("unix") || g:netrw_cygwin)
-      let dirname= simplify(substitute(a:1,'\~',expand("$HOME"),''))
+    if a:1 =~ '^\~' && (has("unix") || has("win32") || g:netrw_cygwin)
+      let dirname= simplify(substitute(a:1,'^\~',escape(expand("$HOME"),'\&~'),''))
     elseif a:1 == '.'
       let dirname= simplify(exists("b:netrw_curdir")? b:netrw_curdir : getcwd())
       if dirname !~ '/$'
@@ -1817,14 +1796,14 @@ function netrw#NetRead(mode,...)
             ".........................................
         " NetRead: (sftp) NetRead Method #9 {{{3
         elseif     b:netrw_method  == 9
-            call netrw#os#Execute(s:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_sftp_cmd." ".netrw#os#Escape(g:netrw_machine.":".b:netrw_fname,1)." ".tmpfile)
+            call netrw#os#Execute(s:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_sftp_cmd." ".netrw#os#Escape(g:netrw_machine.":".b:netrw_fname,1)." ".netrw#os#Escape(tmpfile,1))
             let result          = s:NetrwGetFile(readcmd, tmpfile, b:netrw_method)
             let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
 
             ".........................................
         " NetRead: (file) NetRead Method #10 {{{3
         elseif      b:netrw_method == 10 && exists("g:netrw_file_cmd")
-            call netrw#os#Execute(s:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_file_cmd." ".netrw#os#Escape(b:netrw_fname,1)." ".tmpfile)
+            call netrw#os#Execute(s:netrw_silentxfer."!".g:netrw_file_cmd." ".netrw#os#Escape(b:netrw_fname,1)." ".netrw#os#Escape(tmpfile,1))
             let result           = s:NetrwGetFile(readcmd, tmpfile, b:netrw_method)
             let b:netrw_lastfile = choice
 
@@ -2956,7 +2935,7 @@ function s:NetrwBookHistSave()
         while ( first || cnt != g:netrw_dirhistcnt )
             let lastline= lastline + 1
             if exists("g:netrw_dirhist_{cnt}")
-                call setline(lastline,'let g:netrw_dirhist_'.cnt."='".g:netrw_dirhist_{cnt}."'")
+                call setline(lastline,'let g:netrw_dirhist_'.cnt.'='.string(g:netrw_dirhist_{cnt}))
             endif
             let first   = 0
             let cnt     = ( cnt - 1 ) % g:netrw_dirhistmax
@@ -4831,6 +4810,12 @@ endfunction
 
 " s:NetrwMaps: {{{2
 function s:NetrwMaps(islocal)
+    " remove B flag from 'cpo' so that \<CR>, \<Bar>, etc. inside
+    " interpolated path names play back as literal text rather than
+    " the actual key — without this, a crafted directory name can
+    " inject keystrokes into the cmdline the mapping is typing
+    let _cpo = &cpo
+    set cpo-=B
 
     " mouse <Plug> maps: {{{3
     if g:netrw_mousemaps && g:netrw_retmap
@@ -5075,6 +5060,7 @@ function s:NetrwMaps(islocal)
         " support user-specified maps
         call netrw#UserMaps(0)
     endif " }}}3
+    let &cpo = _cpo
 endfunction
 
 " s:NetrwCommands: set up commands                              {{{2
@@ -5174,7 +5160,7 @@ function s:NetrwMarkFile(islocal,fname)
 
         else
             " remove filename from buffer's markfilelist
-            call filter(s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr},'v:val != a:fname')
+            call filter(s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}, {_, v -> v !=# a:fname})
             if s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr} == []
                 " local markfilelist is empty; remove it entirely
                 call s:NetrwUnmarkList(curbufnr,curdir)
@@ -5195,7 +5181,6 @@ function s:NetrwMarkFile(islocal,fname)
 
     else
         " initialize new markfilelist
-
         let s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr}= []
         call add(s:netrwmarkfilelist_{curbufnr},substitute(a:fname,'[|@]$','',''))
 
@@ -5215,7 +5200,7 @@ function s:NetrwMarkFile(islocal,fname)
             call add(s:netrwmarkfilelist,netrw#fs#ComposePath(b:netrw_curdir,a:fname))
         else
             " remove new filename from global markfilelist
-            call filter(s:netrwmarkfilelist,'v:val != "'.dname.'"')
+            call filter(s:netrwmarkfilelist, {_, v -> v !=# dname})
             if s:netrwmarkfilelist == []
                 unlet s:netrwmarkfilelist
             endif
@@ -5302,6 +5287,8 @@ function s:NetrwMarkFileCompress(islocal)
                 if a:islocal
                     if g:netrw_keepdir
                         let fname= netrw#os#Escape(netrw#fs#ComposePath(curdir,fname))
+                    else
+                        let fname= netrw#os#Escape(fname)
                     endif
                     call system(exe." ".fname)
                     if v:shell_error
@@ -5636,6 +5623,8 @@ function s:NetrwMarkFileExe(islocal,enbloc)
                 if a:islocal
                     if g:netrw_keepdir
                         let fname= netrw#os#Escape(netrw#fs#WinPath(netrw#fs#ComposePath(curdir,fname)))
+                    else
+                        let fname= netrw#os#Escape(netrw#fs#WinPath(fname))
                     endif
                 else
                     let fname= netrw#os#Escape(netrw#fs#WinPath(b:netrw_curdir.fname))
@@ -6339,7 +6328,7 @@ function s:NetrwUnMarkFile(islocal)
     endif
 
     let ibuf= 1
-    while ibuf < bufnr("$")
+    while ibuf <= bufnr("$")
         if exists("s:netrwmarkfilelist_".ibuf)
             unlet s:netrwmarkfilelist_{ibuf}
             unlet s:netrwmarkfilemtch_{ibuf}
@@ -7234,7 +7223,7 @@ function s:NetrwTreeDisplay(dir,depth)
         " hide given patterns
         let listhide= split(g:netrw_list_hide,',')
         for pat in listhide
-            call filter(w:netrw_treedict[dir],'v:val !~ "'.escape(pat,'\\').'"')
+            call filter(w:netrw_treedict[dir], {_, v -> v !~# pat})
         endfor
 
     elseif g:netrw_hide == 2
@@ -8282,7 +8271,7 @@ function netrw#FileUrlEdit(fname)
     endif
 
     exe "sil doau BufReadPre ".fname2396e
-    exe 'NetrwKeepj keepalt edit '.plainfname
+    exe 'NetrwKeepj keepalt edit '. fnameescape(plainfname)
     exe 'sil! NetrwKeepj keepalt bdelete '.fnameescape(a:fname)
 
     exe "sil doau BufReadPost ".fname2396e
@@ -8825,8 +8814,7 @@ endfunction
 
 "  netrw#RFC2396: converts %xx into characters {{{2
 function netrw#RFC2396(fname)
-    let fname = escape(substitute(a:fname,'%\(\x\x\)','\=printf("%c","0x".submatch(1))','ge')," \t")
-    return fname
+    return substitute(a:fname, '%\(\x\x\)', '\=printf("%c","0x".submatch(1))', 'ge')
 endfunction
 
 " netrw#UserMaps: supports user-specified maps {{{2
@@ -8958,14 +8946,17 @@ function s:GetTempfile(fname)
     endif
 
     " use fname's suffix for the temporary file
+    " Restrict the suffix to word characters so shell metacharacters in a
+    " remote filename (e.g. sftp://host/foo.txt;id) cannot ride along into
+    " the tempfile name and out into a downstream shell command.
     if a:fname != ""
-        if a:fname =~ '\.[^./]\+$'
+        if a:fname =~ '\.\w\+$'
             if a:fname =~ '\.tar\.gz$' || a:fname =~ '\.tar\.bz2$' || a:fname =~ '\.tar\.xz$'
-                let suffix = ".tar".substitute(a:fname,'^.*\(\.[^./]\+\)$','\1','e')
+                let suffix = ".tar".substitute(a:fname,'^.*\(\.\w\+\)$','\1','e')
             elseif a:fname =~ '.txz$'
-                let suffix = ".txz".substitute(a:fname,'^.*\(\.[^./]\+\)$','\1','e')
+                let suffix = ".txz".substitute(a:fname,'^.*\(\.\w\+\)$','\1','e')
             else
-                let suffix = substitute(a:fname,'^.*\(\.[^./]\+\)$','\1','e')
+                let suffix = substitute(a:fname,'^.*\(\.\w\+\)$','\1','e')
             endif
             let tmpfile= substitute(tmpfile,'\.tmp$','','e')
             let tmpfile .= suffix
@@ -8994,22 +8985,30 @@ function s:MakeSshCmd(sshcmd)
     return sshcmd
 endfunction
 
-" s:MakeBookmark: enters a bookmark into Netrw's bookmark system   {{{2
+" s:MakeBookmark: enters a bookmark into Netrw's bookmark system {{{2
+" Note that bookmark paths should always be absolute.
 function s:MakeBookmark(fname)
 
     if !exists("g:netrw_bookmarklist")
-        let g:netrw_bookmarklist= []
+        let g:netrw_bookmarklist = []
     endif
 
-    if index(g:netrw_bookmarklist,a:fname) == -1
-        " curdir not currently in g:netrw_bookmarklist, so include it
-        if isdirectory(s:NetrwFile(a:fname)) && a:fname !~ '/$'
-            call add(g:netrw_bookmarklist,a:fname.'/')
-        elseif a:fname !~ '/'
-            call add(g:netrw_bookmarklist,getcwd()."/".a:fname)
-        else
-            call add(g:netrw_bookmarklist,a:fname)
-        endif
+    " Normalize path to prevent duplicate entries
+    let bookmark_path = netrw#fs#AbsPath(s:NetrwFile(a:fname))
+    let ignore_case = 0
+    if has('win32')
+        let bookmark_path = substitute(bookmark_path, '\\', '/', 'ge')
+        let ignore_case = 1
+    endif
+    let bookmark_path = simplify(bookmark_path)
+
+    if isdirectory(bookmark_path) && bookmark_path !~ '/$'
+        let bookmark_path .= '/'
+    endif
+
+    if index(g:netrw_bookmarklist, bookmark_path, 0, ignore_case) == -1
+        " Not currently in the bookmarks list, so include it
+        call add(g:netrw_bookmarklist, bookmark_path)
         call sort(g:netrw_bookmarklist)
     endif
 

runtime/pack/dist/opt/netrw/doc/netrw.txt

@@ -1142,6 +1142,8 @@ One may easily "bookmark" the currently browsed directory by using >
 
 	mb
 <
+Note: Bookmarked paths are normalized and stored as absolute paths.
+
 								*.netrwbook*
 Bookmarks are retained in between sessions of vim in a file called .netrwbook
 as a |List|, which is typically stored in the first directory on the user's
@@ -2854,10 +2856,6 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				such as listing, file removal, etc.
 				 default: ssh
 
-  *g:netrw_tmpfile_escape*	=' &;'
-				escape() is applied to all temporary files
-				to escape these characters.
-
   *g:netrw_timefmt*		specify format string to vim's strftime().
 				The default, "%c", is "the preferred date
 				and time representation for the current